UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
FORM
10-K
[ X ]
Annual Report Pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities
Exchange Act of 1934
For the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
or
[ ]
Transition Report Pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities
Exchange Act of 1934
Commission
file number 1-7784
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
(Exact
name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
Louisiana
|
|
72-0651161
|
|
|
(
State or other jurisdiction
of
|
|
(IRS
Employer
|
|
|
incorporation
or organization)
|
|
Identification
No.)
|
|
100
CenturyTel Drive, Monroe, Louisiana
|
|
71203
|
(Address
of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip
Code)
|
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code - (318) 388-9000
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each
class
|
Name of each exchange
on which registered
|
|
|
Common
Stock, par value $1.00
|
New
York Stock Exchange
Berlin
Stock Exchange
|
|
|
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Stock
Options
(Title
of class)
Indicate
by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in
Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate
by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.
Yes [ ] No [X]
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days. Yes
[X] No [ ]
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition
of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of
the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large
accelerated filer
[X]
Accelerated filer
[ ]
Non-accelerated filer [ ]
Indicate
by check mark if the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of
the Act).
Yes [ ]
No [X]
The
aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates (affiliates being
for these purposes only directors, executive officers and holders of more than
five percent of our outstanding voting securities) was $3.9 billion as of June
30, 2007. As of February 15, 2008, there were 106,647,125 shares of
common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions
of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement to be furnished in connection with the 2008
annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Report.
Table
of Contents
|
|
Page
|
Part
I.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item
1.
|
Business
|
4
|
Item
1A.
|
Risk
Factors
|
25
|
Item
1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
38
|
Item
2.
|
Properties
|
39
|
Item
3.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
39
|
Item
4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders and Executive
Officers
of the Registrant
|
40
|
|
|
|
Part
II.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item
5.
|
Market
for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
41
|
Item
6.
|
Selected
Financial Data
|
42
|
Item
7.
|
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and
Results of Operations
|
44
|
Item
7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
|
66
|
Item
8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
67
|
Item
9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
and
Financial Disclosure
|
109
|
Item
9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
109
|
Item
9B.
|
Other
Information
|
109
|
|
|
|
Part
III.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item
10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
111
|
Item
11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
112
|
Item
12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
|
112
|
Item
13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions
|
112
|
Item
14.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
112
|
|
|
|
Part
IV.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item
15.
|
Exhibits,
Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
|
113
|
|
|
|
Signatures
|
|
125
|
PART
I
General
. CenturyTel,
Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is an integrated communications company
engaged primarily in providing an array of communications services, including
local and long distance voice, Internet access and broadband
services. We strive to maintain our customer relationships by, among
other things, bundling our service offerings to provide a complete offering of
integrated communications services. We conduct all of our operations
in 25 states located within the continental United States.
At
December 31, 2007, our incumbent local exchange telephone subsidiaries operated
approximately 2.1 million telephone access lines, primarily in rural areas and
small to mid-size cities in 24 states, with over 68% of these lines located in
Missouri, Wisconsin, Alabama, Arkansas and Washington. According to
published sources, we are the seventh largest local exchange telephone company
in the United States based on the number of access lines served.
We also
provide fiber transport, competitive local exchange carrier, security
monitoring, and other communications and business information services in
certain local and regional markets.
Since
2005, we have expanded our product offerings to include satellite television
services, wireless communications services under a reselling arrangement and
wireless broadband services. For additional information, see
“Operations - Recent Product Developments” below.
For
information on the amount of revenue derived by our various lines of services,
see “Operations - Services” below and Item 7 of this annual report.
Recent
acquisitions
. On April 30, 2007, we acquired all
of the outstanding stock of Madison River Communications Corp. (“Madison River”)
for approximately $322 million cash (including the effect of post-closing
adjustments). In connection with the acquisition, we also paid all of
Madison River’s existing indebtedness (including accrued interest), which
approximated $522 million. At the time of this acquisition, Madison
River operated approximately 164,000 predominantly rural access lines in four
states with more than 30% high-speed Internet penetration and its network
included ownership in a 2,400 route mile fiber network.
In June
2005, we acquired fiber assets in 16 metropolitan markets from KMC Telecom
Holdings, Inc. (“KMC”) for approximately $75.5 million cash, which has enabled
us to offer broadband and competitive local exchange services to customers in
these markets.
In June
2003, we purchased for $39.4 million cash the assets of Digital Teleport, Inc.,
a regional communications company providing wholesale data transport services to
other communications carriers over its fiber optic network located in Missouri,
Arkansas, Oklahoma and Kansas. In addition, in December 2003, we
acquired additional fiber transport assets in Arkansas, Missouri and Illinois
from Level 3 Communications, Inc. for approximately $15.8 million
cash. For additional information, see “Operations - Services - Fiber
Transport and CLEC.”
We also
acquired approximately 660,000, 490,000 and 650,000 telephone access lines in
transactions completed in 1997, 2000 and 2002, respectively, each of which
substantially expanded our operations. The 2002 acquisition of
telephone access lines was funded primarily from proceeds received from the sale
of substantially all of our wireless operations in August 2002.
We
continually evaluate the possibility of acquiring additional communications
assets in exchange for cash, securities or both, and at any given time may be
engaged in discussions or negotiations regarding additional
acquisitions. We generally do not announce our acquisitions or
dispositions until we have entered into a preliminary or definitive
agreement. Although our primary focus will continue to be on
acquiring interests that are proximate to our properties or that serve a
customer base large enough for us to operate efficiently, we may also acquire
other communications interests and these acquisitions could have a material
impact upon us.
Where to find additional
information.
We make available our filings with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K on our
website (
www.centurytel.com
)
as soon as reasonably practicable after we complete such filings with the
SEC. These documents may also be obtained from the SEC’s website at
www.sec.gov
.
We also
make available on our website our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Corporate
Compliance Program and the charters of our audit, compensation, risk evaluation,
and nominating and corporate governance committees. We will furnish
printed copies of these materials free of charge upon the request of any
shareholder. If a provision of our Corporate Compliance Program is
amended, other than by a technical, administrative or other non-substantive
amendment, or a waiver under this program is granted to a director or executive
officer, notice of such amendment or waiver will be posted on our
website. Also, we may elect to disclose the amendment or waiver in a
report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC. Only our board of directors
may consider a waiver of our Corporate Compliance Program for a director or
executive officer.
In
connection with filing this annual report, our chief executive officer and chief
financial officer made the certifications regarding our financial disclosures
required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the Act’s related
regulations. In addition, during 2007 our chief executive officer
certified to the New York Stock Exchange that he was unaware of any violation by
us of the New York Stock Exchange’s corporate governance listing
standards.
Industry
information
. Unless otherwise indicated, information contained
in this annual report and other documents filed by us under the federal
securities laws concerning our views and expectations regarding the
communications industry are based on estimates made by us using data from
industry sources, and on assumptions made by us based on our management’s
knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate and the
communications industry generally. We believe these estimates and
assumptions are accurate as of the date made; however, this information may
prove to be inaccurate because it cannot always be verified with
certainty. You should be aware that we have not independently
verified data from industry or other third-party sources and cannot guarantee
its accuracy or completeness. Our estimates and assumptions involve
risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors,
including those discussed in Item 1A of this annual report.
Other
. As of
December 31, 2007, we had approximately 6,600 employees, of which approximately
1,600 were members of 15 different bargaining units represented by the
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers and the Communications Workers
of America. We believe that relations with our employees
continue to be generally good. During 2006 and 2007, we announced
reductions of our workforce which aggregated approximately 600 jobs, primarily
due to (i) increased competitive pressures, (ii) the loss of access lines over
the last several years and (iii) progress made on our Madison River integration
plan.
We were
incorporated under Louisiana law in 1968 to serve as a holding company for
several telephone companies acquired over the previous 15 to 20 years. Our
principal executive offices are located at 100 CenturyTel Drive, Monroe,
Louisiana 71203 and our telephone number is (318) 388-9000.
OPERATIONS
According
to published sources, we are the seventh largest local exchange telephone
company in the United States, based on the approximately 2.1 million access
lines we served at December 31, 2007. An “access line” is a telephone
line that connects a home or business to the public switched telephone
network. All of our access lines are digitally switched. Through our
operating telephone subsidiaries, we provide local exchange services to
predominantly rural areas and small to mid-size cities in 24
states.
The
following table lists additional information regarding our access lines as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
|
December 31, 2007
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
Number
of
|
Percent
of
|
Number
of
|
Percent
of
|
State
|
access lines
|
access lines
|
access lines
|
access lines
|
Missouri
|
408,000
|
19%
|
424,000
|
20%
|
Wisconsin
(1)
|
387,000
|
18
|
413,000
|
20
|
Alabama
(2)
|
290,000
|
14
|
249,000
|
12
|
Arkansas
|
211,000
|
10
|
227,000
|
11
|
Washington
|
157,000
|
7
|
166,000
|
8
|
Michigan
|
91,000
|
4
|
96,000
|
5
|
Colorado
|
86,000
|
4
|
90,000
|
4
|
Louisiana
|
84,000
|
4
|
90,000
|
4
|
Oregon
|
66,000
|
3
|
70,000
|
3
|
Ohio
|
64,000
|
3
|
72,000
|
3
|
Illinois
(2)
|
57,000
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
Montana
|
57,000
|
3
|
60,000
|
3
|
Georgia
(2)
|
34,000
|
2
|
-
|
-
|
Texas
|
33,000
|
2
|
37,000
|
2
|
Minnesota
|
27,000
|
1
|
28,000
|
1
|
Tennessee
|
23,000
|
1
|
25,000
|
1
|
Mississippi
|
22,000
|
1
|
23,000
|
1
|
North
Carolina (2)
|
14,000
|
*
|
-
|
-
|
New
Mexico
|
6,000
|
*
|
6,000
|
*
|
Wyoming
|
6,000
|
*
|
6,000
|
*
|
Idaho
|
5,000
|
*
|
5,000
|
*
|
Indiana
|
5,000
|
*
|
5,000
|
*
|
Iowa
|
2,000
|
*
|
2,000
|
*
|
Nevada
|
*
|
*
|
*
|
*
|
|
2,135,000
|
100%
|
2,094,000
|
100%
|
*
Represents less than 1% or less than 1,000 access lines.
(1)
|
As
of December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately 51,000 and 53,000,
respectively, of these lines were owned and operated by our 89%-owned
affiliate.
|
(2)
|
In
connection with our acquisition of Madison River in April 2007, we
acquired an aggregate of approximately 164,000 access lines in Illinois,
Alabama, Georgia and North
Carolina.
|
The
following table summarizes certain information related to our customer base,
operating revenues and capital expenditures for the past five
years. The 2007 information includes the Madison River properties we
acquired on April 30, 2007.
|
|
Year
ended or as of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access
lines
|
|
|
2,135,000
|
|
|
|
2,094,000
|
|
|
|
2,214,000
|
|
|
|
2,314,000
|
|
|
|
2,376,000
|
|
% Residential
|
|
|
73
|
%
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
% Business
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Internet
customers
|
|
|
623,000
|
|
|
|
459,000
|
|
|
|
357,000
|
|
|
|
271,000
|
|
|
|
223,000
|
|
% High-speed Internet service
|
|
|
89
|
%
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
% Dial-up service
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
revenues
|
|
$
|
2,656,241
|
|
|
|
2,447,730
|
|
|
|
2,479,252
|
|
|
|
2,407,372
|
|
|
|
2,367,610
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
326,045
|
|
|
|
314,071
|
|
|
|
414,872
|
|
|
|
385,316
|
|
|
|
377,939
|
|
As
discussed further below, our access lines (exclusive of acquisitions) have
declined in recent years, and are expected to continue to decline. To
mitigate these declines, we hope to, among other things, (i) promote long-term
relationships with our customers through bundling of integrated services, (ii)
provide new services, such as video and wireless, and other additional services
that may become available in the future due to advances in technology, spectrum
sales or improvements in our infrastructure, (iii) provide our premium services
to a higher percentage of our customers, (iv) pursue acquisitions of additional
communications properties if available at attractive prices, (v) increase usage
of our networks, (vi) provide greater penetration of broadband services and
(vii) market our products to new customers. See “Services” and
“Regulation and Competition.”
Services
We derive
revenue from providing (i) local exchange and long distance voice telephone
services, (ii) network access services, (iii) data services, which includes both
high-speed and dial-up Internet services, as well as special access and private
line services, (iv) fiber transport, competitive local exchange and security
monitoring services and (v) other related services. The following table reflects
the percentage of operating revenues derived from these respective
services:
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voice
|
|
|
33.5
|
%
|
|
|
35.6
|
|
|
|
36.4
|
|
Network
access
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
35.9
|
|
|
|
38.7
|
|
Data
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
|
|
14.4
|
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
Fiber
transport and CLEC
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
Voice.
We derive
our local service revenues by providing local exchange telephone services in our
franchised service areas, including basic dial-tone service through our regular
switched network, generally for a fixed monthly charge. Normalized
for acquisitions, dispositions and other adjustments, access lines declined 5.7%
in 2007, 4.8% in 2006 and 4.3% in 2005. We believe these declines in
the number of access lines were primarily due to the displacement of traditional
wireline telephone services by other competitive services. Based on
our planned results for recent sales and retention initiatives, we are targeting
our access line loss to be between 4.5% and 6.0% in 2008.
We offer
enhanced voice services (such as call forwarding, conference calling, caller
identification, selective call ringing and call waiting) to our local exchange
customers for additional charges. In 2007, we continued to expand the
availability of enhanced voice services offered in certain service
areas. At December 31, 2007, over 60% of both our business and
residential customers subscribed to one or more enhanced voice
services.
We derive
our long distance revenues by providing retail long distance services based on
either usage or pursuant to flat-rate calling plans. At December 31,
2007, we provided long distance services to nearly 1.3 million
lines. Exclusive of the long distance lines associated
with Madison River, our long distance lines declined slightly in 2007,
principally due to competitive factors. We anticipate that most of
our long distance service will be provided as part of an integrated bundle with
our other service offerings, including our local exchange telephone service
offering.
Network access.
We
derive our network access revenues primarily from (i) providing services to
various carriers and customers in connection with the use of our facilities to
originate and terminate their interstate and intrastate voice transmissions and
(ii) receiving universal support funds which allows us to recover a portion of
our costs under federal and state cost recovery mechanisms (see “Regulation and
Competition Relating to Incumbent Local Exchange Operations”
below). Our revenues for switched access services depend primarily on
the level of call volume.
Certain
of our interstate network access revenues are based on tariffed access charges
prescribed by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”); the remainder of
such revenues are derived under revenue sharing arrangements with other local
exchange carriers (“LECs”) administered by the National Exchange Carrier
Association (“NECA”), a quasi-governmental non-profit organization formed by the
FCC in 1983 for such purposes.
Certain
of our intrastate network access revenues are derived through access charges
that we bill to intrastate long distance carriers and other LEC customers. Such
intrastate network access charges are based on tariffed access charges, which
are subject to state regulatory commission approval. Additionally, certain of
our intrastate network access revenues, along with intrastate and intra-LATA
(Local Access and Transport Areas) long distance revenues, are derived through
revenue sharing arrangements with other LECs.
The
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”) allows local exchange carriers
to file access tariffs on a streamlined basis and, if certain criteria are met,
deems those tariffs lawful. Tariffs that have been “deemed lawful” in
effect nullify an interexchange carrier’s ability to seek refunds should the
earnings from the tariffs ultimately result in earnings above the authorized
rate of return prescribed by the FCC. Certain of our telephone
subsidiaries file interstate tariffs with the FCC using this streamlined filing
approach. Since July 2004, we have recognized billings from our
tariffs as revenue since we believe such tariffs are “deemed
lawful”.
Data.
We
derive
our data
revenues primarily from monthly recurring charges for providing Internet access
services (both high-speed and dial-up services) and data transmission services
over special circuits and private lines. We began offering
traditional dial-up Internet access services to our telephone customers in
1995. In late 1999, we began offering high-speed Internet access
services, a premium-priced broadband data service. As of December 31,
2007, approximately 84% of our access lines were
broadband-enabled. At December 31, 2007, we provided high-speed
Internet access services to over 555,000 customers and dial-up services to
nearly 68,000 customers. During 2007, we added over 186,000
high-speed Internet customers (which includes approximately 58,000 from the
Madison River acquisition).
Our data
revenue also includes amounts billed to our business customers for dedicated
circuits used for various purposes, including connecting the customer’s offices
or networks to our networks.
Fiber transport and
CLEC
. Our fiber transport and CLEC revenues include revenues
from our fiber transport, competitive local exchange carrier (“CLEC”) and
security monitoring businesses.
In late
2000, we began offering competitive local exchange telephone services as part of
a bundled service offering to small to medium-sized businesses in Monroe and
Shreveport, Louisiana. In February 2002, we purchased the fiber
network and customer base of KMC’s operations in Monroe and Shreveport,
Louisiana and in June 2005, we purchased the fiber assets in 16 metropolitan
markets from KMC which allowed us to offer broadband and competitive local
exchange services to customers in these markets. We intend to focus
our efforts on the CLEC markets with the most promise, and are exploring our
alternatives with respect to the remaining markets. As of December
31, 2007, our competitive local exchange markets provided service over 1,200
miles of fiber.
Under the
name “LightCore”, we sell fiber capacity to other carriers and businesses over a
network that encompassed, at December 31, 2007, over 9,900 miles of fiber in the
central United States. We began our fiber transport business during
2001, when we began selling capacity over a 700-mile fiber optic ring that we
constructed in southern and central Michigan. In June 2003, we
acquired the assets of Digital Teleport, Inc., a regional communications company
providing wholesale data transport services to other communications carriers
over its fiber optic network located in Missouri, Arkansas, Oklahoma and
Kansas. We have used the network to sell services to new and existing
customers and to reduce our reliance on third party transport
providers. In addition, in December 2003, we acquired additional
fiber transport assets in Arkansas, Missouri and Illinois from Level 3
Communications, Inc. to provide services similar to those described
above.
In
addition to the above-described fiber network, in connection with our 2007
acquisition of Madison River, we acquired ownership in a 2,400 route mile fiber
network located in six states which provides us the opportunity to expand our
fiber network business and further reduce our reliance on third-party transport
providers.
We offer
24-hour burglary and fire monitoring services to over 10,500 customers in select
markets in Louisiana, Arkansas, Mississippi, Texas and Ohio.
Other.
We derive
our “other revenues” principally by (i) leasing, selling, installing and
maintaining customer premise telecommunications equipment and wiring, (ii)
providing billing and collection services to third parties, (iii) participating
in the publication of local telephone directories, which allows us to share in
revenues generated by the sale of yellow page and related advertising to
businesses, and (iv) offering our new services described below under the heading
“-Recent Product Developments”. We also provide printing, database
management and direct mail services and cable television services.
From time
to time, we also make investments in other domestic or foreign communications
companies.
For
further information on regulatory, technological and competitive changes that
could impact our revenues, see “Regulation and Competition” under this Item 1
below and “Risk Factors and Cautionary Statements” under Item 1A
below. For more information on the financial contributions of our
various services, see Item 7 of this annual report.
Recent
Product Developments
Since
2005, we have offered in conjunction with EchoStar Communications Corporation
(“EchoStar”) co-branded DISH Network satellite television service in
substantially all of our local exchange service areas. Effective
January 1, 2007, we changed our relationship with EchoStar from a revenue
sharing arrangement to an agency relationship. In late 2005, we
initiated our switched digital television service to the LaCrosse, Wisconsin
market and, in October 2007, we commenced a second switched digital video
service offering to our Columbia, Missouri market.
We also offer wireless communications services through a reselling arrangement
with a nationwide wireless carrier and wireless broadband Internet services in
select locations in certain markets in eight states.
Federal
Financing Programs
Certain
of our telephone subsidiaries receive long-term financing from the Rural
Utilities Service (“RUS”), a federal agency that has historically provided
long-term financing to telephone companies at relatively attractive interest
rates. Approximately 14% of our plant is pledged to secure
obligations of our telephone subsidiaries to the RUS. For additional
information regarding our financing, see our consolidated financial statements
included in Item 8 herein.
Sales
and Marketing
We
maintain local offices in most of the larger population centers within our
service territories. These offices are typically staffed by local
residents and provide sales and customer support services in the
community. We also rely on our call center personnel to promote sales
of services that meet the distinctive needs of our customers. In
addition, our strategy is to enhance our communications services by offering
comprehensive bundling of services and deploying new technologies to build upon
the strong reputation we enjoy in our markets and to further promote customer
loyalty.
Most of
our services are offered under our “CenturyTel” brand name. However,
we sell fiber capacity on our networks under the brand name
“LightCore.” In addition, our satellite television service is offered
on a co-branded basis with EchoStar under the DISH Network name.
Network
Architecture
Our local
exchange carrier networks consist of central office hosts and remote sites, all
with advanced digital switches (primarily manufactured by Nortel and Siemens)
and operating with licensed software. Our outside plant consists of
transport and distribution delivery networks connecting each of our host central
offices to our remote central offices, and ultimately to our
customers. As of December 31, 2007, we maintained over 252,000 miles
of copper plant and approximately 20,000 miles of fiber optic plant in our local
exchange networks. Our fiber optic cable is the primary transport
technology between our host and remote central offices and interconnection
points with other incumbent carriers. Most of our long distance
service is provided directly through our own switches and network equipment,
with the balance being provided through reselling arrangements with other long
distance carriers. We also maintain networks in connection with
providing fiber transport and CLEC services. For additional
information on these networks, see “Services - Fiber Transport and
CLEC.”
Regulation
and Competition Relating to Incumbent Local Exchange Operations
Traditionally,
LECs operated as regulated monopolies having the exclusive right and
responsibility to provide local telephone services in their franchised service
territories. (These LECs are sometimes referred to below as
“incumbent LECs” or “ILECs”). Consequently, most of our intrastate
telephone operations have traditionally been regulated extensively by various
state regulatory agencies (generally called public service commissions or public
utility commissions) and our interstate operations have been regulated by the
FCC under the Communications Act of 1934. As we discuss in greater
detail below, passage of the 1996 Act, coupled with state legislative and
regulatory initiatives and technological changes, fundamentally altered the
telephone industry by generally reducing the regulation of LECs and attracting a
substantial increase in the number of competitors and capital invested in
existing and new services. We anticipate that these trends toward reduced
regulation and increased competition will continue.
The
following description discusses some of the major industry regulations that
affect our traditional telephone operations, but numerous other regulations not
discussed below could also impact us. Some legislation and
regulations are currently the subject of judicial proceedings, legislative
hearings and administrative proposals which could substantially change the
manner in which the communications industry operates. Neither the
outcome of any of these developments, nor their potential impact on us, can be
predicted at this time. The impact of regulatory changes in the
communications industry could have a substantial impact on our
operations. See Item 1A of this annual report below.
State
regulation
. The local service rates and intrastate access
charges of substantially all of our telephone subsidiaries are regulated by
state regulatory commissions which typically have the power to grant and revoke
certifications authorizing companies to provide communications
services. Most commissions have traditionally regulated pricing
through “rate of return” regulation that focuses on authorized levels of
earnings by LECs. Historically, most of these commissions also (i)
regulated the purchase and sale of LECs, (ii) prescribed depreciation rates and
certain accounting procedures, (iii) enforced laws requiring LECs to provide
universal service under publicly filed tariffs setting forth the terms,
conditions and prices of their LEC services, (iv) oversaw implementation of
several federal telecommunications laws including interconnection obligations
and (v) regulated various other matters, including certain service standards and
operating procedures.
In recent
years, state legislatures and regulatory commissions in most of the 24 states in
which our telephone subsidiaries operate have either reduced the regulation of
LECs or have announced their intention to do so, and we expect this trend will
continue. Essentially, such relief comes in two forms: (i) full or
partial deregulation through legislation or (ii) the ability to elect into or
renew existing state alternative regulation through a regulatory
proceeding. Several states have implemented laws or rulings which
require or permit LECs at the state level to either be deregulated for pricing
or opt out of “rate of return” regulation in exchange for agreeing to
alternative forms of regulation. Such alternatives permit the
LEC greater freedom to establish local service rates in exchange for agreeing
not to charge rates in excess of specified caps. As discussed further
below, subsidiaries operating over 72% of our access lines in various states
have agreed to be governed by alternative regulation plans, and we continue to
explore our options for similar treatment in other states. We believe
that reduced regulatory oversight of certain of our telephone operations may
allow us to offer new and competitive services faster than under the traditional
regulatory process. For a discussion of legislative, regulatory and
technological changes that have introduced competition into the local exchange
industry, see “Developments Affecting Competition.”
The
following summary describes the alternative regulation plans applicable to us in
Wisconsin, Missouri, Alabama and Arkansas, our four largest telephone
markets.
·
Our
Wisconsin access lines, except for those acquired from Verizon in 2000 (which
continue to be regulated under “rate of return” regulation), are regulated under
various alternative regulation plans developed jointly between the Wisconsin
Public Service Commission and us. Each of these alternative
regulation plans permits us to adjust local rates within specified parameters if
we meet certain quality-of-service and infrastructure-development commitments.
These plans also include initiatives designed to promote
competition.
·
All of
our Missouri LECs are regulated under a price-cap regulation plan whereby basic
service rates are adjusted annually based on an inflation-based factor;
non-basic services may be increased without restriction up to 5%
annually. If the inflation-based factor were to decline as it
has done in recent years, our revenues would be negatively
impacted.
·
In
2005, the state of Alabama passed legislation that essentially
allowed telephone companies the option to phase in deregulation of certain LEC
services. In February 2007, our Alabama LECs opted to provide all
local services (including bundled services but excluding certain basic telephone
and optional calling services) on a deregulated and detariffed
basis. Certain basic telephone and optional calling services continue
to be regulated and subject to a price cap. Our Alabama properties
acquired from Madison River operate under a separate alternative regulation plan
under which local rates are still governed by the state public service
commission.
·
Our
Arkansas LECs acquired from Verizon Communications, Inc. are regulated under an
alternative regulation plan under which rates can be adjusted based on an
inflation-based factor. Other local rates can be adjusted without
commission approval; however, such rates are subject to commission review under
certain conditions. Our remaining Arkansas LECs have the option
to increase rates up to certain specified amounts.
Notwithstanding
the movement toward alternative regulation, LECs operating approximately 28% of
our total access lines continue to be subject to “rate of return” regulation for
intrastate purposes. These LECs remain subject to the powers of state
regulatory commissions to conduct earnings reviews and adjust service rates,
either of which could lead to revenue reductions.
Federal regulation
. Our
telephone subsidiaries are required to comply with the Communications Act of
1934, which requires us to offer services at just and reasonable rates and on
non-discriminatory terms, as well as the 1996 Act, which amended the
Communications Act to promote competition and reform the Universal Service
Program.
The FCC
regulates interstate services provided by our telephone subsidiaries primarily
by regulating the interstate access charges that we bill to long distance
companies and other communications companies for use of our network in
connection with the origination and termination of interstate voice and data
transmissions. Additionally, the FCC has prescribed certain rules and
regulations for telephone companies, including a uniform system of accounts and
rules regarding the separation of costs between jurisdictions and, ultimately,
between interstate services. In addition, the FCC has responsibility
for maintaining and administering the Universal Service Fund. LECs
must obtain
FCC approval to use certain radio frequencies, or to transfer
control of any such licenses. The FCC retains the right to revoke
these licenses if a carrier materially violates relevant legal
requirements.
The FCC
requires price-cap regulation of interstate access rates for the Regional Bell
Operating Companies, and permits it for all other LECs. Under price-cap
regulation, limits imposed on a company’s interstate rates are adjusted
periodically to reflect inflation, productivity improvement and changes in
certain non-controllable costs. We have not elected price-cap
regulation for our telephone operations, except for the properties we acquired
from Verizon in 2002 which have continued to operate under price-cap regulation,
as permitted under FCC rules for acquired properties. All of our
other operations continue to be governed by traditional rate-of-return
regulation for interstate access charges, which permits us to set rates based on
forecasted investment and expenses plus a return on investment, which is
currently 11.25%. In the last half of 2007, certain carriers filed a
petition with the FCC seeking to convert their properties from rate of return
regulation to price-cap regulation in the interstate jurisdiction. In
order to achieve this conversion, these carriers petitioned the FCC to make
numerous rule changes that would provide a blueprint for rate of return carriers
to opt into price-cap regulation.
In 2003,
the FCC opened a broad intercarrier compensation proceeding with the ultimate
goal of creating a uniform mechanism to be used by the entire telecommunications
industry for payments between carriers originating, terminating, or carrying
telecommunications traffic. The FCC has received intercarrier
compensation proposals from several industry groups, and in early 2005 solicited
comments on all proposals previously submitted to it. Broad industry
negotiations have taken place with the goal of developing a consensus plan that
addresses the concerns of carriers from all industry segments. The
ultimate outcome of this proceeding could change the way we receive compensation
from, and remit compensation to, other carriers, our end user customers and the
federal Universal Service Fund (the “USF”). Until the FCC’s
proceeding concludes and the changes, if any, to the existing rules are
established, we cannot estimate the impact it will have on our results of
operations.
In
December 2005, a group of six mid-size carriers, including us, filed proposed
rules with the FCC regarding “phantom traffic”. “Phantom traffic”
generally refers to telecommunications calls that cannot be billed properly to
responsible carriers by other carriers in the call path because the traffic is
mislabeled, unlabeled or improperly routed. The proposal requests
that the FCC implement and enforce updated rules that require carriers to
accurately identify, label and route network traffic so that appropriate bills
can be created. In late 2006, the FCC opened a separate phantom
traffic proceeding with the intent of formalizing potential phantom traffic
rules for the industry. Overall, the comments received to date on the
phantom traffic issue have been favorable to us; however, until the FCC
concludes its phantom traffic proceeding and adopts changes, if any, to existing
rules, we cannot estimate the impact any changes will have on our results of
operations.
As
discussed further below, certain providers of competitive communications
services are currently not required to compensate ILECs for the use of their
networks. Additionally, certain deregulated providers seek and
receive high cost universal support funding based on the incumbent’s costs
rather than their own.
Our
operations and those of all communications carriers also may be impacted by
legislation and regulation imposing new or greater obligations related to
assisting law enforcement, bolstering homeland security, minimizing
environmental impacts, or addressing other issues that impact our business,
including the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, and laws
governing local number portability and customer proprietary network information
requirements. These laws and regulations may cause us to incur
additional costs.
Universal service support funds,
revenue sharing arrangements and related matters
. A significant number of
our telephone subsidiaries recover a portion of their costs from the federal USF
and from similar state “universal support” mechanisms, which receive their
funding from fees charged to interexchange carriers and
LECs. Disbursements from these programs traditionally have focused
principally on allowing LECs serving small communities and rural areas to
provide communications services on terms and at prices reasonably comparable to
those available in urban areas. Other USF programs address other
social goals, such as supporting schools and libraries through the USF’s E-rate
program.
The table
below sets forth the amounts received by our telephone subsidiaries in 2007 and
2006 from federal and state universal support programs.
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
of Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
Support Program
|
|
Received
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Received
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
(amounts
in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USF
High Cost Loop Support
|
|
$
|
166.5
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
163.1
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
Other Federal Support
Programs
|
|
|
133.9
|
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
134.6
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
Total Federal Support
Receipts
|
|
|
300.4
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
297.7
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State Support Programs
|
|
|
35.6
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
36.2
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
TOTAL
|
|
$
|
336.0
|
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
333.9
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
Federal
USF programs have undergone substantial changes since 1997, and are expected to
experience more changes in the coming years as modernization of the overall
program moves forward. As mandated by the 1996 Act, in May 2001 the
FCC modified its existing universal service support mechanism for rural
telephone companies by adopting an interim mechanism for a five-year period
based on embedded, or historical, costs that provide relatively predictable
levels of support to many LECs, including substantially all of our
LECs. In May 2006, the FCC extended this interim mechanism
until such time that new high-cost support rules are adopted for rural telephone
companies.
Universal
support funds available to ILECs are currently available to local competitors
that (i) certify they will serve all customers in a study area, (ii) offer nine
core services, and (iii) qualify as an “eligible telecommunications
carrier.” Wireless and other competitive service providers continue
to seek to qualify to receive USF support. This trend, coupled with
changes in usage of telecommunications services, have placed stress on the
funding mechanism of the USF, which is subject to annual caps on
disbursements. These developments have placed additional financial
pressure on the amount of money that is necessary and available to provide
support to all eligible service providers, including support payments we receive
from the USF High Cost Loop support program.
A
significant portion of our support payments have varied over time based on our
average cost to serve customers compared to national cost
averages. Under the USF High Cost Loop support program, which is the
USF’s principal support program, our payments from the USF will decrease if
national average costs per loop increase at a rate greater than our average cost
per loop. Increases in the nationwide average cost per loop factor
used to allocate funds among all USF recipients caused our revenues from the USF
High Cost Loop support program to decrease in 2006 when compared to
2005. While our 2007 USF High Cost Loop support program receipts
approximated 2006 levels, we anticipate that our 2008 revenues from the USF High
Cost Loop support program will be lower than 2007 by approximately $14-$17
million.
In late
2002, the FCC requested that the Federal-State Joint Board (“FSJB”) on Universal
Service review various FCC rules governing high cost universal service support,
including rules regarding eligibility to receive support payments in markets
served by LECs and competitive carriers. Since then, the FSJB
recommended a comprehensive general review of the high-cost support mechanisms
for rural and non-rural carriers and requested comments on the FCC’s current
rules for the provision of high-cost support for rural companies, including
comments on whether eligibility requirements should be amended in a manner that
would adversely affect larger rural LECs such as us. In addition, the
FCC has taken various other steps in anticipation of restructuring universal
service support mechanisms, including, most recently, opening for public comment
in early 2008 several proposals that contemplate a substantial restructuring of
current USF programs.
On May 1,
2007, the FSJB proposed that the FCC consider an interim cap on the amount of
high cost support that competitive eligible telecommunications carriers
(“CETCs”) may receive. On November 20, 2007, the FSJB issued another
recommended decision on universal service reform which suggested various reform
measures including a migration of the present funding mechanisms to three new
separate funds covering broadband providers, mobility providers, and providers
of last resort. The FSJB also recommended elimination of the
identical support rule which now enables wireless CETCs to draw identical
support based on the ILEC’s cost. In addition, the FSJB is
recommending certain other reforms, including (i) caps on the present high cost
funding mechanism, (ii) certification of only one wireline, one wireless and one
broadband carrier in each market and (iii) further consideration of competitive
bidding as a distribution mechanism. Until the FCC acts on these
recommendations, we cannot estimate the impact that such proposals would have on
our operations. In addition, there are a number of judicial appeals
challenging several aspects of the FCC’s universal service rules and various
Congressional proposals seeking to substantially modify USF programs, none of
which have been resolved at this time. We will continue to be active
in monitoring and participating in these developments.
In 2004,
the FCC mandated changes in the administration of the universal service support
programs that temporarily suspended the disbursement of funds under the USF’s
E-rate program (for service to Schools and Libraries), and, more significantly,
created questions that these administrative changes could similarly delay the
disbursement of funds to LECs from the Universal Service High Cost Loop support
program. Congress has passed bills in recent years granting
successive one-year exemptions from the federal law that impacted the E-rate
program, including a bill extending the exemption through December 31, 2007. An
additional exemption is currently pending before Congress. Although
we expect funding from this program to continue, we cannot assure you that the
lack of a definitive resolution of this issue will not delay or impede the
disbursement of funds in the future.
A
substantial portion of our state support payments are payable by Louisiana under
a program restructured in 2005 into a state universal service fund that expanded
the base of contributors to include all telecommunication service providers
operating in Louisiana. Thus far, the payments we have received under
this fund approximate those received by us under Louisiana’s predecessor
program. The fund is subject to an annual review by the Louisiana
Public Service Commission (the “LPSC”). As such, there can be no
assurance that the fund will remain as adopted by the LPSC or that funding
levels will remain at current levels. In November 2007, the LPSC
initiated a docket to determine the best way to convert the existing universal
service fund to a stable funding mechanism. The LPSC currently
expects to complete its review by December 2008.
Some of
our telephone subsidiaries operate in states where traditional cost recovery
mechanisms, including rate structures, are under evaluation or have been
modified. See “ State Regulation”. There can be no assurance that
these states will continue to provide for cost recovery at current
levels.
All of
our interstate network access revenues are based on access charges, cost
separation studies or special settlement arrangements, many of which are
administered by the FCC or NECA, and all of which are subject to
change. See “Services.”
Certain
long distance carriers continue to request that certain of our LECs reduce
intrastate access tariffed rates. Long distance carriers have also
aggressively pursued regulatory or legislative changes that would reduce access
rates. However, in light of pending intercarrier compensation
reform that is expected to address intrastate access charges, most states are
deferring action until they receive direction from the FCC. However,
some carriers are continuing to pursue lower intrastate access rates in some
states.
Developments affecting
competition
. Over the past decade, fundamental technological,
regulatory and legislative changes have significantly impacted the
communications industry, and we expect these changes will
continue. Primarily as a result of regulatory and technological
changes, competition has been introduced and encouraged in each sector of the
communications industry in recent years. As a result, we increasingly
face competition from other communication service providers, as further
described below.
Wireless
telephone services increasingly constitute a significant source of competition
with LEC services, especially since wireless carriers have begun to compete
effectively on the basis of price with more traditional telephone
services. As a result, some customers have chosen to completely
forego use of traditional wireline phone service and instead rely solely on
wireless service for voice services. This trend is more pronounced
among residential customers, which comprise 73% of our access line
customers. We anticipate this trend will continue, particularly if
wireless service providers continue to expand their coverage areas, reduce their
rates, improve the quality of their services, and offer enhanced new
services. Substantially all of our access line customers are
currently capable of receiving wireless services from a competitive service
provider. Technological and regulatory developments in wireless
services, personal communications services, digital microwave, satellite,
coaxial cable, fiber optics, local multipoint distribution services and other
wired and wireless technologies are expected to further permit the development
of alternatives to traditional landline services.
The 1996
Act, which obligates LECs to permit competitors to interconnect their facilities
to the LEC’s network and to take various other steps that are designed to
promote competition, imposes several duties on a LEC if it receives a specific
request from another entity which seeks to connect with or provide services
using the LEC’s network. In addition, each incumbent LEC is obligated
to (i) negotiate interconnection agreements in good faith, (ii) provide
nondiscriminatory “unbundled” access to all aspects of the LEC’s network, (iii)
offer resale of its telecommunications services at wholesale rates and (iv)
permit competitors, on terms and conditions (including rates) that are just,
reasonable and nondiscriminatory, to collocate their physical plant on the LEC’s
property, or provide virtual collocation if physical collocation is not
practicable. During 2003, the FCC released new rules outlining the
obligations of incumbent LECs to lease to competitors elements of their
circuit-switched networks on an unbundled basis at prices that substantially
limited the profitability of these arrangements to incumbent LECs. In
response to successful judicial challenges to these rules, in 2005 the FCC
released rules that required incumbent LECs to lease a network element only in
those situations where competing carriers genuinely would be impaired without
access to such network element, and where the unbundling would not interfere
with the development of facilities-based competition. These rules are further
designed to remove LECs’ unbundling obligations over time as competing carriers
deploy their own networks and local exchange competition increases.
Under the
1996 Act’s rural telephone company exemption, approximately half of our
telephone access lines are exempt from certain of the 1996 Act’s interconnection
requirements unless and until the appropriate state regulatory commission
overrides the exemption upon receipt from a competitor of a bona fide request
meeting certain criteria. States are permitted to adopt laws or
regulations that provide for greater competition than is mandated under the 1996
Act.
As a
result of these regulatory, consumer and technological developments, ILECs
increasingly face competition from CLECs, particularly in densely populated
areas. CLECs provide competing services through reselling the ILECs’
local services, through use of the ILECs’ unbundled network elements or through
their own facilities. The number of companies which have requested
authorization to provide local exchange service in our service areas has
increased in recent years, especially in our markets acquired from Verizon in
2002 and 2000. We anticipate that similar action may be taken by
other competitors in the future, especially if all forms of federal support
available to ILECs continue to remain available to these
competitors.
As noted
above, wireless and other competitive services providers have been increasingly
aggressive in seeking and obtaining USF support funds. This support
is likely to encourage additional competitors to enter our high-cost service
areas.
Technological
developments have led to the development of new services that compete with
traditional LEC services. Technological improvements have enabled
cable television companies to provide telephone service over their cable
networks, and several national cable companies have aggressively pursued this
opportunity. As of December 31, 2007, we believe that approximately
40-45% of our access lines currently face competition from cable voice
offerings. Additionally, several large electric utilities have
announced plans to offer communications services that compete with some
LECs.
Improvements
in the quality of VoIP service have led several cable, Internet, data and other
communications companies, as well as start-up companies, to substantially
increase their offerings of VoIP service to business and residential
customers. VoIP providers route calls partially or wholly over the
Internet, without use of ILEC's circuit switches and, in certain cases, without
use of ILEC's networks to carry their communications traffic. VoIP
providers frequently use existing broadband networks to deliver flat-rate, all
distance calling plans that may offer features that cannot readily be provided
by traditional LECs. These plans may also be priced competitively or
below those currently charged for traditional local and long distance telephone
services for several reasons, including lower operating
costs. In December 2003, the FCC initiated rulemaking that is
expected to address the effect of VoIP on intercarrier compensation, universal
service and emergency services. Although the FCC’s rulemaking
regarding VoIP-enabled services remains pending, the FCC has adopted orders
establishing broad guidelines for the regulation of such services, including (i)
an April 2004 order that found an IP-telephony service using the public switched
telephone network to be a regulated telecommunications service subject to
interstate access charges, (ii) a November 2004 order that Internet-based
services provided by Vonage Holdings Corporation should be subject to federal
rather than state regulation and (iii) a June 2005 order requiring all VoIP
service providers whose services are interconnected to the public switched
telephone network to provide E-911 services to their customers. There
can be no assurance that future rulemaking will be on terms favorable to ILECs,
or that VoIP providers will not successfully compete for our
customers.
Similar
to us, many cable, entertainment, technology or other communications companies
that previously offered a limited range of services are now offering diversified
bundles of services, either through their own networks, reselling arrangements
or joint ventures. As such, a growing number of companies are
competing to serve the communications needs of the same customer
base. Several of these companies started offering full service
bundles before us, which could give them an advantage in building customer
loyalty. Such activities will continue to place downward pressure on
the demand for our access lines.
In
addition to facing direct competition from those providers described above,
ILECs increasingly face competition from alternate communication systems
constructed by long distance carriers, large customers or alternative access
vendors. These systems, which have become more prevalent as a result
of the 1996 Act, are capable of originating or terminating calls without use of
the ILECs’ networks or switching services. Other potential sources of
competition include non-carrier systems that are capable of bypassing ILECs’
local networks, either partially or completely, through various means, including
the provision of special access or independent switching services and the
concentration of telecommunications traffic on a few of the ILECs’ access
lines. We anticipate that all these trends will continue and lead to
decreased use of our networks.
Significant
competitive factors in the local telephone industry include pricing, packaging
of services and features, quality and convenience of service and meeting
customer needs such as simplified billing and timely response to service
calls.
As the
telephone industry increasingly experiences competition, the size and resources
of each respective competitor may increasingly influence its prospects. Many
companies currently providing or planning to provide competitive communication
services have substantially greater financial and marketing resources than we do
or own larger or more diverse networks than ours. In addition, many
of them are not subject to the same regulatory constraints we are.
Competition
can harm us by causing us to lose customers, or by causing us to lower prices or
increase our capital or operating expenses to retain
customers. Competing communications services, such as wireless, VoIP,
electronic mail and optional calling services, can also reduce usage of our
network and thereby decrease our network access revenues. Competition
can also cause customers to reduce either usage of our services or switch to
less profitable services, and could impede our ability to diversify into new
lines of business dominated by incumbent providers.
We
anticipate that the traditional operations of LECs will continue to be impacted
by changes in regulation, technology, and consumer preferences affecting the
ability of LECs to attract and retain customers and the capability of wireless
companies, CLECs, cable television companies, VoIP providers, electric utilities
and others to provide competitive LEC services. Competition relating to
traditional LEC services has thus far affected large urban areas to a greater
extent than the less dense areas in which we operate. We will actively monitor
these developments, observe the effect of emerging competitive trends in larger
markets and continue to evaluate new business opportunities that may arise out
of future technological, legislative and regulatory developments.
We expect
our operating revenues in 2008 to decline as we continue to experience downward
pressure primarily due to continued access line losses, reduced network access
revenues and lower prior year revenue settlement amounts. We
expect such declines to be partially offset primarily due to increased demand
for our high-speed Internet service offering and the impact of recognizing a
full year of revenues associated with our Madison River properties acquired in
April 2007.
Regulation
and Competition Relating to Other Operations
Long Distance
Operations
. We offer intra-LATA, intrastate and interstate
long distance services. State public service commissions generally
regulate intra-LATA toll calls within the same LATA and inter-LATA toll calls
between different LATAs located in the same state. Federal regulators
have jurisdiction over interstate toll calls. Recent state regulatory
changes have increased competition to provide intra-LATA toll services in our
local exchange markets. Competition for intrastate and interstate
long distance services has been intense for several years, and focuses primarily
on price and pricing plans, and secondarily on customer service, reliability and
communications quality. Traditionally, our principal competitors for
providing long distance services were large long distance companies such as
AT&T, regional phone companies and dial-around
resellers. Increasingly, however, we have experienced competition
from newer sources, including wireless companies offering attractively-priced
calling plans. Technological substitutions, including VoIP and
electronic mail, have further reduced demand for traditional long distance
services. To counter such competition, we now offer unlimited long
distance calling plans.
Data
Operations
. In connection with our data business, we face
competition from Internet service providers, satellite companies, long distance
carriers and cable companies which use wired or wireless technologies to offer
dial-up Internet access services or high-speed broadband services. As
of December 31, 2007, we believe approximately 60% of our local exchange markets
are overlapped by cable systems offering data services competitive with
ours. Many of these competitors offer content that we cannot
match. Moreover, many of these providers have traditionally
been subject to less rigorous regulatory scrutiny than our subsidiaries,
although recent FCC rule changes classifying our high-speed offering as an
“information service” has helped reduce regulatory disparities. These
recent rule changes further provided companies the option to deregulate (for
price cap companies) or detariff (for rate of return companies) high-speed
Internet services. During 2006, all of our operating companies
elected to either deregulate or detariff their high-speed Internet services,
which decreased regulatory oversight and increased our retail pricing
flexibility.
Fiber Transport
Operations
. When our fiber transport networks are used to
provide intrastate telecommunications services, we must comply with state
requirements for telecommunications utilities, including state tariffing
requirements. To the extent our facilities are used to provide
interstate communications, we are subject to federal regulation as a
non-dominant common carrier. Due largely to excess capacity, the
fiber transport industry is highly competitive. Our primary
competitors are from other communications companies, many of whom operate
networks and have resources much larger than ours. Over the
last few years, several large communications companies have merged and have
implemented strategies to transfer a significant portion of their voice and data
traffic from our fiber network to their networks. We expect this
trend to continue as companies seek opportunities to reduce their
transport-related costs. In addition, new IP-based services may
enable new entrants to transport data at prices lower than we currently
offer.
CLEC
Operations
. Competitive local exchange carriers are subject to
certain reporting and other regulatory requirements by the FCC and state public
service commissions, although the degree of regulation is much less substantial
than that imposed on ILECs operating in the same markets. Local
governments also frequently require competitive local exchange carriers to
obtain licenses or franchises regulating the use of rights-of-way necessary to
install and operate their networks. In each of our CLEC markets, we
face competition from the ILEC, which traditionally has long-standing
relationships with its customers. Over time, we may also face
competition from one or more other CLECs, or from other communications providers
who can provide comparable services.
Other
Operations
. Similar to our CLEC business, we may be required
to obtain licenses or franchises to enter new markets for our switched digital
television and wireless broadband services, which could delay our rollout of
these offerings. The television and wireless communications markets
we have recently entered are highly competitive, which could limit our ability
to compete effectively.
OTHER
DEVELOPMENTS OR MATTERS
In August
2007, our board of directors approved a $750 million stock repurchase program
which expires in September 2009, unless extended by the
board. Through December 31, 2007, we had repurchased approximately
3.6 million shares for $158.5 million under this program. We
previously repurchased approximately $401.0 million, $186.7 million, $437.5
million and $1.028 billion of our shares under separate repurchase programs
approved in February 2004, February 2005, May 2005 and February 2006,
respectively. For additional information, see Liquidity and Capital
Resources included in Item 7 of this annual report.
We have
certain obligations based on federal, state and local laws relating to the
protection of the environment. Costs of compliance through 2007 have
not been material and we currently have no reason to believe that such costs
will become material.
For
additional information concerning our business and properties, see
Items 2 and 7 elsewhere herein, and the Consolidated Financial
Statements and notes 2, 4, 5, and 16 thereto set forth in Item 8 elsewhere
herein.
Item
1A. Risk
Factors
RISK
FACTORS AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
Risk
Factors
Any of
the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition, results of operations, liquidity or
prospects. The risks described below are not the only risks facing
us. Please be aware that additional risks and uncertainties not
currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial could also
materially and adversely affect our business operations.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If
we continue to experience access line losses like we have in the past several
years, our revenues, earnings and cash flows may be adversely
impacted.
Our
business generates a substantial portion of its revenues by delivering voice and
data services over access lines. We have experienced access line
losses over the past several years, including a 5.7% decline during the year
ended December 31, 2007 (exclusive of the Madison River acquisition), due to a
number of factors, including increased competition and wireless and broadband
substitution, which are described further below. We expect to
continue to experience access line losses in our markets for an unforeseen
period of time. Our inability to retain access lines could adversely
impact our revenues, earnings and cash flow from operations.
We
face competition, which we expect to intensify.
As a
result of various technological, regulatory and other changes, the
telecommunications industry has become increasingly competitive, and we expect
these trends to continue. In our LEC markets, we face
competition from wireless telephone services, which we expect to increase if
wireless providers continue to expand and improve their network coverage, offer
fixed-rate calling plans, lower their prices and offer enhanced
services. In certain of our LEC markets, we also face competition
from cable television operators, CLECs and VoIP providers. Over time,
we expect to face additional local exchange competition from more recent market
entrants, including (i) electric utility and satellite communications providers
and (ii) alternative networks or non-carrier systems designed to reduce demand
for our switching or access services. The Internet, long distance and
data services markets are also highly competitive, and we expect that
competition will intensify in these and other markets that we
serve. The recent proliferation of companies offering integrated
service offerings has further intensified competition in the markets we
serve.
We expect
competition to intensify as a result of new competitors and the development of
new products and services. Our competitive position could be weakened by
strategic alliances or consolidation within the communications industry or the
development of new technologies. We cannot predict which future
products or services will be important to maintain our competitive position or
what funding will be required to develop and provide these products or services.
Our ability to compete successfully will depend on how well we market our
products and services and on our ability to anticipate and respond to various
competitive and technological factors affecting the industry, including changes
in regulation (which may affect us differently from our competitors), changes in
consumer preferences or demographics, and changes in the product offerings or
pricing strategies of our competitors.
Many of
our current and potential competitors have market presence, engineering,
technical and marketing capabilities and financial, personnel and other
resources substantially greater than ours. In addition, some of our competitors
own larger and more diverse networks, can conduct operations or raise capital at
a lower cost than we can, are subject to less regulation, have lower benefit
plan costs, offer greater online content services, or have substantially
stronger brand names. Consequently, some competitors may be better equipped than
us to charge lower prices for their products and services, to provide more
attractive offerings, to develop and expand their communications and network
infrastructures more quickly, to adapt more swiftly to new or emerging
technologies and changes in customer requirements, and to devote greater
resources to the marketing and sale of their products and services.
Competition
could adversely impact us in several ways, including (i) the loss of customers
and market share, (ii) the possibility of customers reducing their usage of our
services or shifting to less profitable services, (iii) reduced traffic on our
networks, (iv) our need to expend substantial time or money on new capital
improvement projects, (v) our need to lower prices or increase marketing
expenses to remain competitive and (vi) our inability to diversify by
successfully offering new products or services.
We
could be harmed by rapid changes in technology.
The
communications industry is experiencing significant technological changes,
particularly in the areas of VoIP, data transmission and wireless
communications. Several large electric utilities have announced plans
to offer communications services that will compete with LECs. Some of
our competitors may enjoy network advantages that will enable them to provide
services more efficiently or at lower cost. Rapid changes in
technology could result in the development of additional products or services
that compete with or displace those offered by traditional LECs, or that enable
current customers to reduce or bypass use of our networks. We cannot
predict with certainty which technological changes will provide the greatest
threat to our competitive position. We may not be able to obtain
timely access to new technology on satisfactory terms or incorporate new
technology into our systems in a cost effective manner, or at all. If
we cannot develop new products to keep pace with technological advances, or if
such products are not widely embraced by our customers, we could be adversely
impacted.
We
cannot assure you that our diversification efforts will be
successful.
Due to
the above-cited changes, the telephone industry has recently experienced a
decline in access lines and intrastate minutes of use. This decline
in access lines and usage, coupled with the other changes resulting from
competitive, technological and regulatory developments, could materially
adversely affect our core business and future prospects. Exclusive of the
Madison River acquisition, our access lines declined 5.7% in 2007. Based
on our planned results for recent sales and retention initiatives, we are
targeting our access line loss to be between 4.5% and 6.0% in
2008. We also earned less intrastate revenues in 2007 due to
reductions in intrastate minutes of use (partially due to the displacement of
minutes of use by wireless, electronic mail and other optional calling
services). We believe our intrastate minutes of use will continue to
decline, although the magnitude of such decrease is uncertain.
We have
traditionally sought growth largely through acquisitions of properties similar
to those currently operated by us. However, we cannot assure you that
properties will be available for purchase on terms attractive to us,
particularly if they are burdened by regulations, pricing plans or competitive
pressures that are new or different from those historically applicable to our
incumbent properties. Moreover, we cannot assure you that we will be
able to arrange additional financing on terms acceptable to us or to obtain
timely federal and state governmental approvals on terms acceptable to us, or at
all.
In recent
years, we have attempted to broaden our services and products by offering
satellite television services and reselling wireless services as part of our
bundled product and service offerings. Our reliance on other
companies and their networks to provide these services could constrain our
flexibility and limit the profitability of these new offerings. In
addition, during 2005 we launched our facilities-based digital video offering to
select markets in Wisconsin and, in October 2007, we launched a second switched
digital video offering in our Columbia, Missouri market. We may
initiate other new service or product offerings in the future. We
anticipate new offerings will generate lower profit margins than many of our
traditional services. As such, to the extent revenues from these new
offerings replace revenues lost from declines in our traditional LEC business,
our overall profit margins will decline. We cannot assure you that
our recent or future diversification efforts will be successful.
Future
deterioration in our financial performance could adversely impact our credit
ratings, our cost of capital and our access to the capital markets.
Our
future results will suffer if we do not effectively adjust to changes in our
industry.
The
above-described changes in our industry have placed a higher premium on
marketing, technological, engineering and provisioning skills. Our
future success depends, in part, on our ability to retrain our staff to acquire
or strengthen these skills, and, where necessary, to attract and retain new
personnel that possess these skills.
Our
future results will suffer if we do not effectively manage our expanded
operations.
In the
past several years, we have expanded our operations through acquisitions and new
product and service offerings, some of which involve complex technical,
engineering, and operational challenges. We may pursue similar
opportunities in the future. Our future success depends, in part,
upon our ability to manage our expansion opportunities, including our ability
to:
·
|
retain
and attract key personnel that have the skills necessary to implement and
manage the new business
opportunities
|
·
|
effectively
manage our day to day operations while attempting to execute our strategy
of expanding our business
|
·
|
realize
the projected growth and revenue targets developed by management for our
newly acquired and emerging businesses,
and
|
·
|
continue
to identify new acquisition or growth opportunities that we can finance,
consummate and operate on attractive
terms.
|
Expansion opportunities pose
substantial challenges for us to integrate new operations into our existing
business in an efficient and timely manner, to successfully monitor our
operations, costs, regulatory compliance and service quality, and to maintain
other necessary internal controls. In addition, acquisitions entail
the additional risk that we will incur unanticipated liabilities or
contingencies of the acquired business, unbudgeted expenses or the loss of key
employees or customers. We cannot assure you that our expansion or
acquisition opportunities will be successful, or that we will realize our
expected operating efficiencies, cost savings, revenue enhancements, synergies
or other benefits. If we are not able to meet these challenges
effectively, our
results
of operations may be harmed.
Network
disruptions could adversely affect our operating results.
To be
successful, we will need to continue providing our customers with a high
capacity, reliable and secure network. Some of the risks to our
network and infrastructure include:
·
|
power
losses or physical damage to our access lines, whether caused by fire,
adverse weather conditions, terrorism or
otherwise
|
·
|
software
and hardware defects
|
·
|
breaches
of security, including sabotage, tampering, computer viruses and
break-ins, and
|
·
|
other
disruptions that are beyond our
control.
|
Disruptions
or system failures may cause interruptions in service or reduced capacity for
customers. If service is not restored in a timely manner, agreements
with our customers or service standards set by state regulatory commissions
could obligate us to provide credits or other remedies, and this would reduce
our revenues or increase our costs. Service disruptions could also
damage our reputation with customers, causing us to lose existing customers or
have difficulty attracting new ones.
Any
failure or inadequacy of our information technology infrastructure could harm
our business.
The
capacity, reliability and security of our information technology hardware and
software infrastructure (including our billing systems) is important to the
operation of our current business, which would suffer in the event of system
failures. Likewise, our ability to expand and update our information
technology infrastructure in response to our growth and changing needs are
important to the continued implementation of our new service offering
initiatives. Our inability to expand or upgrade our technology
infrastructure could have adverse consequences, which could include the delayed
implementation of new service offerings, service or billing interruptions, and
the diversion of development resources.
We
rely on a limited number of key suppliers and vendors to operate our
business.
We depend
on a limited number of suppliers and vendors for equipment and services relating
to our network infrastructure. If these suppliers experience
interruptions or other problems delivering or servicing these network components
on a timely basis, our operations could suffer significantly. To the
extent that proprietary technology of a supplier is an integral component of our
network, we may have limited flexibility to purchase key network components from
alternative suppliers. We also rely on a limited number of other
communications companies in connection with reselling long distance, wireless
and satellite entertainment services to our customers. In addition,
we rely on a limited number of software vendors to support our business
management systems. In the event it becomes necessary to seek
alternative suppliers and vendors, we may be unable to obtain satisfactory
replacement supplies or services on economically attractive terms, on a timely
basis, or at all, which could increase costs or cause disruptions in our
services.
Portions
of our property, plant and equipment are located on property owned by third
parties.
Over the
past few years, certain utilities, cooperatives and municipalities in certain of
the states in which we operate have requested significant rate increases for
attaching our plant to their facilities. To the extent that
these entities are successful in increasing the amount we pay for these
attachments, our future operating costs will increase.
In
addition, we rely on rights-of-way, co-location agreements and other
authorizations granted by governmental bodies and other third parties to locate
our cable, conduit and other network equipment on their respective
properties. If any of these authorizations terminate or lapse, our
operations could be adversely affected.
Our
relationships with other communications companies are material to our operations
and their financial difficulties may adversely affect us.
We
originate and terminate calls for long distance carriers and other interexchange
carriers over our network in exchange for access charges that represent a
significant portion of our revenues. Should these carriers go
bankrupt or experience substantial financial difficulties, our inability to
timely collect access charges from them could have a negative effect on our
business and results of operations.
In
addition, our LightCore operations carry a significant amount of voice and data
traffic for larger communications companies. As these larger
communications companies consolidate or expand their networks, it is possible
that they could transfer a significant portion of this traffic from our fiber
network to their networks, which could have a negative effect on our business
and results of operations.
We
depend on key members of our senior management team.
Our
success depends largely on the skills, experience and performance of a limited
number of senior officers, none of whom are parties to employment
agreements. Competition for senior management in our industry is
intense and we may have difficulty retaining our current senior managers or
attracting new ones in the event of terminations or resignations.
We
could be affected by certain changes in labor matters.
At
December 31, 2007, approximately 25% of our employees were members of 15
separate bargaining units represented by two different unions. From
time to time, our labor agreements with these unions lapse, and we typically
negotiate the terms of new agreements. We cannot predict the
outcome of these negotiations. We may be unable to reach new
agreements, and union employees may engage in strikes, work slowdowns or other
labor actions, which could materially disrupt our ability to provide
services. In addition, new labor agreements may impose significant
new costs on us, which could impair our financial condition or results of
operations in the future. Moreover, our post-employment benefit
offerings cause us to incur costs not faced by many of our competitors, which
could ultimately hinder our competitive position.
Risks
Related to Our Regulatory Environment
Our
revenues could be materially reduced or our expenses materially increased by
changes in regulations.
The
majority of our revenues are substantially dependent upon regulations which, if
changed, could result in material revenue reductions. Laws and
regulations applicable to us and our competitors may be, and have been,
challenged in the courts, and could be changed by federal or state
legislators. Any of the following could significantly impact
us:
Risk of loss or reduction of network
access charge revenues.
A significant portion of our network
access revenues are paid to us by intrastate and interstate long distance
carriers for originating and terminating calls in the regions we
serve. The amount of access charge revenues that we receive is based
largely on rates set by federal and state regulatory bodies, and such rates
could change. The FCC is currently weighing several proposals to
comprehensively reform the intercarrier compensation regime in order to create a
uniform system of intercarrier payments. Any reform eventually
adopted by the FCC will likely involve significant changes in the access charge
system and could potentially result in a significant decrease or elimination of
access charges altogether. In addition, our financial results could
be harmed if carriers that use our access services become financially distressed
or bypass our networks, either due to changes in regulation or other
factors. Furthermore, access charges currently paid to us could be
diverted to competitors who enter our markets or expand their operations, either
due to changes in regulation or otherwise.
Risk of loss or reduction of support
fund payments.
We receive a substantial portion of our
revenues from the federal Universal Service Fund and, to a lesser extent,
intrastate support funds. These governmental programs are reviewed
and amended from time to time, and we cannot assure you that they will not be
changed or impacted in a manner adverse to us. In August 2004, a
federal-state joint board requested comments on the FCC’s current rules for
high-cost support payments to rural telephone companies, including comments on
whether eligibility requirements should be amended in a manner that would
adversely affect larger rural LECs such as us. In May 2007, this
board proposed that the FCC consider an interim cap on the amount of the
high-cost support that competitive eligible telecommunications carriers may
receive. Several parties have objected to the size of the USF or
questioned the continued need to maintain the program in its current
form. Pending judicial appeals and Congressional proposals create
additional uncertainty regarding our future receipt of support
payments. We cannot estimate the impact that these developments will
have on us.
We expect
our 2008 high cost support fund revenues to be approximately $14 to $17 million
lower than 2007 due to (i) an expected increase in the nationwide average cost
per loop factor and (ii) an expected decline in the overall size of the high
cost support fund. In addition, the number of eligible
telecommunications carriers receiving support payments from this program
continues to increase, which, coupled with other factors, has placed additional
financial pressure on the amount of money that is necessary and available to
provide support payments to all eligible recipients, including us.
Risk of loss of statutory exemption
from burdensome interconnection rules imposed on incumbent local exchange
carriers
. Affiliates of ours operating approximately half of
our telephone access lines are exempt from the 1996 Act’s more burdensome
requirements governing the rights of competitors to interconnect to incumbent
local exchange carrier networks and to utilize discrete network elements of the
incumbent’s network at favorable rates. If state regulators decide
that it is in the public’s interest to impose these more burdensome
interconnection requirements on us, these affiliates would be required to
provide unbundled network elements to competitors. As a result, more
competitors could enter our traditional telephone markets than we currently
expect, resulting in lower revenues and higher additional administrative and
regulatory expenses.
Risk of losses from rate
reductions
. Notwithstanding the movement toward alternative
state regulation, LECs operating approximately 28% of our total access lines
continue to be subject to “rate of return” regulation for intrastate
purposes. These LECs remain subject to the powers of state regulatory
commissions to conduct earnings reviews and adjust service rates, which could
lead to revenue reductions. LECs governed by alternative regulatory
plans could also under certain circumstances be ordered to reduce rates or could
experience rate reductions following the lapse of plans currently in
effect.
The FCC
regulates tariffs for interstate access and subscriber line charges, both of
which are components of our revenues. As noted above, the FCC
currently is considering proposals to reduce interstate access charges for
carriers like us. We could be adversely affected if the FCC lowers or
eliminates interstate access charges without adopting an adequate revenue
replacement mechanism.
Risks posed by costs of regulatory
compliance
. Regulations continue to create significant
compliance costs for us. Challenges to our tariffs by regulators or
third parties or delays in obtaining certifications and regulatory approvals
could cause us to incur substantial legal and administrative expenses, and, if
successful, such challenges could adversely affect the rates that we are able to
charge our customers. Our business also may be impacted by
legislation and regulation imposing new or greater obligations related to
assisting law enforcement, bolstering homeland security, minimizing
environmental impacts, or addressing other issues that impact our business
(including local number portability and customer proprietary network information
requirements). For example, existing provisions of the Communications
Assistance for Law Enforcement Act require communications carriers to ensure
that their equipment, facilities, and services are able to facilitate authorized
electronic surveillance. We expect our compliance costs to increase
if future legislation or regulations continue to increase our obligations to
assist other governmental agencies.
Regulatory
changes in the communications industry could adversely affect our business by
facilitating greater competition against us.
The 1996
Act provides for significant changes and increased competition in the
communications industry, including the local communications and long distance
industries. This Act and the FCC’s implementing regulations remain
subject to judicial review and additional rulemakings, thus making it difficult
to predict what effect the legislation will ultimately have on us and our
competitors. Several regulatory and judicial proceedings have
recently concluded, are underway or may soon be commenced, which address issues
affecting our operations and those of our competitors. Moreover,
certain communities nationwide have expressed an interest in establishing a
municipal telephone utility that would compete for customers. We
cannot predict the outcome of these developments, nor can we assure that these
changes will not have a material adverse effect on us or our
industry.
We
are subject to significant regulations that limit our flexibility.
As a
diversified full service incumbent local exchange carrier, or ILEC, we have
traditionally been subject to significant regulation that does not apply to many
of our competitors. For instance, unlike many of our competitors, we
are subject to federal mandates to share facilities, file and justify tariffs,
maintain certain accounts and file reports, and state requirements that obligate
us to maintain service standards and limit our ability to change tariffs in a
timely manner. This regulation imposes substantial compliance costs
on us and restricts our ability to change rates, to compete and to respond
rapidly to changing industry conditions. Although newer alternative
forms of regulation permit us greater freedoms in several states in which we
operate, they nonetheless typically impose caps on the rates that we can charge
our customers. As our business becomes increasingly competitive,
regulatory disparities between us and our competitors could impede our ability
to compete. Litigation and different objectives among federal and
state regulators could create uncertainty and impede our ability to respond to
new regulations. Moreover, changes in tax laws, regulations or
policies could increase our tax rate, particularly if state regulators continue
to search for additional revenue sources to address budget
shortfalls. We are unable to predict the future actions of the
various regulatory bodies that govern us, but such actions could materially
affect our business.
We
are subject to franchising requirements that could impede our expansion
opportunities.
We may be
required to obtain from municipal authorities operating franchises to install or
expand facilities. Some of these franchises may require us to pay
franchise fees. These franchising requirements generally apply to our
fiber transport and CLEC operations, and to our emerging switched digital
television and wireless broadband businesses. These requirements
could delay us in expanding our operations or increase the costs of providing
these services.
We
will be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Section
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
Changing
laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public
disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related regulations implemented
by the SEC, the New York Stock Exchange and the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board, are increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making
some activities more time consuming. The annual evaluation of our
internal controls required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may result
in identifying material weaknesses in our internal
controls. Any future failure to successfully or timely complete
these annual assessments could subject us to sanctions or investigation by
regulatory authorities. Any such action could adversely affect our
financial results or investors’ confidence in us, and could cause our stock
price to fall. If we fail to maintain effective controls and
procedures, we may be unable to provide financial information in a timely and
reliable manner, which could in certain instances limit our ability to borrow or
raise capital.
For a
more thorough discussion of the regulatory issues that may affect our business,
see “Operations” above.
Other
Risks
We
have a substantial amount of indebtedness and may need to incur more in the
future.
We have a
substantial amount of indebtedness , which could have material adverse
consequences for us, including (i) hindering our ability to adjust to changing
market, industry or economic conditions; (ii) limiting our ability to access the
capital markets to refinance maturing debt or to fund acquisitions or emerging
businesses; (iii) limiting the amount of free cash flow available for future
operations, acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases or other uses; (iv)
making us more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns, including interest
rate increases; and (v) placing us at a competitive disadvantage to those of our
competitors that have less indebtedness.
In
connection with executing our business strategies, we are continuously
evaluating the possibility of acquiring additional communications assets, and we
may elect to finance acquisitions by incurring additional
indebtedness. Moreover, to respond to the competitive challenges
discussed above, we may be required to raise substantial additional capital to
finance new product or service offerings. Our ability to arrange
additional financing will depend on, among other factors, our financial position
and performance, as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors
beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If
we are able to obtain additional financing, our credit ratings could be
adversely affected. As a result, our borrowing costs would likely
increase, our access to capital may be adversely affected and our ability to
satisfy our obligations under our current indebtedness could be adversely
affected.
As
a holding company, we rely on payments from our operating companies to meet our
obligations.
As a
holding company, substantially all of our income and operating cash flow is
dependent upon the earnings of our subsidiaries and the distribution of those
earnings to, or upon loans or other payments of funds by those subsidiaries to,
us. As a result, we rely upon our subsidiaries to generate the funds
necessary to meet our obligations, including the payment of amounts owed under
our long-term debt. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal
entities and have no obligation to pay any amounts owed by us or, subject to
limited exceptions for tax-sharing purposes, to make any funds available to us
to repay our obligations, whether by dividends, loans or other
payments. Certain of our subsidiaries may be restricted under loan
agreements or regulatory orders from transferring funds to us, including certain
loan provisions that restrict the amount of dividends that may be paid to
us. Moreover, our rights to receive assets of any subsidiary upon its
liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of
creditors of that subsidiary, including trade creditors. The
footnotes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein
describe these matters in additional detail.
Our
agreements and organizational documents and applicable law could limit another
party’s ability to acquire us.
Under our
articles of incorporation, each share of common stock that has been beneficially
owned by the same person or entity continually since May 30, 1987 generally
entitles the holder to ten votes on all matters duly submitted to a vote of
shareholders. As of January 31, 2008, we estimate that the holders of our
ten-vote shares held approximately 26% of our total voting power. Our articles
also provide for a classified board of directors, which limits the ability of an
insurgent to rapidly replace the board. In addition, a number of
other provisions in our agreements and organizational documents and various
provisions of applicable law may delay, defer or prevent a future takeover of
CenturyTel unless the takeover is approved by our board of
directors. This could deprive our shareholders of any related
takeover premium.
We
face other risks.
The list
of risks above is not exhaustive, and you should be aware that we face various
other risks. For a description of additional risks, please see
“Operations” above, “Forward-Looking Statements” below, and the other items of
this annual report, particularly Items 3, 7 and 8.
Forward-Looking
Statements
This
report on Form 10-K and other documents filed by us under the federal securities
laws include, and future oral or written statements or press releases by us and
our management may include, certain forward-looking statements, including
without limitation statements with respect to our anticipated future operating
and financial performance, financial position and liquidity, growth
opportunities and growth rates, acquisition and divestiture opportunities,
business prospects, regulatory and competitive outlook, investment and
expenditure plans, investment results, financing opportunities and sources
(including the impact of financings on our financial position, financial
performance or credit ratings), pricing plans, strategic alternatives, business
strategies, and other similar statements of expectations or objectives or
accompanying statements of assumptions that are highlighted by words such as
“expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “projects,” “seeks,”
“estimates,” “hopes,” “should,” “could,” and “may,” and variations thereof and
similar expressions. Such forward-looking statements are based upon
our judgment and assumptions as of the date such statements are made concerning
future developments and events, many of which are outside of our
control. These forward-looking statements, and the assumptions upon
which such statements are based, are inherently speculative and are subject to
uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from such
statements. These uncertainties include but are not limited to those
set forth below:
·
|
the
extent, timing, success and overall effects of competition from wireless
carriers, VoIP providers, CLECs, cable television companies, electric
utilities and others, including without limitation the risks that these
competitors may offer less expensive or more innovative products and
services
|
·
|
the
risks inherent in rapid technological change, including without limitation
the risk that new technologies will displace our products and
services
|
·
|
the
effects of ongoing changes in the regulation of the communications
industry, including without limitation (i) increased competition resulting
from the FCC’s regulations relating to interconnection and other matters,
(ii) the final outcome of various federal, state and local regulatory
initiatives and proceedings that could impact our competitive position,
revenues, compliance costs, capital expenditures or prospects, and (iii)
reductions in revenues received from the federal Universal Service Fund or
other current or future federal and state support programs designed to
compensate LECs operating in high-cost
markets
|
·
|
our
ability to effectively adjust to changes in the communications
industry
|
·
|
our
ability to effectively manage our growth, including without limitation our
ability to (i) effectively manage our expansion opportunities, including
successfully integrating newly-acquired businesses into our operations,
(ii) attract and retain technological, managerial and other key personnel,
(iii) achieve projected growth, revenue and cost savings targets, and (iv)
otherwise monitor our operations, costs, regulatory compliance, and
service quality and maintain other necessary internal
controls
|
·
|
possible
changes in the demand for, or pricing of, our products and services,
including without limitation reduced demand for traditional telephone
services caused by greater use of wireless or Internet communications or
other factors and reduced demand for our access
services
|
·
|
our
ability to successfully introduce new product or service offerings on a
timely and cost-effective basis, including without limitation our ability
to (i) successfully roll out our new video, voice and broadband services,
(ii) expand successfully our long distance, Internet access and fiber
transport service offerings to new or acquired markets and (iii) offer
bundled service packages on terms attractive to our
customers
|
·
|
our
continued access to credit markets on favorable terms, including our
continued access to financing in amounts, and on terms and conditions,
necessary to support our operations and refinance existing indebtedness
when it becomes due
|
·
|
our
ability to collect receivables from financially troubled communications
companies
|
·
|
our
ability to successfully negotiate collective bargaining agreements on
reasonable terms without work
stoppages
|
·
|
regulatory
limits on our ability to change the prices for telephone services in
response to industry changes
|
·
|
impediments
to our ability to expand through attractively priced acquisitions, whether
caused by regulatory limits, financing constraints, a decrease in the pool
of attractive target companies, or competition for acquisitions from other
interested buyers
|
·
|
the
possible need to make abrupt and potentially disruptive changes in our
business strategies due to changes in competition, regulation, technology,
product acceptance or other factors
|
·
|
the
lack of assurance that we can compete effectively against
better-capitalized competitors
|
·
|
the
impact of network disruptions on our
business
|
·
|
the
effects of adverse weather on our customers or
properties
|
·
|
other
risks referenced in this report and from time to time in our other filings
with the Securities and Exchange
Commission
|
·
|
the
effects of more general factors, including without
limitation:
|
\
changes
in general industry and market conditions and growth rates
\
changes
in labor conditions, including workforce levels and labor costs
\
changes
in interest rates or other general national, regional or local economic
conditions
\
changes
in legislation, regulation or public policy, including changes in federal rural
financing programs or changes that increase our tax rate
\
increases in capital, operating, medical
or administrative costs, or the impact of new business opportunities requiring
significant up-front investments
\
changes
in our relationships with vendors, or the failure of these vendors to provide
competitive products on a timely basis
\
failures
in our internal controls that could result in inaccurate public disclosures or
fraud
\
changes
in our debt ratings
\
unfavorable
outcomes of regulatory or legal proceedings, including rate proceedings and tax
audits
\
losses or
unfavorable returns on our investments in other communications
companies
\
delays in
the construction of our networks
\
changes
in accounting policies, assumptions, estimates or practices adopted voluntarily
or as required by generally accepted accounting principles, including the
possible
future unavailability
of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71 to our wireline
subsidiaries.
For
additional information, see the description of our business included above, as
well as Item 7 of this report. Due to these uncertainties, there can
be no assurance that our anticipated results will occur, that our judgments or
assumptions will prove correct, or that unforeseen developments will not
occur. Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance
upon any of our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date
made. Additional risks that we currently deem immaterial or that are
not presently known to us could also cause our actual results to differ
materially from those expected in our forward-looking statements. We
undertake no obligation to update or revise any of our forward-looking
statements for any reason, whether as a result of new information, future events
or developments, changed circumstances, or otherwise.
Investors
should also be aware that while we do, at various times, communicate with
securities analysts, it is against our policy to disclose to them selectively
any material non-public information or other confidential
information. Accordingly, investors should not assume that we agree
with any statement or report issued by an analyst irrespective of the content of
the statement or report. To the extent that reports issued by
securities analysts contain any projections, forecasts or opinions, such reports
are not our responsibility.
Item
1B.
|
Unresolved
Staff Comments
|
Not
applicable.
Our
properties consist principally of telephone lines, central office equipment, and
land and buildings related to telephone operations. As of December 31, 2007 and
2006, our gross property, plant and equipment of approximately $8.7 billion and
$7.9 billion, respectively, consisted of the following:
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
and wire
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
53.5
|
|
Central
office
|
|
|
32.0
|
|
|
|
32.0
|
|
General
support
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
Fiber
transport
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
Construction
in progress
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
“Cable
and wire” facilities consist primarily of buried cable and aerial cable, poles,
wire, conduit and drops used in providing local and long distance
services. “Central office” consists primarily of switching equipment,
circuit equipment and related facilities. “General support” consists
primarily of land, buildings, tools, furnishings, fixtures, motor vehicles and
work equipment. “Fiber transport” consists of network assets and
equipment to provide fiber transport services. “Construction in
progress” includes property of the foregoing categories that has not been placed
in service because it is still under construction.
The
properties of certain of our telephone subsidiaries are subject to mortgages
securing the debt of such companies. We own substantially all of the
central office buildings, local administrative buildings, warehouses, and
storage facilities used in our telephone operations.
For
further information on the location and type of our properties, see the
descriptions of our operations in Item 1.
Item
3.
|
Legal
Proceedings.
|
In
Barbrasue Beattie and James
Sovis, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, v. CenturyTel,
Inc.
, filed on October 28, 2002, in the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of Michigan (Case No. 02-10277), the plaintiffs allege that
we unjustly and unreasonably billed customers for inside wire maintenance
services, and seek unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief under
various legal theories on behalf of a purported class of over two million
customers in our telephone markets. On March 10, 2006, the Court
certified a class of plaintiffs and issued a ruling that the billing
descriptions we used for these services during an approximately 18-month period
between October 2000 and May 2002 were legally insufficient. Our
appeal of this class certification decision was denied. Our
preliminary analysis indicates that we billed less than $10 million for inside
wire maintenance services under the billing descriptions and time periods
specified in the District Court ruling described above. Should other
billing descriptions be determined to be inadequate or if claims are allowed for
additional time periods, the amount of our potential exposure could increase
significantly. The Court’s order does not specify the award of
damages, the scope and amounts of which, if any, remain subject to additional
fact-finding and resolution of what we believe are valid defenses to plaintiff’s
claims. Accordingly, we cannot reasonably estimate the amount or
range of possible loss at this time. However, considering the
one-time nature of any adverse result, we do not believe that the ultimate
outcome of this litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial
position or on-going results of operations.
From time
to time, we are involved in other proceedings incidental to our business,
including administrative hearings of state public utility commissions relating
primarily to rate making, actions relating to employee claims, occasional
grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies, proceedings by or against
taxing authorities, and miscellaneous third party tort
actions. The outcome of these other proceedings is not
predictable. However, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution
of these other proceedings, after considering available insurance coverage, will
have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Item
4.
|
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security
Holders.
|
Not
applicable.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
-
Information concerning our Executive Officers, set forth at Item 10 in
Part III hereof, is incorporated in Part I of this Report by
reference.
Item
5.
|
Market
for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
|
Our
common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and is traded under the
symbol CTL. The following table sets forth the high and low sales
prices, along with the quarterly dividends, for each of the quarters
indicated.
|
|
|
Sales prices
|
|
|
Dividend
per
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
common share
|
|
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
quarter
|
|
$
|
46.80
|
|
|
|
42.66
|
|
|
|
.0650
|
|
|
Second
quarter
|
|
$
|
49.94
|
|
|
|
45.14
|
|
|
|
.0650
|
|
|
Third
quarter
|
|
$
|
49.91
|
|
|
|
41.10
|
|
|
|
.0650
|
|
|
Fourth
quarter
|
|
$
|
46.90
|
|
|
|
39.91
|
|
|
|
.0650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
quarter
|
|
$
|
39.90
|
|
|
|
32.54
|
|
|
|
.0625
|
|
|
Second
quarter
|
|
$
|
40.00
|
|
|
|
34.79
|
|
|
|
.0625
|
|
|
Third
quarter
|
|
$
|
40.14
|
|
|
|
35.38
|
|
|
|
.0625
|
|
|
Fourth
quarter
|
|
$
|
44.11
|
|
|
|
39.34
|
|
|
|
.0625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
stock dividends during 2007 and 2006 were paid each quarter. As of
February 15, 2008, there were approximately 3,800 stockholders of record of our
common stock. As of February 28, 2008, the closing stock price of our
common stock was $37.45.
In
February 2006, our Board of Directors authorized a $1.0 billion share repurchase
program under which, in February 2006, we repurchased $500 million (or
approximately 14.36 million shares) of our common stock under accelerated share
repurchase agreements with certain investment banks at an initial average price
of $34.83. The investment banks completed their repurchases in
mid-July 2006 and in connection therewith we paid an aggregate of approximately
$28.4 million cash to the investment banks to compensate them for the difference
between their weighted average purchase price during the repurchase period and
the initial average price. We repurchased the remaining $500 million
of common stock of this program in open-market transactions through June
2007.
In August
2007, our board of directors authorized a $750 million share repurchase program
which expires on September 30, 2009, unless extended by the
board. The following table reflects our repurchases of common stock
during the fourth quarter of 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of
|
|
|
Dollar
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
of
Shares (or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
as
|
|
|
Units)
that
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Part
of Publicly
|
|
|
May
Yet Be
|
|
|
|
Total
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Announced
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
|
of
Shares
|
|
|
Average
Price
|
|
|
Plans
or
|
|
|
Under
the Plans
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
|
Per
Share
|
|
|
Programs
|
|
|
or
Programs*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
1 – October 31, 2007
|
|
|
830,500
|
|
|
$
|
45.64
|
|
|
|
830,500
|
|
|
$
|
675,700,931
|
|
November
1 – November 30, 2007
|
|
|
1,013,381
|
|
|
$
|
43.02
|
|
|
|
1,013,381
|
|
|
$
|
632,103,121
|
|
December
1 – December 31, 2007
|
|
|
975,520
|
|
|
$
|
41.63
|
|
|
|
975,520
|
|
|
$
|
591,496,447
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,819,401
|
|
|
$
|
43.31
|
|
|
|
2,819,401
|
|
|
$
|
591,496,447
|
|
*Authority
to purchase under this program runs through September 30, 2009.
In
addition to the above repurchases, we also withheld 123 shares of stock at an
average price of $45.10 per share to pay taxes due upon the vesting of
restricted stock for certain of our employees in October 2007.
For
information regarding shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under
our equity compensation plans, see Item 12.
Item
6.
|
Selected
Financial Data.
|
The
following table presents certain selected consolidated financial data as of and
for each of the years ended in the five-year period ended December 31,
2007:
Selected
Income Statement Data
|
|
Year
ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Dollars,
except per share amounts, and shares expressed in
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
revenues
|
|
$
|
2,656,241
|
|
|
|
2,447,730
|
|
|
|
2,479,252
|
|
|
|
2,407,372
|
|
|
|
2,367,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
$
|
793,078
|
|
|
|
665,538
|
|
|
|
736,403
|
|
|
|
753,953
|
|
|
|
750,396
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
|
|
337,244
|
|
|
|
344,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.82
|
|
|
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
2.55
|
|
|
|
2.45
|
|
|
|
2.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.72
|
|
|
|
3.07
|
|
|
|
2.49
|
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
2.35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends
per common share
|
|
$
|
.26
|
|
|
|
.25
|
|
|
|
.24
|
|
|
|
.23
|
|
|
|
.22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
basic shares outstanding
|
|
|
109,360
|
|
|
|
116,671
|
|
|
|
130,841
|
|
|
|
137,215
|
|
|
|
143,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
diluted shares
outstanding
|
|
|
113,094
|
|
|
|
122,229
|
|
|
|
136,087
|
|
|
|
142,144
|
|
|
|
148,779
|
|
Selected
Balance Sheet Data
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
property, plant and
equipment
|
|
$
|
3,108,376
|
|
|
|
3,109,277
|
|
|
|
3,304,486
|
|
|
|
3,341,401
|
|
|
|
3,455,481
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
4,010,916
|
|
|
|
3,431,136
|
|
|
|
3,432,649
|
|
|
|
3,433,864
|
|
|
|
3,425,001
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
8,184,553
|
|
|
|
7,441,007
|
|
|
|
7,762,707
|
|
|
|
7,796,953
|
|
|
|
7,895,852
|
|
Long-term
debt
|
|
$
|
2,734,357
|
|
|
|
2,412,852
|
|
|
|
2,376,070
|
|
|
|
2,762,019
|
|
|
|
3,109,302
|
|
Stockholders'
equity
|
|
$
|
3,409,205
|
|
|
|
3,190,951
|
|
|
|
3,617,273
|
|
|
|
3,409,765
|
|
|
|
3,478,516
|
|
The
following table presents certain selected consolidated operating data as of the
following dates:
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone
access lines (1) (2)
|
|
|
2,135,000
|
|
|
|
2,094,000
|
|
|
|
2,214,000
|
|
|
|
2,314,000
|
|
|
|
2,376,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High-speed
Internet customers (1)
|
|
|
555,000
|
|
|
|
369,000
|
|
|
|
249,000
|
|
|
|
143,000
|
|
|
|
83,000
|
|
(1) In
connection with our Madison River acquisition in April 2007, we acquired
approximately 164,000
telephone
access lines and 57,000 high-speed Internet customers.
(2) Excluding
adjustments during 2006 to reflect (i) the removal of test lines, (ii) database
conversion and clean-up and (iii) the sale of our Arizona properties, access
line losses for 2006
were approximately 107,000.
See Items
1 and 2 in Part I and Items 7 and 8 elsewhere herein for additional
information.
Item
7.
|
Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
CenturyTel,
Inc., together with its subsidiaries, is an integrated communications company
engaged primarily in providing an array of communications services, including
local and long distance voice, Internet access and broadband services, to
customers in 25 states. We currently derive our revenues from
providing (i) local exchange and long distance voice services, (ii) network
access services, (iii) data services, which includes both high-speed (“DSL”) and
dial-up Internet services, as well as special access and private line services,
(iv) fiber transport, competitive local exchange and security monitoring
services and (v) other related services.
On April
30, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Madison River
Communications Corp. (“Madison River”). See Note 2 for additional
information. We have reflected the results of operations of the
Madison River properties in our consolidated results of operations beginning May
1, 2007. On June 30, 2005, we acquired fiber assets in 16
metropolitan markets from KMC Telecom Holdings, Inc. (“KMC”) for approximately
$75.5 million cash and have reflected the results of operations of KMC in our
consolidated results of operations beginning July 1, 2005.
During
2007, we recognized approximately $49.0 million of network access revenues in
connection with the settlement of a dispute with a carrier and approximately
$42.2 million of revenues in connection with the lapse of a regulatory
monitoring period (of which approximately $25.4 million is reflected in network
access revenues and $16.8 million is reflected in data
revenues). Neither of these favorable revenue items in 2007 are
expected to reoccur in the future.
Effective
January 1, 2007, we changed our relationship with our provider of satellite
television service from a revenue sharing arrangement to an agency relationship
and, in connection therewith, we received in the second quarter of 2007 a
non-recurring reimbursement of $5.9 million, of which $4.1 million was reflected
as a reduction of cost of services (which we previously incurred as subscriber
acquisition costs) and the remainder was reflected as revenues. This
change has also resulted in us recognizing lower recurring revenues and lower
recurring operating costs compared to our prior arrangement.
In
September 2007, we announced a reduction of our workforce to be completed by
mid-2008 of approximately 200 jobs and, in connection therewith, incurred a net
pre-tax charge of approximately $2.2 million (consisting of a $2.7 million
charge to operating expenses, net of a $527,000 favorable revenue impact related
to such expenses as allowed through our rate-making process) for severance and
related costs. On March 1 and August 31, 2006, we announced workforce
reductions involving an aggregate of approximately 400 jobs and, in connection
therewith, incurred an aggregate net pre-tax charge of approximately $7.5
million (consisting of a $9.4 million charge to operating expenses, net of a
$1.9 million favorable revenue impact related to such expenses as allowed
through our rate-making process) for severance and related
costs. See Note 8 for additional
information.
In the fourth quarter of 2007,
we recorded a $16.6 million pre-tax impairment charge in order to write-down the
value of certain long-lived assets in certain of our CLEC markets to their
estimated realizable value. The estimated realizable value was
determined based on current proposals received during our sales process of such
properties.
In the
third quarter of 2007, we recorded a one-time pre-tax gain of approximately
$10.4 million related to the sale of our interest in a real estate
partnership. In the second quarter of 2006, we recorded a one-time
pre-tax gain of approximately $117.8 million upon redemption of our investment
in the stock of the Rural Telephone Bank (“RTB”). Subsequently,
in the fourth quarter of 2007, upon final distribution of the remaining proceeds
from the RTB dissolution, we recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $5.2
million. See Note 15 for additional information.
Our net income for 2007 was $418.4 million, compared to $370.0 million during
2006 and $334.5 million during 2005. Diluted earnings per share for
2007 was $3.72 compared to $3.07 in 2006 and $2.49 in 2005. The
number of average diluted shares outstanding declined 7.5% in 2007 and 10.2% in
2006 primarily due to our share repurchases during the past three
years.
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars,
except per share amounts, and shares in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
$
|
793,078
|
|
|
|
665,538
|
|
|
|
736,403
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(212,906
|
)
|
|
|
(195,957
|
)
|
|
|
(201,801
|
)
|
Other
income (expense)
|
|
|
38,770
|
|
|
|
121,568
|
|
|
|
3,168
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(200,572
|
)
|
|
|
(221,122
|
)
|
|
|
(203,291
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.82
|
|
|
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
2.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.72
|
|
|
|
3.07
|
|
|
|
2.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average basic shares
outstanding
|
|
|
109,360
|
|
|
|
116,671
|
|
|
|
130,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average diluted shares
outstanding
|
|
|
113,094
|
|
|
|
122,229
|
|
|
|
136,087
|
|
Operating
income increased $127.5 million in 2007 as a $208.5 million increase in
operating revenues was partially offset by an $81.0 million increase in
operating expenses. Operating income decreased $70.9 million in 2006 due to a
$31.5 million decrease in operating revenues and a $39.3 million increase in
operating expenses.
In addition to historical
information, this management’s discussion and analysis includes certain
forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations only, and are
subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, many of which are
beyond our control. Actual events and results may differ materially
from those anticipated, estimated or projected if one or more of these risks or
uncertainties materialize, or if underlying assumptions prove
incorrect. Factors that could affect actual results include but are
not limited to: the timing, success and overall effects of
competition from a wide variety of competitive providers; the risks inherent in
rapid technological change; the effects of ongoing changes in the regulation of
the communications industry; our ability to effectively manage our expansion
opportunities, including successfully integrating newly-acquired businesses into
our operations and retaining and hiring key personnel; possible
changes in the demand for, or pricing of, our products and services; our ability
to successfully introduce new product or service offerings on a timely and
cost-effective basis; our continued access to credit markets on favorable terms;
our ability to collect our receivables from financially troubled communications
companies; our ability to successfully negotiate collective bargaining
agreements on reasonable terms without work stoppages; the effects of adverse
weather; other risks referenced from time to time in this report or other of our
filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and the effects of more
general factors such as changes in interest rates, in tax rates, in accounting
policies or practices, in operating, medical or administrative costs, in general
market, labor or economic conditions, or in legislation, regulation or public
policy.
These and other uncertainties
related to our business are described in greater detail in Item 1A included
herein. You should be aware that new factors may emerge from time to time and it
is not possible for us to identify all such factors nor can we predict the
impact of each such factor on the business or the extent to which any one or
more factors may cause actual results to differ from those reflected in any
forward-looking statements. You are further cautioned not to place undue
reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of
this report. We undertake no obligation to update any of our forward-looking
statements for any reason.
All
references to “Notes” in this Item 7 refer to the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this annual
report.
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voice
|
|
$
|
889,960
|
|
|
|
871,767
|
|
|
|
902,510
|
|
Network
access
|
|
|
941,506
|
|
|
|
878,702
|
|
|
|
959,838
|
|
Data
|
|
|
460,755
|
|
|
|
351,495
|
|
|
|
318,770
|
|
Fiber
transport and CLEC
|
|
|
159,317
|
|
|
|
149,088
|
|
|
|
115,454
|
|
Other
|
|
|
204,703
|
|
|
|
196,678
|
|
|
|
182,680
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating revenues
|
|
$
|
2,656,241
|
|
|
|
2,447,730
|
|
|
|
2,479,252
|
|
During
2007 and 2005, we recognized revenues of approximately $42.2 million and $35.9
million, respectively, related to the expiration of regulatory monitoring
periods. Of the $42.2 million recognized in 2007, approximately $25.4
million is reflected in network access revenues and $16.8 million is reflected
in data revenues. Of the $35.9 million recognized in 2005,
approximately $24.5 million is reflected in network access revenues and
approximately $11.4 million is reflected in data revenues. In
addition, in 2007 we recognized approximately $49.0 million of revenues related
to the settlement of a dispute with a carrier. We do not expect this
level of favorable revenue settlements to reoccur in the future.
Revenues
from voice mail services previously reflected in “other” revenues have been
reclassified to “voice” revenues for all periods presented.
Voice revenues.
We derive voice revenues by providing local exchange
telephone services and retail long distance services to customers in our service
areas. The $18.2 million (2.1%) increase in voice revenues in 2007 is
primarily due to $43.3 million of revenues attributable to the Madison River
properties acquired April 30, 2007. Such increase was partially
offset by (i) a $20.7 million decrease due to a 5.2% decline in the average
number of access lines (normalized for acquisitions, dispositions and
previously-disclosed adjustments made during 2006) and (ii) a $6.0 million
decline as a result of a decrease in revenues associated with extended area
calling plans.
The $30.7
million (3.4%) decrease in voice revenues in 2006 is primarily due to (i) a
$22.3 million decrease due a 4.8% decline in the average number of access lines
served and (ii) a $26.1 million decline as a result of a decrease in minutes of
use in extended area calling plans in certain areas. Such decreases
were partially offset by (i) a $12.6 million increase in long distance revenues
primarily attributable to an increase in the number of long distance lines and
increased long distance minutes of use, both of which were partially offset by a
decline in the average rate we charged our long distance customers, and (ii) a
$9.9 million increase due to providing custom calling features to more
customers.
Normalized
for the adjustments mentioned above, access lines declined 119,700 (5.7%) during
2007 compared to a decline of 107,000 (4.8%) during 2006. We believe
the decline in the number of access lines during 2007 and 2006 is primarily due
to the displacement of traditional wireline telephone services by other
competitive services. Based on our planned results for recent sales
and retention initiatives, we are targeting our access line loss to be between
4.5% and 6.0% in 2008.
Network access
revenues.
We derive our network access revenues primarily from
(i) providing services to various carriers and customers in connection with the
use of our facilities to originate and terminate their interstate and intrastate
voice transmissions and (ii) receiving universal support funds which allows us
to recover a portion of our costs under federal and state cost recovery
mechanisms. Certain of our interstate network access revenues are
based on tariffed access charges filed directly with the Federal Communications
Commission (“FCC”); the remainder of such revenues are derived under revenue
sharing arrangements with other local exchange carriers (“LECs”) administered by
the National Exchange Carrier Association. Intrastate network access revenues
are based on tariffed access charges filed with state regulatory agencies or are
derived under revenue sharing arrangements with other LECs.
Network access revenues increased $62.8 million (7.1%) in 2007 and decreased
$81.1 million (8.5%) in 2006 due to the following factors:
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
increase
|
|
|
increase
|
|
|
|
(decrease)
|
|
|
(decrease
)
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement
of a dispute with a carrier
|
|
$
|
48,987
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Acquisition
of Madison River
|
|
|
33,923
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Expiration
of regulatory monitoring periods
|
|
|
25,402
|
|
|
|
(24,556
|
)
|
Intrastate
revenues due to decreased minutes of use, decreased
access
rates in certain states and recovery
from state support funds
|
|
|
(20,912
|
)
|
|
|
(19,201
|
)
|
Partial
recovery of operating costs through revenue sharing arrangements
with
other telephone
companies, interstate
access
revenues and return on rate base
|
|
|
(21,311
|
)
|
|
|
(16,825
|
)
|
Recovery
from the federal Universal Service
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High Cost Loop support program
|
|
|
2,231
|
|
|
|
(11,637
|
)
|
Prior
year revenue settlement agreements
|
|
|
(2,346
|
)
|
|
|
(6,663
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(3,170
|
)
|
|
|
(2,254
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
62,804
|
|
|
|
(81,136
|
)
|
In March
2006, we filed a complaint against a carrier for recovery of unpaid and
underpaid access charges for calls made using the carrier’s prepaid calling
cards and calls that used Internet Protocol for a portion of their
transmission. The carrier filed a counterclaim against us, asserting
that we improperly billed them terminating intrastate access charges on certain
wireless roaming traffic. In April 2007, we entered into a settlement
agreement with the carrier and received approximately $49 million cash from them
related to the issues described above. This amount is reflected
in our 2007 results of operations as a component of “Network access”
revenues.
In third
quarter 2007, upon the lapse of the applicable 2003/2004 monitoring period for
certain of our tariffed billings, we recognized approximately $42.2 million of
revenues (of which approximately $25.4 million is reflected in network access
revenues and $16.8 million is reflected in data revenues). Such
amount represented billings from tariffs prior to July 2004 in excess of the
authorized rate of return that we initially recorded as a deferred credit
pending completion of such 2003/2004 monitoring period.
Our
revenues from the Universal Service High Cost Loop Fund increased approximately
$2.2 million in 2007 after decreasing $11.6 million in 2006. Such
decrease in 2006 was primarily due to an increase in the nationwide average cost
per loop factor used by the FCC to allocate funds among all
recipients. We anticipate our 2008 revenues from the federal
Universal Service High Cost Loop support program will decrease between $14 and
$17 million compared to 2007.
In 2007
and 2006, we experienced reductions in our intrastate revenues of approximately
$20.9 million and $19.2 million, respectively, primarily due to a reduction in
intrastate minutes (partially due to the displacement of minutes by wireless,
electronic mail and other optional calling services). We
believe that intrastate minutes will continue to decline in 2008, although we
cannot estimate the magnitude of such decrease.
Data revenues
. We
derive our data revenues primarily by providing Internet access services (both
DSL and dial-up services) and data transmission services over special circuits
and private lines. Data revenues in 2007 increased $109.3
million (31.1%) substantially due to (i) a $66.4 million increase in DSL-related
revenues due primarily to growth in the number of DSL customers; (ii) $34.5
million of revenues contributed by Madison River and (iii) $16.8 million of
one-time revenues recorded in third quarter 2007 upon expiration of the
above-described regulatory monitoring period. Such increases were
partially offset by a $5.4 million decrease in special access revenues primarily
due to certain customers disconnecting circuits and a $5.1 million decrease in
dial-up Internet revenues due to a decline in the number of dial-up
customers.
Data
revenues increased $32.7 million (10.3%) in 2006, substantially due to a $54.0
million increase in DSL-related revenues primarily due to growth in the number
of high-speed Internet customers. Such increase was partially offset
by a decrease in prior year revenue settlements due to the above-described
recognition of approximately $11.4 million of revenues in third quarter 2005
upon the lapse of a regulatory monitoring period and a $4.9 million decrease due
to a reduced number of dial-up Internet customers.
Fiber transport and
CLEC.
Our fiber transport and CLEC revenues include
revenues from our fiber transport, competitive local exchange carrier (“CLEC”)
and security monitoring businesses. Fiber transport and CLEC revenues
increased $10.2 million (6.9%) in 2007, of which $8.7 million was due to growth
in our incumbent fiber transport business and $4.8 million was contributed by
Madison River. Such increases were partially offset by a $3.5 million
decrease in CLEC revenues primarily due to customer disconnects.
Fiber
transport and CLEC revenues increased $33.6 million (29.1%) in 2006, of which
$24.4 million was due to revenues from the fiber assets acquired on June 30,
2005 from KMC and $8.5 million was attributable to growth in our incumbent fiber
transport business.
Other revenues.
We
derive other revenues primarily by (i) leasing, selling, installing and
maintaining customer premise telecommunications equipment and wiring, (ii)
providing billing and collection services for third parties, (iii) participating
in the publication of local directories and (iv) providing new service
offerings, principally consisting of our new video and wireless reseller
services. Other revenues increased $8.0 million (4.1%) in
2007. Such increase was primarily due to $13.9 million of revenues
contributed by Madison River. In connection with receiving a
one-time reimbursement as a result of our above-described change in our
contractual relationship with our satellite television service provider, we
recorded a $1.9 million one-time increase to revenues in 2007. The impact of the
change in the arrangement from a gross to a net revenue presentation resulted in
an $8.2 million decrease in recurring revenues for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2007 compared to 2006.
Other
revenues increased $14.0 million (7.7%) during 2006 primarily due to a $12.1
million increase in revenues of our video and wireless reseller offerings and a
$2.5 million increase in directory revenues.
OPERATING
EXPENSES
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization)
|
|
$
|
937,375
|
|
|
|
888,414
|
|
|
|
821,929
|
|
Selling,
general and administrative
|
|
|
389,533
|
|
|
|
370,272
|
|
|
|
388,989
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
536,255
|
|
|
|
523,506
|
|
|
|
531,931
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
$
|
1,863,163
|
|
|
|
1,782,192
|
|
|
|
1,742,849
|
|
Cost of services and
products.
Cost of services and products increased $49.0
million (5.5%) in 2007 primarily due to (i) $52.5 million of costs incurred by
our Madison River properties; (ii) a $20.9 million increase in DSL-related
expenses due to growth in the number of DSL customers; (iii) a $16.6 million
impairment charge related to certain of our CLEC assets that we expect to sell
in the near term; and (iv) a $7.8 million increase in expenses associated with
pole attachments primarily due to rate increases. Such increases were
partially offset by (i) a $33.1 million decrease in salaries and benefits due to
costs associated with workforce reductions in 2006 and due to fewer incumbent
employees resulting from our recent workforce reductions and (ii) a $19.7
million decrease in expenses associated with our satellite television service
offering due to a change in our arrangement as mentioned above (such reduction
includes a $4.1 million one-time reimbursement of costs received from the
service provider in 2007 in connection with the change in the arrangement, as
described above).
Cost of
services and products increased $66.5 million (8.1%) in 2006 primarily due to
(i) an $18.9 million increase in expenses incurred by the properties acquired
from KMC; (ii) an $18.3 million increase in costs associated with growth in our
long distance business; (iii) a $14.3 million increase in expenses associated
with our video and wireless reseller service offerings; (iv) an $11.5 million
increase in Internet operating expenses primarily due to growth in the number of
high-speed Internet customers; and (v) $8.6 million of severance and related
costs associated with our workforce reduction in 2006 (see Note 8).
Selling, general and
administrative.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
increased $19.3 million (5.2%) in 2007 primarily due to (i) $16.4 million of
costs incurred by Madison River; (ii) an $8.2 million increase in salaries and
benefits; and (iii) a $5.6 million increase in sales and marketing
expenses. Such increases were partially offset by (i) a $5.7 million
reduction in bad debt expense and (ii) a $4.3 million decrease in information
technology expenses.
Selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased $18.7 million (4.8%) in 2006
primarily due to an $11.0 million decrease in marketing expenses; a $10.6
million reduction in information technology expenses; an $8.7 million reduction
in bad debt expense; and a $5.8 million decrease in operating
taxes. These decreases were partially offset by a $9.9 million
increase in salaries and benefits and a $5.5 million increase in expenses
incurred from the properties acquired from KMC.
Depreciation and
amortization
. Depreciation and amortization increased $12.7
million (2.4%) in 2007 primarily due to $32.5 million of depreciation and
amortization incurred by Madison River and a $14.8 million increase due to
higher levels of plant in service. Such increases were substantially
offset by a $31.7 million reduction in depreciation expense due to certain
assets becoming fully depreciated.
Depreciation
and amortization decreased $8.4 million (1.6%) in 2006, primarily due to a $25.3
million reduction in depreciation expense due to certain assets becoming fully
depreciated. Such decrease was partially offset by (i) a $16.6
million increase due to higher levels of plant in service and (ii) a $3.1
million increase due to depreciation and amortization of the properties acquired
from KMC.
Other.
For
additional information regarding certain matters that have impacted or may
impact our operations, see “Regulation and Competition”.
INTEREST
EXPENSE
Interest
expense increased $16.9 million (8.6%) in 2007 compared to 2006. A
$22.7 million increase due to increased average debt outstanding (primarily due
to the $750 million of senior notes issued in March 2007 to fund the Madison
River acquisition) was partially offset by a $5.9 million decrease due to lower
average interest rates.
Interest
expense decreased $5.8 million (2.9%) in 2006 compared to 2005 as a $10.5
million decrease due primarily to a decrease in average debt outstanding was
partially offset by a $7.1 million increase due to higher average interest
rates.
OTHER
INCOME (EXPENSE)
Other
income (expense) includes the effects of certain items not directly related to
our core operations, including gains or losses from nonoperating asset
dispositions and impairments, our share of the income from our 49% interest in a
cellular partnership, interest income and allowance for funds used during
construction. Other income (expense) was $38.8 million in 2007,
$121.6 million in 2006 and $3.2 million in 2005. The years 2007, 2006
and 2005 were impacted by certain charges and credits that are not expected to
occur in the future. The year 2007 include a non-recurring pre-tax
gain of $10.4 million related to the sale of our interest in a real estate
partnership and a $5.2 million pre-tax gain resulting from the final
distribution of funds from the RTB redemption mentioned
below. Included in 2006 were pre-tax gains of approximately
$118.6 million (substantially all of which related to the redemption of our RTB
stock upon dissolution of the RTB), which was partially offset by pre-tax
charges of approximately $11.7 million due to the impairment of certain
non-operating investments. Included in 2005 was (i) a $16.2 million
pre-tax charge due to the impairment of a non-operating investment; (ii) a $4.8
million debt extinguishment expense related to purchasing and retiring
approximately $400 million of our Senior J notes; (iii) $3.2 million of
non-recurring interest income related to the settlement of various income tax
audits; and (iv) a $3.5 million gain from the sale of a non-operating
investment.
Our share
of income from our 49% interest in a cellular partnership increased $8.7 million
in 2007 compared to 2006. Such increase was partially due to
favorable adjustments recorded in 2007 that resulted from the unaffiliated
general partner completing the audited financial statements of this partnership
for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. Previously for these
time periods, we had recorded our share of the partnership income based on
unaudited results of operations.
INCOME
TAX EXPENSE
The
effective income tax rate was 32.4%, 37.4%, and 37.8% for 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. Income tax expense was reduced by approximately $32.7
million in 2007 due to the recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits
(see below and Note 12). Income tax expense was reduced by
approximately $6.4 million in 2006 due to the resolution of various income tax
audit issues.
Income
tax expense for 2005 was increased by $19.5 million as a result of increasing
the valuation allowance related to net state operating loss
carryforwards. This increase was primarily due to changes in state
income tax laws and other factors which impacted the projections of future
taxable income. This tax expense increase was more than offset by (i)
a reduction of state income tax reserves ($11.6 million, net of federal income
tax benefit); (ii) a reduction in our composite state income tax rate due to
more income being apportioned to states with lower state tax rates ($8.5
million); and (iii) the favorable settlement of various federal income tax
audits ($1.3 million).
ACCOUNTING
PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June
2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 48,
“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial
statements. FIN 48 required us, effective January 1, 2007, to
recognize and measure tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return
and disclose uncertainties in income tax positions. See Note 12 for
additional information related to our income tax uncertainties.
In
September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS
157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for
measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements
required or permitted under other accounting pronouncements. SFAS 157
is effective for us beginning January 1, 2008. We currently do not
expect SFAS 157 to have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined
Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158
was effective for our December 31, 2006 balance sheet and required us to
recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of our defined benefit and
postretirement plans as an asset or liability on our balance sheet and to
recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur
through adjustments to other comprehensive income (loss) and to stockholders’
equity, reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss. As a
result of the implementation of SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006, our non-current
assets decreased $64.7 million, our current liabilities decreased $898,000, our
non-current liabilities (excluding deferred income taxes) increased
approximately $99.5 million, our deferred income taxes decreased approximately
$65.4 million and our stockholders’ equity (reflected in accumulated other
comprehensive loss) decreased approximately $97.9 million. See Note 1
for additional information.
In
September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB
108”). SAB 108 addresses how the effects of prior year uncorrected
misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current
year financial statements. SAB 108 requires companies to quantify
misstatements using both a balance sheet approach and income statement approach
and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is
material in light of the relevant quantitative and qualitative
factors. We adopted SAB 108 in the fourth quarter of
2006. Upon the implementation of SAB 108, we recognized a net $9.7
million increase to January 1, 2006 retained earnings for the cumulative effect
of correcting prior year uncorrected misstatements. See Note 1 for
additional information.
On
January 1, 2003, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143,
“Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations” (“SFAS 143”), which addresses
financial accounting and reporting for legal obligations associated with the
retirement of tangible long-lived assets and requires that the fair value of a
liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in
which it is incurred and be capitalized as part of the book value of the
long-lived asset. Although we generally have no legal
obligation to remove obsolete assets, depreciation rates of certain assets
established by regulatory authorities for our telephone operations subject to
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects
of Certain Types of Regulation” (“SFAS 71”), have historically included a
component for removal costs in excess of the related estimated salvage
value. Notwithstanding the adoption of SFAS 143, SFAS 71 requires us
to continue to reflect this accumulated liability for removal costs in excess of
salvage value even though there is no legal obligation to remove the
assets. Therefore, we did not adopt the provisions of SFAS 143 for
our telephone operations subject to SFAS 71. For these reasons,
the adoption of SFAS 143 did not have a material effect on our financial
statements. For our telephone operations acquired from Verizon in
2002 (which are not subject to SFAS 71) and our other non-regulated operations,
we have not accrued a liability for anticipated removal costs related to
tangible long-lived assets through an adjustment to our depreciation rates for
these assets.
On
March 31, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations”
(“FIN 47”), an interpretation of SFAS 143. FIN 47, which was
effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005, clarifies that the
recognition and measurement provisions of SFAS 143 apply to asset
retirement obligations in which the timing or method of settlement may be
conditional on a future event that may or may not be within control of the
entity. We identified conditional asset retirement obligations for (i) asbestos
removal in buildings, (ii) removal of underground storage tanks, (iii) our
property located on public and private rights-of way and (iv) our property that
is attached to poles owned by other utilities and municipalities. Due
to a lack of historical experience from which to reasonably estimate a
settlement date or range of settlement dates, we concluded that an asset
retirement obligation associated with our property located on rights-of-way is
indeterminate. We also concluded that our conditional asset retirement
obligations related to the removal of asbestos, underground storage tanks and
our property that is attached to other entities’ poles was immaterial to our
financial condition and results of operations and therefore has not been
recognized.
CRITICAL
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Our
financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles that
are generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these
financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and
expenses. We continually evaluate our estimates and assumptions
including those related to (i) revenue recognition, (ii) allowance for doubtful
accounts, (iii) pension and postretirement benefits, (iv) intangible and
long-lived assets and (v) income taxes. Actual results may differ
from these estimates and assumptions. We believe these critical
accounting policies discussed below involve a higher degree of judgment or
complexity.
Revenue
recognition.
Certain of our interstate network access and data
revenues are based on tariffed access charges filed directly with the FCC; the
remainder of such revenues is derived from revenue sharing arrangements with
other LECs administered by the National Exchange Carrier Association, with the
exception of DSL-related revenues which were removed from our pooled interstate
tariff filing effective July 1, 2006 and are now recognized as revenues when
billed. During 2004, we began generally recognizing such interstate
network access revenues at the authorized rate of return, unless the actual
achieved or projected rate of return was lower than authorized.
The
Telecommunications Act of 1996 allows local exchange carriers to file access
tariffs on a streamlined basis and, if certain criteria are met, deems those
tariffs lawful. Tariffs that have been “deemed lawful” in effect
nullify an interexchange carrier’s ability to seek refunds should the earnings
from the tariffs ultimately result in earnings above the authorized rate of
return prescribed by the FCC. Certain of our telephone subsidiaries
file interstate tariffs with the FCC using this streamlined filing
approach. Since July 2004, we have recognized billings from our
tariffs as revenue since we believe such tariffs are “deemed
lawful”. There is no assurance that our future tariff filings will be
“deemed lawful”. For those billings from tariffs prior to July 2004,
we initially recorded as a deferred credit our earnings in excess of the
authorized rate of return. Upon the lapse of the applicable
regulatory monitoring periods, we recorded approximately $42.2 million as
revenue in 2007 and approximately $35.9 million as revenue in
2005. We do not expect these favorable revenue settlements to reoccur
in the future.
Allowance for doubtful
accounts
. In evaluating the collectibility of our accounts
receivable, we assess a number of factors, including a specific customer’s or
carrier’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us, the length of time
the receivable has been past due and historical collection
experience. Based on these assessments, we record both specific and
general reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable to reduce the related
accounts receivable to the amount we ultimately expect to collect from customers
and carriers. If circumstances change or economic conditions worsen
such that our past collection experience is no longer relevant, we may need to
increase our reserves from the levels reflected in our accompanying consolidated
balance sheet.
Pension and postretirement
benefits.
The amounts recognized in our financial statements
related to pension and postretirement benefits are determined on an actuarial
basis, which utilizes many assumptions in the calculation of such
amounts. A significant assumption used in determining our pension and
postretirement expense is the expected long-term rate of return on plan
assets. For 2007 and 2006, we utilized an expected long-term rate of
return on plan assets of 8.25%, which we believe reflects the expected long-term
rates of return in the financial markets.
Another
assumption used in the determination of our pension and postretirement benefit
plan obligations is the appropriate discount rate. Our discount rate
at December 31, 2007 ranged from 6.3-6.5% compared to 5.75-5.80% at December 31,
2006, which we believe is the appropriate rate at which the pension and
postretirement benefits could be effectively settled. Such rates were
determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis of the expected cash
outflows of our benefit plans. A 25 basis point decrease in the
assumed discount rate would increase annual combined pension and postretirement
expense approximately $1.7 million.
Intangible and long-lived
assets.
We are subject to testing for impairment of long-lived
assets under two accounting standards, Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), and
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”).
SFAS 142
requires goodwill recorded in business combinations to be reviewed for
impairment at least annually and requires write-downs only in periods in which
the recorded amount of goodwill exceeds the fair value. Under SFAS 142,
impairment of goodwill is tested by comparing the fair value of the reporting
unit to its carrying value (including goodwill). Estimates of the
fair value of the reporting unit are based on valuation models using techniques
such as multiples of earnings (before interest, taxes and depreciation and
amortization). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying
value, a second calculation is required in which the implied fair value of
goodwill is compared to its carrying value. If the implied fair value
of goodwill is less than its carrying value, goodwill must be written down to
its implied fair value. We completed the required annual test of
goodwill impairment (as of September 30, 2007) under SFAS 142 and determined our
goodwill was not impaired as of such date.
Under
SFAS 144, the carrying value of long-lived assets other than goodwill is
reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that such
carrying amount cannot be recoverable by assessing the recoverability of the
carrying value through estimated undiscounted net cash flows expected to be
generated by the assets. If the undiscounted net cash flows are less
than the carrying value, an impairment loss would be measured as the excess of
the carrying value of a long-lived asset over its fair value. We
recognized a $16.6 million pre-tax impairment charge in 2007 related to certain
of our CLEC assets that we expect to sell.
Income taxes.
We
estimate our current and deferred income taxes based on our assessment of the
future tax consequences of transactions that have been reflected in our
financial statements or applicable tax returns. Actual income taxes
paid could vary from these estimates due to future changes in income tax law or
the resolution of audits by federal and state taxing authorities. We
maintain liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits for various uncertain tax
positions taken in our tax returns. These liabilities are estimated
based on our judgment of the probable outcome of the uncertain tax positions and
are adjusted periodically based on changing facts and
circumstances. Changes to the liabilities for unrecognized tax
benefits could materially affect operating results in the period of
change. During 2007, we released approximately $32.7 million of
previously unrecognized tax benefits (including related interest and net of
federal benefit) in accordance with FIN 48. Such benefit was recorded
primarily as a result of the favorable resolution of audits, administrative
practices and the lapse of statute of limitations in certain
jurisdictions. See Note 12 for additional information regarding our
unrecognized tax benefits.
For
additional information on our critical accounting policies, see “Accounting
Pronouncements” and “Regulation and Competition – Other Matters” below, and the
footnotes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
herein.
INFLATION
Historically,
we have mitigated the effects of increased costs by recovering over time certain
costs applicable to our regulated telephone operations through the rate-making
process. However, LECs operating over 72% of our total access lines
are now governed by state alternative regulation plans, some of which restrict
or delay our ability to recover increased costs. Additional future
regulatory changes and competitive situations may further alter our ability to
recover increased costs in our regulated operations. For the
properties acquired from Verizon in 2002, which are regulated under price-cap
regulation for interstate purposes, price changes for certain revenue
components are limited to the rate of inflation. As
operating expenses in our nonregulated lines of business increase as a result of
inflation, we, to the extent permitted by competition, attempt to recover the
costs by increasing prices for our services and equipment.
MARKET
RISK
We are
exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our long-term debt
obligations. We have estimated our market risk using sensitivity
analysis. Market risk is defined as the potential change in the fair
value of a fixed-rate debt obligation due to a hypothetical adverse change in
interest rates. Fair value of long-term debt obligations is
determined based on a discounted cash flow analysis, using the rates and
maturities of these obligations compared to terms and rates currently available
in the long-term financing markets. The results of the sensitivity
analysis used to estimate market risk are presented below, although the actual
results may differ from these estimates.
At
December 31, 2007, the fair value of our long-term debt was estimated to be $3.0
billion based on the overall weighted average rate of our long-term debt of 6.6%
and an overall weighted maturity of 8 years compared to terms and rates
available on such date in long-term financing markets. Market
risk is estimated as the potential decrease in fair value of our long-term debt
resulting from a hypothetical increase of 66 basis points in interest rates (ten
percent of our overall weighted average borrowing rate). Such an
increase in interest rates would result in approximately a $106 million decrease
in the fair value of our long-term debt. As of December 31, 2007,
after giving effect to interest rate swaps currently in place, approximately 83%
of our long-term debt obligations were fixed rate.
We seek
to maintain a favorable mix of fixed and variable rate debt in an effort to
limit interest costs and cash flow volatility resulting from changes in
rates. From time to time, we use derivative instruments to (i)
lock-in or swap our exposure to changing or variable interest rates for fixed
interest rates or (ii) to swap obligations to pay fixed interest rates for
variable interest rates. We have established policies and procedures
for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and monitoring of derivative
instrument activities. We do not hold or issue derivative financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We periodically
review our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and implement strategies to
manage the exposure.
At
December 31, 2007, we had outstanding four fair value interest rate hedges
associated with the full $500 million aggregate principal amount of our Series L
senior notes, due 2012, that pay interest at a fixed rate of
7.875%. These hedges are “fixed to variable” interest rate
swaps that effectively convert our fixed rate interest payment obligations under
these notes into obligations to pay variable rates that range from the six-month
London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.229% to the six-month LIBOR plus
3.67%, with settlement and rate reset dates occurring each six months through
the expiration of the hedges in August 2012. During 2007, we realized
an average interest rate under these hedges of 8.70% and interest expense was
greater than it would have otherwise been by $4.1 million during 2007 as a
result of these hedges. The aggregate fair market value of these
hedges was $3.0 million at December 31, 2007 and is reflected both as an asset
and as an increase in our underlying long-term debt on the December 31, 2007
balance sheet. With respect to each of these hedges, market risk is
estimated as the potential change in the fair value of the hedge resulting from
a hypothetical 10% increase in the forward rates used to determine the fair
value. A hypothetical 10% increase in the forward rates would result
in a $9.6 million decrease in the fair value of these hedges at December 31,
2007, and would also increase our interest expense.
In third
quarter 2007, we entered into a hedge transaction that effectively locked-in the
interest rate for the six-month period ended February 2008 related to the $500
million of Series L notes that previously were effectively converted to variable
rate notes pursuant to the “fixed to variable” interest rate swaps described
above. This hedge did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and
therefore is adjusted to its fair value each period (with a corresponding
adjustment through the income statement).
In
January 2008, we terminated all of our existing derivatives (including those
described above) and received a net cash settlement of approximately $20.7
million in connection therewith. See Note 20 for additional
information regarding the termination of our derivatives.
In
anticipation of the issuance of Senior Notes in connection with the Madison
River acquisition, we entered into four cash flow hedges that effectively locked
in the interest rate on an aggregate of $400 million of debt. The
issuance of these Senior Notes was completed in late March 2007 with the
issuance of $500 million of 6.0% Senior Notes, due 2017, and $250 million of
5.5% Senior Notes, due 2013. We locked in the interest rate on (i)
$200 million of 10-year debt at 5.0675% and (ii) $200 million of 10-year debt at
5.05%. In March 2007, upon settlement of the hedges, we received an
aggregate of $765,000 cash, which is being amortized as a reduction of interest
expense over the 10-year term of the debt.
During
2007, we also reviewed our exposure to risks related to the assets in our
investment portfolios (including our pension plan assets) in connection with the
market volatility related to the sub-prime credit market issues and other
economic factors. These unfavorable economic factors did not have a
material adverse impact on the valuation of the assets in our investment
portfolios.
Certain
shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation
of fair value of financial instruments. Actual values may differ from
those presented if market conditions vary from assumptions used in the fair
value calculations. The analysis above incorporates only those risk
exposures that existed as of December 31, 2007.
LIQUIDITY
AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Excluding
cash used for acquisitions, we rely on cash provided by operations to provide
for our cash needs. Our operations have historically provided a
stable source of cash flow which has helped us continue our long-term program of
capital improvements.
Operating
activities.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.0
billion, $840.7 million and $967.1 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. Our accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows
identify major differences between net income and net cash provided by operating
activities for each of those years. As relief from the effects of
Hurricane Katrina, certain of our affected subsidiaries were granted a deferral
from making their remaining 2005 estimated federal income and excise tax
payments until 2006. During 2006, we made payments of approximately
$75 million to satisfy our remaining 2005 estimated payments. For
additional information relating to our operations, see “Results of Operations”
above.
Investing
activities.
Net cash used in investing activities was $619.2
million, $193.7 million and $483.7 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. We used $306.8 million of cash (net of approximately
$20.0 million of acquired cash) to purchase Madison River Communications Corp.
(“Madison River”) and pay related closing costs on April 30, 2007 (see below and
Note 2 for additional information). Cash used for acquisitions was
$75.5 million in 2005 (due to the acquisition of fiber assets in 16 metropolitan
markets from KMC). We received approximately $122.8 million
cash from the redemption of our RTB stock upon dissolution of the RTB during
2006. See Note 15 for additional information. Capital
expenditures during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $326.0 million, $314.1 million and
$414.9 million, respectively.
Financing
activities.
Net cash used in financing activities was $402.1
million in 2007, $780.2 million in 2006 and $491.7 million in
2005. In late March 2007, we publicly issued an aggregate of $750
million of Senior Notes (see Note 5 for additional information). The
net proceeds from the issuance of such Senior Notes aggregated approximately
$741.8 million and were used (along with cash on hand and approximately $50
million of borrowings under our commercial paper program) to (i) finance the
initial purchase price for the April 30, 2007 acquisition of Madison River ($322
million) and (ii) pay off Madison River’s existing indebtedness (including
accrued interest) at closing ($522 million). We invested the cash
proceeds from the debt offering in short-term cash equivalents prior to the
acquisition of Madison River. Payments of debt were $713.0 million in 2007,
$82.0 million in 2006 and $693.3 million in 2005.
In
accordance with previously announced stock repurchase programs, we repurchased
10.2 million shares (for $460.7 million), 21.4 million shares (for $802.2
million), and 16.4 million shares (for $551.8 million) in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. The 2006 repurchases include 14.36 million shares
repurchased (for an aggregate final adjusted price of approximately $528.4
million) under accelerated share repurchase agreements with investment banks
(see Note 9 for additional information). We initially funded
purchases under these agreements principally through borrowings under our $750
million credit facility and cash on hand and subsequently refinanced the credit
facility borrowings through the issuance of short-term commercial
paper. The 2005 repurchases include 12.9 million shares repurchased
(for an aggregate final price of $437.5 million) under accelerated share
repurchase agreements (see below and Note 9 to the accompanying financial
statements for additional information).
As
described further in Note 5, we called for redemption on August 14, 2007, all of
our $165 million aggregate principal amount of Series K convertible senior
debentures, subject to the right of holders to convert their debentures into
shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $40.455. In lieu
of cash redemption, holders of approximately $149.6 million aggregate principal
amount of the debentures elected to convert their holdings into approximately
3.7 million shares of CenturyTel common stock. The remaining $15.4
million of outstanding debentures were retired for cash (including premium and
accrued and unpaid interest).
In
February 2005, we remarketed substantially all of our $500 million of
outstanding Series J senior notes due 2007 at an interest rate of
4.628%. We received no proceeds in connection with the remarketing as
all proceeds were held in trust to secure the obligation of our equity unit
holders to purchase common stock from us on May 16, 2005. In
connection with the remarketing, we purchased and retired approximately $400
million of the notes, resulting in approximately $100 million remaining
outstanding through their maturity in May 2007. We incurred a pre-tax
charge of approximately $6 million in the first quarter of 2005 related to
purchasing and retiring the notes. We purchased such notes with
proceeds from the February 2005 issuance of $350 million of 5% senior notes,
Series M, due 2015 and cash on hand.
On May
16, 2005, upon settlement of 15.9 million of our outstanding equity units, we
received proceeds of approximately $398.2 million and issued approximately 12.9
million common shares. In late May 2005, we entered into accelerated
share repurchase agreements with investment banks whereby we repurchased and
retired 12.9 million shares of common stock for an aggregate final price of
$437.5 million, the proceeds of which came from the settlement of the equity
units mentioned above and cash on hand.
Other.
For 2008,
we have budgeted $300 million for capital expenditures. In 2006, we
concluded that our prior extensive capital investment in our wireline network
permitted us to reduce network capital spending to maintenance
levels. Our 2008 capital expenditure budget also includes amounts for
expanding our new service offerings and expanding our data
networks.
In the
first quarter of 2008, we paid a $25.0 million deposit to the FCC to enable us
to participate in its auction of 700 MHz spectrum, which is still
ongoing. Our deposit will be credited against the cost of any
spectrum purchased by us in the auction.
The
following table contains certain information concerning our material contractual
obligations as of December 31, 2007.
|
|
Payments due by period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After
|
|
Contractual obligations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009-2010
|
|
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
2012 and Other
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term
debt, including current maturities and capital lease
obligations (1)
|
|
$
|
3,014,255
|
|
|
|
279,898
|
|
|
|
528,143
|
|
|
|
522,587
|
|
|
|
1,683,627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
on long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
1,525,455
|
|
|
|
187,192
|
|
|
|
359,314
|
|
|
|
266,915
|
|
|
|
712,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized
tax benefits
(2)
|
|
$
|
31,981
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
31,981
|
|
(1) For
additional information on the terms of our outstanding debt instruments, see
Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this
annual report.
(2) Represents
the amount of tax and interest we would pay assuming we are required to pay the
entire amount that we have reserved for our unrecognized tax benefits (see Note
12 for
additional information).
The
timing of any payments for our unrecognized tax benefits cannot be predicted
with certainty; therefore, such amount is reflected in the “After 2012
and
Other” column in the above table.
We
continually evaluate the possibility of acquiring additional communications
operations and expect to continue our long-term strategy of pursuing the
acquisition of attractively-priced communications properties in exchange for
cash, securities or both. At any given time, we may be engaged in
discussions or negotiations regarding additional acquisitions. We
generally do not announce our acquisitions or dispositions until we have entered
into a preliminary or definitive agreement. We may require additional
financing in connection with any such acquisitions, the consummation of which
could have a material impact on our financial condition or
operations. Approximately 4.1 million shares of our common stock and
200,000 shares of our preferred stock remain available for future issuance in
connection with acquisitions under our acquisition shelf registration
statement. We also have access to debt and equity capital
markets.
We have
available a five-year, $750 million revolving credit facility which expires in
December 2011. The credit facility contains financial covenants that
require us to meet a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the facility)
not exceeding 4 to 1 and a minimum interest coverage ratio (as defined in the
facility) of at least 1.5 to 1. The interest rate on revolving loans
under the facility is based on our choice of several prevailing commercial
lending rates plus an additional margin that varies depending on our credit
ratings and aggregate borrowings under the facility. We must pay a
quarterly commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the facility, the amount
of which varies based on our credit ratings. Up to $150 million of
the credit facility can be used for letters of credit, which reduces the amount
available for other extensions of credit. Available borrowings under
our credit facility are also effectively reduced by any outstanding borrowings
under our commercial paper program. Our commercial paper program
borrowings in turn are effectively limited to the total amount available under
our credit facility. As of December 31, 2007, we had no amounts
outstanding under our credit facility or commercial paper program.
Moody’s
Investors Service (“Moody’s”) rates our long-term debt Baa2 (with a stable
outlook) and Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) rates our long-term debt BBB
(with a negative outlook). Our commercial paper program is rated P2
by Moody’s and A3 by S&P. Any downgrade in our credit ratings
will increase our borrowing costs and commitment fees under our $750 million
revolving credit facility. Downgrades could also restrict our access
to the capital markets, increase our borrowing costs under new or replacement
debt financings, or otherwise adversely affect the terms of future borrowings
by, among other things, increasing the scope of our debt covenants and
decreasing our financial or operating flexibility.
The following table reflects our debt to total capitalization percentage and
ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends as of and for
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Our debt to
capitalization ratio has increased primarily due to share repurchases we have
made during the last few years.
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Debt
to total capitalization
|
|
|
46.9
|
%
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred
stock dividends*
|
|
|
3.87
|
|
|
|
3.97
|
|
|
|
3.60
|
|
* For
purposes of the chart above, “earnings” consist of income before income taxes
and fixed charges, and “fixed charges” include our interest expense, including
amortized debt issuance costs,
and our
preferred
stock
dividend
costs.
REGULATION
AND COMPETITION
The
communications industry continues to undergo various fundamental regulatory,
legislative, competitive and technological changes. These changes may
have a significant impact on the future financial performance of all
communications companies.
Events affecting the communications
industry.
Wireless telephone services increasingly constitute
a significant source of competition with LEC services, especially since wireless
carriers have begun to compete effectively on the basis of price with more
traditional telephone services. As a result, some customers have
chosen to completely forego use of traditional wireline phone service and
instead rely solely on wireless service for voice services. We
anticipate this trend will continue, particularly if wireless service providers
continue to expand their coverage areas, reduce their rates, offer fixed-rate
calling plans, improve the quality of their services, and offer enhanced new
services.
In 1996,
the United States Congress enacted the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “1996
Act”), which obligates LECs to permit competitors to interconnect their
facilities to the LEC’s network and to take various other steps that are
designed to promote competition. Under the 1996 Act’s rural telephone
company exemption, approximately half of our telephone access lines are exempt
from certain of these interconnection requirements unless and until the
appropriate state regulatory commission overrides the exemption upon receipt
from a competitor of a bona fide request meeting certain criteria.
Prior to
and since the enactment of the 1996 Act, the FCC and a number of state
legislative and regulatory bodies have also taken steps to foster local exchange
competition. Coincident with this recent movement toward increased competition
has been the reduction of regulatory oversight of LECs. These cumulative
changes, coupled with various technological developments, have led to the
continued growth of various companies providing services that compete with LECs’
services.
Federal
USF programs have undergone substantial changes since 1997, and are expected to
experience more changes in the coming years as modernization of the overall
program moves forward. As mandated by the 1996 Act, in May 2001 the
FCC modified its existing universal service support mechanism for rural
telephone companies by adopting an interim mechanism for a five-year period
based on embedded, or historical, costs that provide relatively predictable
levels of support to many LECs, including substantially all of our
LECs. In May 2006, the FCC extended this interim mechanism
until such time that new high-cost support rules are adopted for rural telephone
companies. Wireless and other competitive service providers continue
to seek to qualify to receive USF support. This trend, coupled with
changes in usage of telecommunications services, have placed stress on the
funding mechanism of the USF, which is subject to annual caps on
disbursements. These developments have placed additional financial
pressure on the amount of money that is necessary and available to provide
support to all eligible service providers, including support payments we receive
from the USF High Cost Loop support program. While our 2007 USF High
Cost Loop support program receipts approximated 2006 levels, we anticipate that
our 2008 revenues from the USF High Cost Loop support program will be lower than
2007 by approximately $14-17 million.
Since May
2007, the FCC and the Federal-State Joint Board on Universal Service have each
proposed a series of reforms that could, if adopted, substantially restructure
current USF programs. Until the FCC acts on those recommendations or
issues final rules, we cannot estimate the impact that such proposals would have
on our operations. In addition, there are a number of judicial
appeals challenging several aspects of the FCC’s universal service rules and
various Congressional proposals seeking to substantially modify USF programs,
none of which have been resolved at this time. We will continue to be
active in monitoring these developments.
Technological
developments have led to the development of new services that compete with
traditional LEC services. Technological improvements have enabled
cable television companies to provide traditional circuit-switched telephone
service over their cable networks, and several national cable companies have
aggressively pursued this opportunity. Additionally, several large
electric utilities have announced plans to offer communications services that
compete with LECs. Improvements in the quality of
"Voice-over-Internet Protocol" ("VoIP") service have led several cable,
Internet, data and other communications companies, as well as start-up
companies, to substantially increase their offerings of VoIP service to business
and residential customers. VoIP providers frequently use existing
broadband networks to deliver flat-rate, all distance calling plans that may
offer features that cannot readily be provided by traditional LECs and may be
priced below those currently charged for traditional local and long distance
telephone services. In late 2003, the FCC initiated rulemaking
proceedings to address the regulation of VoIP, and has adopted orders
establishing some initial broad regulatory guidelines. There can be
no assurance that future rulemaking will be on terms favorable to ILECs, or that
VoIP providers will not successfully compete for our customers.
In 2003,
the FCC opened a broad intercarrier compensation proceeding with the ultimate
goal of creating a uniform mechanism to be used by the entire telecommunications
industry for payments between carriers originating, terminating, carrying or
delivering telecommunications traffic. The FCC has received
intercarrier compensation proposals from several industry groups, and industry
negotiations are continuing with the goal of developing a consensus plan that
addresses the concerns of carriers from all industry
segments. Until the FCC’s proceeding concludes and the
changes, if any, to the existing rules are established, we cannot estimate the
impact this proceeding will have on our results of operations.
Many
cable, entertainment, technology or other communication companies that
previously offered a limited range of services are now, like us, offering
diversified bundles of services. As such, a growing number of
companies are competing to serve the communications needs of the same customer
base. Several of these companies started offering full service
bundles before us, which could give them an advantage in building customer
loyalty.
Recent events affecting
us.
During the last few years, all of the states in which we
provide telephone services have taken legislative or regulatory steps to further
introduce competition into the LEC business. The number of companies
which have requested authorization to provide local exchange service in our
service areas has increased in recent years, especially in the markets acquired
from Verizon in 2002 and 2000, and it is anticipated that similar action may be
taken by others in the future.
Certain
long distance carriers continue to request that certain of our LECs reduce their
intrastate access tariffed rates. In addition, we have recently
experienced reductions in intrastate traffic, partially due to the displacement
of minutes by wireless, electronic mail and other optional calling
services. In 2007 we incurred a reduction in our intrastate
revenues of approximately $20.9 million compared to 2006 primarily due to these
factors. The corresponding decrease in 2006 compared to 2005 was
$19.2 million. We believe this trend of decreased intrastate minutes
will continue in 2008, although the magnitude of such decrease is
uncertain.
We expect
our operating revenues in 2008 to decline as we continue to experience downward
pressure primarily due to continued access line losses, reduced network access
revenues and lower prior year revenue settlement amounts. We
expect such declines to be partially offset primarily due to increased demand
for our high-speed Internet service offering and the impact of recognizing a
full year of revenues associated with our Madison River properties acquired in
April 2007.
For a
more complete description of regulation and competition impacting our operations
and various attendant risks, please see Items 1 and 1A of this annual
report.
Other matters.
Our
regulated telephone operations (except for the properties acquired from Verizon
in 2002) are subject to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation”
(“SFAS 71”). Actions by regulators can provide reasonable assurance
of the recognition of an asset, reduce or eliminate the value of an asset and
impose a liability on a regulated enterprise. Such regulatory assets
and liabilities are required to be recorded and, accordingly, reflected in the
balance sheet of an entity subject to SFAS 71. We are monitoring the
ongoing applicability of SFAS 71 to our regulated telephone operations due to
the changing regulatory, competitive and legislative environments, and it is
possible that changes in regulation, legislation or competition or in the demand
for regulated services or products could result in our telephone operations no
longer being subject to SFAS 71 in the near future.
Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 101, “Regulated Enterprises – Accounting
for the Discontinuance of Application of FASB Statement No. 71” (“SFAS 101”),
specifies the accounting required when an enterprise ceases to meet the criteria
for application of SFAS 71. SFAS 101 requires the elimination of the
effects of any actions of regulators that have been recognized as assets and
liabilities in accordance with SFAS 71 but would not have been recognized as
assets and liabilities by nonregulated enterprises. Depreciation
rates of certain assets established by regulatory authorities for our telephone
operations subject to SFAS 71 have historically included a component for removal
costs in excess of the related estimated salvage
value. Notwithstanding the adoption of SFAS 143, SFAS 71 requires us
to continue to reflect this accumulated liability for removal costs in excess of
salvage value even though there is no legal obligation to remove the
assets. Therefore, we did not adopt the provisions of SFAS 143 for
our telephone operations subject to SFAS 71. SFAS 101 further
provides that the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment are to be
adjusted only to the extent the assets are impaired and that impairment shall be
judged in the same manner as for nonregulated enterprises.
Our
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 included regulatory
liabilities of approximately $198.4 million related to estimated removal costs
embedded in accumulated depreciation (as described above). Net
deferred income tax assets related to the regulatory assets and liabilities
quantified above were $77.0 million.
When and
if our regulated operations no longer qualify for the application of SFAS 71, we
currently do not expect to record any impairment charge related to the carrying
value of the property, plant and equipment of our regulated telephone
operations. Additionally, upon the discontinuance of SFAS 71, we
would be required to revise the lives of our property, plant and equipment to
reflect the estimated useful lives of the assets. We currently do not
expect such revisions in asset lives will have a material impact on our results
of operations. Upon the discontinuance of SFAS 71, we also would be
required to eliminate certain intercompany transactions with regulated
affiliates that currently are not eliminated under the application of SFAS
71. For the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately $146 million
of revenues (and related costs) would have been eliminated had we not been
subject to the provisions of SFAS 71. Such elimination would
have had no impact on total operating income. For regulatory
purposes, the accounting and reporting of our telephone subsidiaries will not be
affected by the discontinued application of SFAS 71.
We have
certain obligations based on federal, state and local laws relating to the
protection of the environment. Costs of compliance through 2007 have
not been material, and we currently do not believe that such costs will become
material.
Item
7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosure About Market
Risk
|
For information pertaining to the our market risk disclosure, see “Item 7 -
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations – Market Risk”.
Item
8
.
Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data
Report of
Management
The
Shareholders
CenturyTel,
Inc.:
Management
has prepared and is responsible for the integrity and objectivity of our
consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America and necessarily include amounts
determined using our best judgments and estimates.
Our
consolidated financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, who have expressed their opinion with respect
to the fairness of the consolidated financial statements. Their audit
was conducted in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States).
Management
is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting, a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial
officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting based on the framework in
Internal Control – Integrated
Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation under the framework of
COSO
,
management
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
December 31, 2007. The effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been audited by KPMG LLP, as
stated in their report which is included herein.
On April
30, 2007, CenturyTel, Inc. (“CenturyTel”) acquired Madison River Communications
Corp. (“Madison River”) and management excluded from its assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December
31, 2007, Madison River’s internal control over financial reporting associated
with total assets of $967.9 million and total revenues of $130.5 million
included in the consolidated financial statements of CenturyTel as of and for
the year ended December 31, 2007.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation
of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors is composed of independent directors who are
not officers or employees. The Committee meets periodically with the
external auditors, internal auditors and management. The Committee
considers the independence of the external auditors and the audit scope and
discusses internal control, financial and reporting matters. Both the
external and internal auditors have free access to the Committee.
/s/ R. Stewart
Ewing, Jr.
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
February
29, 2008
Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board
of Directors and Stockholders
CenturyTel,
Inc.:
We have
audited the consolidated financial statements of CenturyTel, Inc. and
subsidiaries as listed in Item 15a(1). In connection with our audits of the
consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement
schedule as listed in Item 15a(2). These consolidated financial statements and
financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of CenturyTel, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when
considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a
whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth
therein.
As
discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January
1, 2007 the Company changed its method of accounting for uncertain tax
positions. In addition, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated
financial statements, in 2006 the Company changed its method of accounting for
share-based payments (effective January 1, 2006) and pension and postretirement
benefits (as of December 31, 2006).
We also
have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria
established in
Internal
Control—Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February
29, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG
LLP
Shreveport,
Louisiana
February
29, 2008
Report of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board
of Directors and Stockholders
CenturyTel,
Inc.:
We have
audited CenturyTel, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in
Internal Control—Integrated
Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO)
.
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying
Report of
Management
. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We
conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A
company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over
financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to
the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s
assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because
of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our
opinion, CenturyTel, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on
criteria established in
Internal Control—Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
On April
30, 2007, CenturyTel, Inc. (“CenturyTel”) acquired Madison River Communications
Corp. (“Madison River”) and management excluded from its assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December
31, 2007, Madison River’s internal control over financial reporting associated
with total assets of $967.9 million and total revenues of $130.5 million
included in the consolidated financial statements of CenturyTel as of and for
the year ended December 31, 2007. Our audit of internal control over financial
reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control
over financial reporting of Madison River.
We also
have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of
CenturyTel, Inc. and subsidiaries as listed in Item 15(a)(1), and our report
dated February 29, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those
consolidated financial statements.
/s/
KPMG LLP
Shreveport,
Louisiana
February
29, 2008
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Consolidated
Statements of Income
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars,
except per share amounts, and shares in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING REVENUES
|
|
$
|
2,656,241
|
|
|
|
2,447,730
|
|
|
|
2,479,252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING
EXPENSES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost
of services and products (exclusive of depreciation and
amortization)
|
|
|
937,375
|
|
|
|
888,414
|
|
|
|
821,929
|
|
Selling,
general and administrative
|
|
|
389,533
|
|
|
|
370,272
|
|
|
|
388,989
|
|
Depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
536,255
|
|
|
|
523,506
|
|
|
|
531,931
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
1,863,163
|
|
|
|
1,782,192
|
|
|
|
1,742,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING INCOME
|
|
|
793,078
|
|
|
|
665,538
|
|
|
|
736,403
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER
INCOME (EXPENSE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
(212,906
|
)
|
|
|
(195,957
|
)
|
|
|
(201,801
|
)
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
38,770
|
|
|
|
121,568
|
|
|
|
3,168
|
|
Total other income
(expense)
|
|
|
(174,136
|
)
|
|
|
(74,389
|
)
|
|
|
(198,633
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME
BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE
|
|
|
618,942
|
|
|
|
591,149
|
|
|
|
537,770
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
200,572
|
|
|
|
221,122
|
|
|
|
203,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME
|
|
$
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE
|
|
$
|
3.82
|
|
|
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
2.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
|
|
$
|
3.72
|
|
|
|
3.07
|
|
|
|
2.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DIVIDENDS PER COMMON SHARE
|
|
$
|
.26
|
|
|
|
.25
|
|
|
|
.24
|
|
AVERAGE BASIC SHARES
OUTSTANDING
|
|
|
109,360
|
|
|
|
116,671
|
|
|
|
130,841
|
|
AVERAGE DILUTED SHARES
OUTSTANDING
|
|
|
113,094
|
|
|
|
122,229
|
|
|
|
136,087
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME
|
|
$
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of $965 and $1,438
tax
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
1,548
|
|
|
|
2,307
|
|
Unrealized holding gains related to marketable securities arising during
the period, net of $547, $411 and $165 tax
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
Derivative instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gains (losses) on derivatives hedging variability of cash flows, net
of $294 and ($2,606) tax
|
|
|
471
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(4,180
|
)
|
Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income, net
of $254, $234 and $202 tax
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
Items related to employee benefit plans*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in net actuarial loss, net of $28,583 tax
|
|
|
52,485
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Change in net prior service credit, net of $1,724 tax
|
|
|
2,766
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Reclassification
adjustment for gains (losses) included in net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization
of net actuarial loss, net of $4,409 tax
|
|
|
6,554
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Amortization
of net prior service credit, net of ($771) tax
|
|
|
(1,236
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Amortization
of unrecognized transition asset, net of ($55) tax
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net
change in other comprehensive income (loss)
(net of reclassification adjustment), net of taxes
|
|
|
62,235
|
|
|
|
2,582
|
|
|
|
(1,285
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
|
$
|
480,605
|
|
|
|
372,609
|
|
|
|
333,194
|
|
* Reflected
in 2007 due to the December 31, 2006 adoption of SFAS 158.
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Consolidated
Balance Sheets
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
34,402
|
|
|
|
25,668
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customers, less allowance of $12,129 and $11,321
|
|
|
152,809
|
|
|
|
150,892
|
|
Interexchange carriers and other, less allowance of $8,232 and
$9,584
|
|
|
70,218
|
|
|
|
76,454
|
|
Materials and supplies, at average cost
|
|
|
8,558
|
|
|
|
6,628
|
|
Other
|
|
|
26,412
|
|
|
|
30,475
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
292,399
|
|
|
|
290,117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
|
|
|
3,108,376
|
|
|
|
3,109,277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOODWILL
AND OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
4,010,916
|
|
|
|
3,431,136
|
|
Other
|
|
|
772,862
|
|
|
|
610,477
|
|
Total goodwill and other assets
|
|
|
4,783,778
|
|
|
|
4,041,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
8,184,553
|
|
|
|
7,441,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
279,898
|
|
|
|
155,012
|
|
Short-term debt
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
120,381
|
|
|
|
129,350
|
|
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
64,380
|
|
|
|
54,100
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
54,233
|
|
|
|
60,522
|
|
Other taxes
|
|
|
48,961
|
|
|
|
46,890
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
80,103
|
|
|
|
73,725
|
|
Other
|
|
|
30,942
|
|
|
|
23,352
|
|
Advance billings
and customer deposits
|
|
|
57,637
|
|
|
|
51,614
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
736,535
|
|
|
|
617,565
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT
|
|
|
2,734,357
|
|
|
|
2,412,852
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED CREDITS AND OTHER
LIABILITIES
|
|
|
1,304,456
|
|
|
|
1,219,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 350,000,000
shares, issued and outstanding 108,491,736 and 113,253,889
shares
|
|
|
108,492
|
|
|
|
113,254
|
|
Paid-in capital
|
|
|
91,147
|
|
|
|
24,256
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
|
(42,707
|
)
|
|
|
(104,942
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
3,245,302
|
|
|
|
3,150,933
|
|
Preferred stock -
non-redeemable
|
|
|
6,971
|
|
|
|
7,450
|
|
Total stockholders' equity
|
|
|
3,409,205
|
|
|
|
3,190,951
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
EQUITY
|
|
$
|
8,184,553
|
|
|
|
7,441,007
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
536,255
|
|
|
|
523,506
|
|
|
|
531,931
|
|
Gains on asset dispositions
|
|
|
(15,643
|
)
|
|
|
(118,649
|
)
|
|
|
(3,500
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,018
|
|
|
|
49,685
|
|
|
|
69,530
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
19,962
|
|
|
|
11,904
|
|
|
|
4,721
|
|
Income from unconsolidated cellular entity
|
|
|
(14,578
|
)
|
|
|
(5,861
|
)
|
|
|
(4,910
|
)
|
Distributions from unconsolidated cellular entity
|
|
|
10,229
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
Changes in current assets and current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
15,920
|
|
|
|
7,909
|
|
|
|
(685
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(13,698
|
)
|
|
|
24,906
|
|
|
|
(37,174
|
)
|
Accrued taxes
|
|
|
11,604
|
|
|
|
(49,735
|
)
|
|
|
72,971
|
|
Other current assets and other current liabilities,
net
|
|
|
23,782
|
|
|
|
10,269
|
|
|
|
(8,111
|
)
|
Retirement benefits
|
|
|
27,350
|
|
|
|
5,963
|
|
|
|
(16,815
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
(6,427
|
)
|
|
|
(12,034
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Decrease in noncurrent assets
|
|
|
12,718
|
|
|
|
9,078
|
|
|
|
1,973
|
|
Increase (decrease) in other noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
(20,781
|
)
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
23,905
|
|
|
|
13,042
|
|
|
|
17,691
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
1,029,986
|
|
|
|
840,719
|
|
|
|
967,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(326,045
|
)
|
|
|
(314,071
|
)
|
|
|
(414,872
|
)
|
Proceeds from redemption of Rural Telephone Bank stock
|
|
|
5,206
|
|
|
|
122,819
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
8,231
|
|
|
|
5,865
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(306,805
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(75,453
|
)
|
Investment in unconsolidated cellular entity
|
|
|
(2,667
|
)
|
|
|
(5,222
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other,
net
|
|
|
2,892
|
|
|
|
(3,122
|
)
|
|
|
2,594
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(619,188
|
)
|
|
|
(193,731
|
)
|
|
|
(483,731
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments of debt
|
|
|
(712,980
|
)
|
|
|
(81,995
|
)
|
|
|
(693,345
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of debt
|
|
|
741,840
|
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
344,173
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(460,676
|
)
|
|
|
(802,188
|
)
|
|
|
(551,759
|
)
|
Settlement of equity units
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
398,164
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
49,404
|
|
|
|
97,803
|
|
|
|
50,374
|
|
Settlements of interest rate hedge contracts
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(7,357
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
6,427
|
|
|
|
12,034
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash
dividends
|
|
|
(29,052
|
)
|
|
|
(29,203
|
)
|
|
|
(31,862
|
)
|
Other,
net
|
|
|
2,208
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(402,064
|
)
|
|
|
(780,166
|
)
|
|
|
(491,716
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
8,734
|
|
|
|
(133,178
|
)
|
|
|
(8,369
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
year
|
|
|
25,668
|
|
|
|
158,846
|
|
|
|
167,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF
YEAR
|
|
$
|
34,402
|
|
|
|
25,668
|
|
|
|
158,846
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars,
except per share amounts, and shares in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMON
STOCK (represents dollars and shares)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
113,254
|
|
|
|
131,074
|
|
|
|
132,374
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(10,213
|
)
|
|
|
(21,432
|
)
|
|
|
(16,409
|
)
|
Conversion
of debt into common stock
|
|
|
3,699
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Issuance of common stock upon settlement of equity units
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
12,881
|
|
Conversion of preferred stock into common stock
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Issuance
of common stock through dividend
reinvestment, incentive and
benefit plans
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
|
|
3,590
|
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
Balance
at end of year
|
|
|
108,492
|
|
|
|
113,254
|
|
|
|
131,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAID-IN
CAPITAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
24,256
|
|
|
|
129,806
|
|
|
|
222,205
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(155,036
|
)
|
|
|
(222,998
|
)
|
|
|
(535,350
|
)
|
Conversion of debt into common stock
|
|
|
142,732
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Issuance of common stock upon settlement of equity units
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
385,283
|
|
Issuance of common stock through dividend reinvestment, incentive and
benefit plans
|
|
|
47,678
|
|
|
|
94,213
|
|
|
|
48,153
|
|
Conversion of preferred stock into common stock
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation
|
|
|
6,427
|
|
|
|
12,034
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Share based
compensation and other
|
|
|
24,637
|
|
|
|
10,823
|
|
|
|
9,397
|
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
91,147
|
|
|
|
24,256
|
|
|
|
129,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACCUMULATED
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS,
NET
OF TAX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
(104,942
|
)
|
|
|
(9,619
|
)
|
|
|
(8,334
|
)
|
Effect of adoption of SFAS 158, net of tax (see Note 1)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(97,905
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Net change in other
comprehensive income (loss) (net of reclassification adjustment), net
of tax
|
|
|
62,235
|
|
|
|
2,582
|
|
|
|
(1,285
|
)
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
(42,707
|
)
|
|
|
(104,942
|
)
|
|
|
(9,619
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RETAINED
EARNINGS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
3,150,933
|
|
|
|
3,358,162
|
|
|
|
3,055,545
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(295,427
|
)
|
|
|
(557,758
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of SAB 108 (see Note 1)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
9,705
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48 (see Note 12)
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Cash dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock - $.26, $.25 and $.24 per share
|
|
|
(28,684
|
)
|
|
|
(28,823
|
)
|
|
|
(31,466
|
)
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
(368
|
)
|
|
|
(380
|
)
|
|
|
(396
|
)
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
3,245,302
|
|
|
|
3,150,933
|
|
|
|
3,358,162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PREFERRED
STOCK - NON-REDEEMABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year
|
|
|
7,450
|
|
|
|
7,850
|
|
|
|
7,975
|
|
Conversion of
preferred stock into common stock
|
|
|
(479
|
)
|
|
|
(400
|
)
|
|
|
(125
|
)
|
Balance at end of year
|
|
|
6,971
|
|
|
|
7,450
|
|
|
|
7,850
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
|
|
$
|
3,409,205
|
|
|
|
3,190,951
|
|
|
|
3,617,273
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements
December
31, 2007
(1)
|
SUMMARY
OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Principles of consolidation
-
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of CenturyTel, Inc.
and its majority-owned subsidiaries.
Regulatory accounting
- Our
regulated telephone operations (except for the properties acquired from Verizon
in 2002) are subject to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 71, “Accounting for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation”
(“SFAS 71”). Actions by regulators can provide reasonable assurance
of the recognition of an asset, reduce or eliminate the value of an asset and
impose a liability on a regulated enterprise. Such regulatory assets
and liabilities are required to be recorded and, accordingly, reflected in the
balance sheet of an entity subject to SFAS 71. We are monitoring the
ongoing applicability of SFAS 71 to our regulated telephone operations due to
the changing regulatory, competitive and legislative environments, and it is
possible that changes in regulation, legislation or competition or in the demand
for regulated services or products could result in our telephone operations no
longer being subject to SFAS 71 in the near future. Our consolidated
balance sheet as of December 31, 2007 included regulatory liabilities of
approximately $198.4 million related to estimated removal costs embedded in
accumulated depreciation (as required to be recorded by
regulators). Net deferred income tax assets related to the regulatory
assets and liabilities quantified above were $77.0 million.
Estimates
- The preparation
of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results
may differ from those estimates.
Revenue recognition
-
Revenues are generally recognized when services are provided or when products
are delivered to customers. Revenue that is billed in advance includes monthly
recurring network access services, special access services and monthly recurring
local line charges. The unearned portion of this revenue is initially
deferred as a component of advanced billings and customer deposits on our
balance sheet and recognized as revenue over the period that the services are
provided. Revenue that is billed in arrears includes switched access
services, nonrecurring network access services, nonrecurring local services and
long distance services. The earned but unbilled portion of this
revenue is recognized as revenue in the period that the services are
provided. Revenues from installation activities (along with the
related costs) are deferred and amortized over the estimated life of the
customer relationship.
Certain
of our telephone subsidiaries’ revenues are based on tariffed access charges
filed directly with the Federal Communications Commission; the remainder of our
telephone subsidiaries participate in revenue sharing arrangements with other
telephone companies for interstate revenue (except for broadband related
revenues) and for certain intrastate revenue. Such sharing
arrangements are funded by toll revenue and/or access charges within state
jurisdictions and by access charges in the interstate market. Revenues earned
through certain sharing arrangements are initially recorded based on our
estimates.
Allowance for doubtful
accounts
. In evaluating the collectibility of our accounts
receivable, we assess a number of factors, including a specific customer’s or
carrier’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us, the length of time
the receivable has been past due and historical collection
experience. Based on these assessments, we record both specific and
general reserves for uncollectible accounts receivable to reduce the stated
amount of applicable accounts receivable to the amount we ultimately expect to
collect.
Property, plant and equipment
- Telephone plant is stated at original cost. Normal retirements of
telephone plant are charged against accumulated depreciation, along with the
costs of removal, less salvage, with no gain or loss
recognized. Renewals and betterments of plant and equipment are
capitalized while repairs, as well as renewals of minor items, are charged to
operating expense. Depreciation of telephone plant is provided on the
straight line method using class or overall group rates acceptable to regulatory
authorities; such average rates range from 2% to 20%.
Non-telephone
property is stated at cost and, when sold or retired, a gain or loss is
recognized. Depreciation of such property is provided on the straight
line method over estimated service lives ranging from two to 35
years.
Intangible assets
– Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets” (“SFAS 142”), requires goodwill recorded in a business combination to be
reviewed for impairment and to be written down only in periods in which the
recorded amount of goodwill exceeds its fair value. We test impairment of
goodwill at least annually by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit to
its carrying value (including goodwill). We base our estimates of the fair value
of the reporting unit on valuation models using criterion such as multiples of
earnings.
Long-lived assets
- Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting
for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), addresses
financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived
assets (exclusive of goodwill) and also broadens the reporting of discontinued
operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be
distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the
ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. During
2007, we recognized a $16.6 million pre-tax impairment charge in order to
write-down the value of certain of our long-lived assets in certain of our CLEC
markets to their estimated realizable value.
Affiliated transactions
-
Certain of our service subsidiaries provide installation and maintenance
services, materials and supplies, and managerial, operational, technical,
accounting and administrative services to other subsidiaries. In
addition, CenturyTel provides and bills management services to subsidiaries and
in certain instances makes interest bearing advances to finance construction of
plant and purchases of equipment. These transactions are recorded by
our telephone subsidiaries at their cost to the extent permitted by regulatory
authorities. Intercompany profit on transactions with regulated
affiliates is limited to a reasonable return on investment and has not been
eliminated in connection with consolidating the results of operations of
CenturyTel and its subsidiaries. Intercompany profit on transactions
with affiliates not subject to SFAS 71 has been eliminated.
Income taxes
- We file a
consolidated federal income tax return with our eligible
subsidiaries. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for
income taxes under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases.
Postretirement and pension
plans
– We adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Plans and Other
Postretirement Plans” (“SFAS 158”) as of December 31, 2006. SFAS 158
requires us to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of our defined
benefit and postretirement plans as an asset or a liability on our balance
sheet, with an adjustment to stockholders’ equity (reflected as an increase or
decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss). The
incremental effect of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items of our balance
sheet as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:
|
|
Before
|
|
|
|
|
|
After
|
|
|
|
Application
of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
of
|
|
|
|
SFAS 158
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
SFAS 158
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
$
|
675,215
|
|
|
|
(64,738
|
)
|
|
|
610,477
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
7,505,745
|
|
|
|
(64,738
|
)
|
|
|
7,441,007
|
|
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
259,487
|
|
|
|
(898
|
)
|
|
|
258,589
|
|
Deferred
credits and other liabilities (excluding deferred income
taxes)
|
|
$
|
447,066
|
|
|
|
99,512
|
|
|
|
546,578
|
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
$
|
738,508
|
|
|
|
(65,447
|
)
|
|
|
673,061
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
$
|
4,216,889
|
|
|
|
33,167
|
|
|
|
4,250,056
|
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(7,037
|
)
|
|
|
(97,905
|
)
|
|
|
(104,942
|
)
|
Total
stockholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
3,288,856
|
|
|
|
(97,905
|
)
|
|
|
3,190,951
|
|
Cumulative effect adjustment
– In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effect of Prior Year Misstatements
when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Results” (“SAB
108”). SAB 108 addresses how the effects of prior year uncorrected
misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current
year financial statements. SAB 108 requires companies to quantify
misstatements using both a balance sheet approach and income statement approach
and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is
material in light of the relevant quantitative and qualitative
factors.
As of
December 31, 2006, we identified two misstatements that previously were deemed
immaterial using the income statement approach that are now deemed material upon
application of the balance sheet approach. Such misstatements relate
to (i) the failure to capitalize interest in connection with the development of
our billing system, which began in the late 1990’s; and (ii) the failure to
defer the revenues and costs associated with installation activities related to
our service offerings. Using the guidance of SAB 108, we have
recorded a net cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings (as of January
1, 2006), which increased retained earnings approximately $9.7 million
(presented on an after-tax basis). Of the $9.7 million net increase
to retained earnings, approximately $14.0 million related to the capitalized
interest adjustment, which was partially offset by a reduction to retained
earnings of approximately $4.3 million related to the installation activities
adjustment. We adjusted our results of operations for the first,
second and third quarters of 2006 to reflect the ongoing application of the
above. Such adjustments were immaterial to each quarter.
Stock-based compensation
–
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment”, which
requires us to measure our cost of awarding employees with equity instruments
based upon the fair value of the award on the grant date. Prior to
January 1, 2006, we accounted for our stock compensation plans using the
intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25. See Note 14 for additional information.
Derivative financial
instruments
– We account for derivative instruments and hedging
activities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS
133”), as amended. SFAS 133, as amended, requires that all derivative
instruments, such as interest rate swaps, be recognized in the financial
statements and measured at fair value regardless of the purpose or intent of
holding them. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we
designate the derivative as either a fair value or cash flow hedge. A
hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized
firm commitment is a fair value hedge. A hedge of a forecasted transaction or
the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized
asset or liability is a cash flow hedge. We also formally assess,
both at the hedge's inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives
that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. If we determine that a derivative
is not, or is no longer, highly effective as a hedge, we would discontinue hedge
accounting prospectively. We recognize all derivatives on the balance
sheet at their fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative
financial instruments are either recognized in income or stockholders’ equity
(as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)), depending on
whether the derivative is being used to hedge changes in the fair value or cash
flows. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for
trading or speculative purposes. Management periodically reviews our
exposure to interest rate fluctuations and implements strategies to manage the
exposure. See Note 6 for additional information.
Earnings per share
- Basic
earnings per share amounts are determined on the basis of the weighted average
number of common shares outstanding during the applicable accounting
period. Diluted earnings per share gives effect to all potential
dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period. See
Note 13 for additional information.
Cash equivalents
- We
consider short-term investments with a maturity at date of purchase of three
months or less to be cash equivalents.
On April
30, 2007, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Madison River
Communications Corp. (“Madison River”) from Madison River Telephone Company, LLC
for an initial aggregate purchase price of approximately $322 million
cash. In connection with the acquisition, we also paid all of Madison
River’s existing indebtedness (including accrued interest), which approximated
$522 million. At the time of this acquisition, Madison River operated
approximately 164,000 predominantly rural access lines in four states with more
than 30% high-speed Internet penetration and its network included ownership in a
2,400 route mile fiber network. We believe this acquisition adds
attractive markets with good demographics and growth prospects and its fiber
network is complementary to our existing operations.
We are
accounting for the acquisition of Madison River as a purchase under the guidance
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations”
(“SFAS 141”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 71, “Accounting
for the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation” (“SFAS 71”). SFAS 141
requires us to record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their
respective fair values. In accordance with SFAS 71, we recorded the
fixed assets of Madison River’s regulated telephone operations at historical
book value since those values are used to develop the rates we charge to our
customers (which are approved by regulatory authorities).
We have
reflected the results of operations of the Madison River properties in our
consolidated results of operations beginning May 1, 2007.
The total
cost of the Madison River acquisition through December 31, 2007 is composed of
the following components (amounts in thousands):
Cash
paid (1)
|
|
$
|
321,516
|
|
Closing
costs (2)
|
|
|
5,268
|
|
Total
purchase price
|
|
$
|
326,784
|
|
(1)
|
Reflects
the cash payment of $671,000 we received in third quarter 2007 in
accordance with the purchase agreement upon finalization of the working
capital portion of the purchase
price.
|
(2)
|
Closing
costs primarily consist of advisory and legal fees incurred in connection
with the acquisition.
|
The
purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
as follows (amounts in thousands):
Current
assets (1)
|
|
$
|
33,761
|
|
Net
property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
208,317
|
|
Identifiable
intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
Customer list
|
|
|
156,800
|
|
Franchise
|
|
|
6,400
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
579,780
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
21,998
|
|
Current
liabilities (2)
|
|
|
(25,578
|
)
|
Long-term
debt (2)
|
|
|
(520,000
|
)
|
Deferred
income taxes
|
|
|
(105,168
|
)
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
(29,526
|
)
|
Total
purchase price
|
|
$
|
326,784
|
|
(1)
|
Includes
approximately $20.0 million of acquired cash and cash
equivalents.
|
(2)
|
We
paid all the long-term debt and $2.2 million of related accrued interest
(included in “current liabilities” in the above table) immediately after
closing.
|
On June
30, 2005, we acquired fiber assets in 16 metropolitan markets from KMC Telecom
Holdings, Inc. (“KMC”) for approximately $75.5 million. The assets
acquired and liabilities assumed have been reflected in our consolidated balance
sheet based on a purchase price allocation determined by independent third
parties. The vast majority of the purchase price was allocated
to property, plant and equipment. The results of operations of the
KMC properties are included in our results of operations beginning July 1,
2005.
(3)
|
GOODWILL
AND OTHER ASSETS
|
Goodwill and other assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were composed of the
following:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
4,010,916
|
|
|
|
3,431,136
|
|
Billing
system development costs, less accumulated amortization of $38,285 and
$26,752
|
|
|
192,904
|
|
|
|
204,597
|
|
Cash
surrender value of life insurance contracts
|
|
|
95,654
|
|
|
|
94,788
|
|
Deferred
costs associated with installation activities
|
|
|
81,908
|
|
|
|
73,256
|
|
Pension
asset
|
|
|
28,536
|
|
|
|
16,187
|
|
Intangible
assets not subject to amortization
|
|
|
42,750
|
|
|
|
36,690
|
|
Marketable
securities
|
|
|
35,811
|
|
|
|
32,235
|
|
Investment
in unconsolidated cellular partnership
|
|
|
33,714
|
|
|
|
29,364
|
|
Deferred
interest rate hedge contracts
|
|
|
23,692
|
|
|
|
23,134
|
|
Investment
in debt security
|
|
|
22,807
|
|
|
|
22,209
|
|
Intangible
assets subject to amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer list, less accumulated amortization of $18,149 and
$7,022
|
|
|
163,160
|
|
|
|
18,072
|
|
Contract rights, less accumulated amortization of $4,186 and
$3,256
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
Other
|
|
|
51,926
|
|
|
|
59,015
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,783,778
|
|
|
|
4,041,613
|
|
Our
goodwill was derived from numerous previous acquisitions whereby the purchase
price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill
increased in 2007 as a result of our Madison River acquisition. We
test for goodwill impairment annually under SFAS 142 and, based on our analysis
performed as of September 30, 2007, determined our goodwill was not
impaired.
We
accounted for the costs to develop an integrated billing and customer care
system in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal
Use.” Aggregate capitalized costs (before accumulated amortization)
totaled $231.2 million and are being amortized over a twenty-year
period.
In the
third quarter of 2004, we entered into a three-year agreement with EchoStar
Communications Corporation (“EchoStar”) to provide co-branded DISH Network
satellite television services to our customers. As part of the
transaction, we invested $25 million in an EchoStar convertible subordinated
debt security, which had a fair value at date of issuance of approximately $20.8
million and matures in 2011.
In
connection with the acquisitions of properties from Verizon Communications, Inc.
(“Verizon”) in 2002 and Madison River in 2007, we assigned an aggregate of $41.7
million of the respective purchase prices as an intangible asset associated with
franchise costs (which includes amounts necessary to maintain eligibility to
provide telecommunications services in its licensed service
areas). Such assets have an indefinite life and therefore are
not subject to amortization currently.
In connection with various acquisitions we have made over the past several
years, we have allocated amounts to a customer list intangible asset, including
$156.8 million from our Madison River acquisition in 2007 and $22.7 million from
our acquisition of Verizon properties in 2002. Such assets are being
amortized on a straight-line basis over periods that range from 5-15
years. Total amortization expense for these customer base and other
intangible assets for 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $12.2 million, $3.1 million and
$3.0 million, respectively, and is expected to be $16.1 million annually from
2008 through 2011 and $15.7 million in 2012.
(4)
|
PROPERTY,
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
|
Net property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was composed of
the following:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cable
and wire
|
|
$
|
4,570,930
|
|
|
|
4,224,453
|
|
Central
office
|
|
|
2,775,479
|
|
|
|
2,522,940
|
|
General
support
|
|
|
811,488
|
|
|
|
760,170
|
|
Fiber
transport
|
|
|
289,392
|
|
|
|
222,595
|
|
Information
origination/termination
|
|
|
78,981
|
|
|
|
62,060
|
|
Construction
in progress
|
|
|
99,641
|
|
|
|
59,198
|
|
Other
|
|
|
40,195
|
|
|
|
42,344
|
|
|
|
|
8,666,106
|
|
|
|
7,893,760
|
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(5,557,730
|
)
|
|
|
(4,784,483
|
)
|
Net property, plant and
equipment
|
|
$
|
3,108,376
|
|
|
|
3,109,277
|
|
Depreciation
expense was $524.1 million, $520.4 million and $528.9 million in 2007, 2006 and
2005, respectively.
Net
property, plant and equipment increased $208.3 million in 2007 as a result of
our Madison River acquisition.
Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was as follows:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
CenturyTel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior notes and debentures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.20% Series D, due 2025
|
|
$
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
6.30% Series F, due 2008
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
6.875% Series G, due 2028
|
|
|
425,000
|
|
|
|
425,000
|
|
8.375% Series H, due 2010
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
6.02% Series J
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
100,908
|
|
4.75% Series K
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
165,000
|
|
7.875% Series L, due 2012
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
5.0%
Series M, due 2015
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
6.0%
Series N, due 2017
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
5.5% Series O, due 2013
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Unamortized net discount
|
|
|
(7,840
|
)
|
|
|
(5,640
|
)
|
Net fair value of derivative instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series H senior notes
|
|
|
7,991
|
|
|
|
10,853
|
|
Series L senior notes
|
|
|
3,048
|
|
|
|
(20,593
|
)
|
Total CenturyTel
|
|
|
2,868,199
|
|
|
|
2,365,528
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First mortgage debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.35%* notes, payable to agencies of the U. S. government and cooperative
lending
associations, due in installments through 2028
|
|
|
120,788
|
|
|
|
133,738
|
|
7.98% notes
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,420
|
|
Other debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1% unsecured medium-term notes, due through 2008
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
61,499
|
|
10.0% notes
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
971
|
|
7.3%*
capital lease obligations, due through 2008
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
1,708
|
|
Total subsidiaries
|
|
|
146,056
|
|
|
|
202,336
|
|
Total
long-term debt
|
|
|
3,014,255
|
|
|
|
2,567,864
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
279,898
|
|
|
|
155,012
|
|
Long-term debt, excluding current
maturities
|
|
$
|
2,734,357
|
|
|
|
2,412,852
|
|
*
Weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2007
The
approximate annual debt maturities for the five years subsequent to December 31,
2007 are as follows: 2008 - $279.9 million; 2009 - $14.8 million; 2010 - $513.3
million; 2011 - $11.3 million; and 2012 - $511.3 million.
Certain
of our loan agreements contain various restrictions, among which are limitations
regarding issuance of additional debt, payment of cash dividends, reacquisition
of capital stock and other matters. In addition, the transfer of
funds from certain consolidated subsidiaries to CenturyTel is restricted by
various loan agreements. Subsidiaries which have loans from
government agencies and cooperative lending associations, or have issued first
mortgage bonds, generally may not loan or advance any funds to CenturyTel, but
may pay dividends if certain financial ratios are met. At December
31, 2007, restricted net assets of subsidiaries were $131.8 million and
subsidiaries’ retained earnings in excess of amounts restricted by debt
covenants totaled $1.3 billion. At December 31, 2007, approximately
$2.3 billion of our consolidated retained earnings reflected on the balance
sheet was available under our loan agreements for the declaration of
dividends.
The
senior notes and debentures of CenturyTel referred to above were issued under an
indenture dated March 31, 1994. This indenture does not contain any
financial covenants, but does include restrictions that limit our ability to (i)
incur, issue or create liens upon its property and (ii) consolidate with or
merge into, or transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, any
other party. The indenture does not contain any provisions that are
impacted by our credit ratings, or that restrict the issuance of new securities
in the event of a material adverse change to us.
Approximately
14% of our property, plant and equipment is pledged to secure the long-term debt
of subsidiaries.
On March
29, 2007, we publicly issued $500 million of 6.0% Senior Notes, Series N, due
2017 and $250 million of 5.5% Senior Notes, Series O, due 2013. Our
$741.8 million of net proceeds from the sale of these Senior Notes were used to
pay a substantial portion of the approximately $844 million of cash that was
needed in order to (i) pay the initial purchase price for the acquisition of
Madison River on April 30, 2007 ($322 million) and (ii) pay off Madison River’s
existing indebtedness (including accrued interest) at closing ($522
million). We funded the remainder of these cash outflows from
borrowings under our commercial paper program and cash on hand. See
Note 2 for additional information concerning the acquisition of Madison
River.
In July
2007, we called for redemption on August 14, 2007 all of our $165 million
aggregate principal amount 4.75% convertible senior debentures, Series K, due
2032 at a redemption price of $1,023.80 per $1,000 principal amount of
debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest through August 13,
2007. In accordance with the indenture, holders could elect to
convert their debentures into shares of CenturyTel common stock at a conversion
price of $40.455 per share prior to August 10, 2007. In lieu of cash
redemption, holders of approximately $149.6 million aggregate principal amount
of the debentures elected to convert their holdings into approximately 3.7
million shares of CenturyTel common stock. The remaining $15.4
million of outstanding debentures were retired for cash (including premium and
accrued and unpaid interest). As a result, we no longer have any of
the Series K debentures outstanding. We recognized a pre-tax charge
of approximately $366,000 in third quarter 2007 related to the cash redemption
portion of these transactions.
In May
2002, we issued and sold in an underwritten public offering $500 million of
equity units, each of which were priced at $25 and consisted initially of a
beneficial interest in a CenturyTel senior unsecured note (Series J, due 2007
and remarketable in 2005) with a principal amount of $25 and a contract to
purchase shares of CenturyTel common stock no later than May 2005. Each purchase
contract generally required the holder to purchase between .6944 and .8741 of a
share of CenturyTel common stock on May 16, 2005 in exchange for $25, subject to
certain adjustments and exceptions.
In
February 2005, we remarketed substantially all of our $500 million of
outstanding Series J senior notes due 2007 (the notes described above), at an
interest rate of 4.628%. We received no proceeds in connection with
the remarketing as all net proceeds were held in trust to secure the equity unit
holders’ obligation to purchase common stock from us on May 16,
2005. In connection with the remarketing, we purchased and retired
approximately $400 million of the notes, resulting in approximately $100 million
of remaining outstanding notes (which were subsequently repaid in
2007). We incurred a pre-tax charge of approximately $6.0 million in
the first quarter of 2005 related to purchasing and retiring the
notes. Proceeds to purchase such notes came from the February 2005
issuance of $350 million of 5% senior notes, Series M, due 2015 and cash on
hand.
Between
April 15, 2005 and May 4, 2005, we repurchased and cancelled an aggregate of
approximately 4.1 million of our equity units in privately-negotiated
transactions with six institutional holders at an average price of $25.18 per
unit. The remaining 15.9 million equity units outstanding on May 16,
2005 were settled in stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the
purchase contract that formed a part of such unit. Accordingly, on
May 16, 2005, we received proceeds of approximately $398.2 million and issued
approximately 12.9 million common shares in the aggregate. See Note 9
for information on our accelerated share repurchase program which mitigated the
dilutive impact of issuing these 12.9 million shares.
As of
December 31, 2007, we had available a $750 million five-year revolving credit
facility which expires in December 2011. We also have a commercial
paper program under which borrowings are effectively limited to the total amount
available under our credit facility. As of December 31, 2007, we had
no amounts outstanding under either our credit facility or commercial paper
program.
(6)
|
DERIVATIVE
INSTRUMENTS
|
In 2003,
we entered into four separate fair value interest rate hedges associated with
the full $500 million principal amount of our Series L senior notes, due 2012,
that pay interest at a fixed rate of 7.875%. These hedges are “fixed
to variable” interest rate swaps that effectively convert our fixed rate
interest payment obligations under these notes into obligations to pay variable
rates that range from the six-month London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus
3.229% to the six-month LIBOR plus 3.67%, with settlement and rate reset dates
occurring each six months through the expiration of the hedges in August
2012. During 2007, we realized an average interest rate under these
hedges of 8.70% and interest expense was greater than it would have otherwise
been by $4.1 million during 2007 as a result of these
hedges. The aggregate fair value of such hedges at December 31,
2007 was $3.0 million and is reflected on the accompanying balance sheet as both
an asset (included in “Other Assets”) and as an increase to our underlying
long-term debt.
In third
quarter 2007, we entered into a hedge transaction that effectively locked-in the
interest rate for the six-month period ended February 2008 related to the $500
million of Series L notes that previously were effectively converted to variable
rate notes pursuant to the “fixed to variable” interest rate swaps described
above. This hedge did not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and
therefore is adjusted to its fair value each period (with a corresponding
adjustment through the income statement). The impact of this
transaction to 2007 results of operations was not material.
In
January 2008, we terminated all of our existing derivatives (including those
described above) and received a net cash settlement of approximately $20.7
million in connection therewith. See Note 20 for additional
information regarding the termination of our derivatives.
In anticipation of the issuance of Senior Notes in connection with the Madison
River acquisition, we entered into four cash flow hedges that effectively locked
in the interest rate on an aggregate of $400 million of debt. The
issuance of these Senior Notes was completed in late March 2007 with the
issuance of $500 million of 6.0% Senior Notes, due 2017, and $250 million of
5.5% Senior Notes, due 2013. We locked in the interest rate on (i)
$200 million of 10-year debt at 5.0675% and (ii) $200 million of 10-year debt at
5.05%. In March 2007, upon settlement of the hedges, we received an
aggregate of $765,000 cash, which is being amortized as a reduction of interest
expense over the 10-year term of the debt.
(7)
|
DEFERRED
CREDITS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
|
Deferred
credits and other liabilities at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were composed of the
following:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
federal and state income taxes
|
|
$
|
810,571
|
|
|
|
673,061
|
|
Accrued
postretirement benefit costs
|
|
|
278,230
|
|
|
|
327,337
|
|
Deferred
revenue
|
|
|
105,491
|
|
|
|
99,669
|
|
Accrued
pension costs
|
|
|
37,296
|
|
|
|
36,784
|
|
Fair
value of interest rate swap
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
20,593
|
|
Minority
interest
|
|
|
7,818
|
|
|
|
9,226
|
|
Other
|
|
|
64,216
|
|
|
|
52,969
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,304,456
|
|
|
|
1,219,639
|
|
(8)
|
REDUCTIONS
IN WORKFORCE
|
On March
1, 2006 and August 30, 2006, we announced workforce reductions involving an
aggregate of approximately 400 jobs, or 6% of our workforce, primarily due to
increased competitive pressures and the loss of access lines over the last
several years. For 2006, we incurred a net pre-tax charge of
approximately $7.5 million (consisting of a $9.4 million charge to operating
expenses, net of a $1.9 million favorable revenue impact related to such
expenses as allowed through our rate-making process) in connection with
severance and related costs. Of the $9.4 million charged to operating
expenses, approximately $8.6 million was reflected in cost of services and
products and $845,000 was reflected in selling, general and administrative
expenses.
In
September 2007, we announced a reduction of our workforce to be completed by
mid-2008 of approximately 200 jobs, primarily due to the progress made on our
Madison River integration plan and the elimination of certain customer service
personnel due to reduced call volumes. We incurred a one-time net
pre-tax charge of approximately $2.2 million in the third quarter of 2007
(consisting of a $2.7 million charge to operating expenses, net of a $527,000
favorable revenue impact related to such expenses as allowed through our
rate-making process) in connection with the severance and related
costs. Of the $2.7 million charged to operating expenses,
approximately $2.0 million is reflected in cost of services and products and
$774,000 is reflected in selling, general and administrative
expenses.
The
following table reflects additional information regarding the severance-related
liability for 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
Balance
at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
-
|
|
Amount
accrued to expense
|
|
|
9,431
|
|
Adjustments
to accrual amounts
|
|
|
(529
|
)
|
Amount
paid
|
|
|
(8,445
|
)
|
Balance
at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
457
|
|
Amount
accrued to expense
|
|
|
2,741
|
|
Amount
paid
|
|
|
(1,363
|
)
|
Balance
at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
1,835
|
|
Common stock
- Unissued
shares of CenturyTel common stock were reserved as follows:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
compensation programs
|
|
|
6,185
|
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
4,064
|
|
Employee
stock purchase plan
|
|
|
4,480
|
|
Dividend
reinvestment plan
|
|
|
298
|
|
Conversion of convertible preferred
stock
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
|
|
15,407
|
|
In
accordance with stock repurchase programs described below, we repurchased 10.2
million shares (for $460.7 million), 21.4 million shares (for $802.2 million)
and 16.4 million shares (for $551.8 million) in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. The 2006 and 2005 repurchases included 14.36 million
and 12.9 million shares, respectively, repurchased (for a total price of $528.4
and $437.5 million, respectively) under accelerated share repurchase agreements
(see below for additional information).
In August
2007, our board of directors authorized a $750 million share repurchase program
which expires on September 30, 2009, unless extended by the
board. Through December 31, 2007, we had repurchased
approximately 3.6 million shares for $158.5 million under this
program.
On
February 21, 2006, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program
authorizing us to repurchase up to $1.0 billion of our common stock and
terminated the approximately $13 million remaining balance of our existing $200
million share repurchase program approved in February 2005. In
February 2006, we repurchased the first $500 million of common stock through
accelerated share repurchase agreements entered into with various investment
banks, repurchasing and retiring approximately 14.36 million shares of common
stock at an average initial price of $34.83 per share. We funded
repurchases under these agreements through short-term borrowings and cash on
hand. As part of the accelerated share repurchase transactions, we
simultaneously entered into forward contracts with the investment banks whereby
the investment banks purchased an aggregate of 14.36 million shares of our
common stock during the terms of the contracts. At the end of
the repurchase period in mid-July 2006, we paid an aggregate of approximately
$28.4 million cash to the investment banks to compensate them for the difference
between their weighted average purchase price during the repurchase period and
the initial average price. We reflected such settlement amount as an
adjustment to retained earnings in our financial statements during
2006. We repurchased the remaining $500 million of common stock of
this program through open market transactions through June 2007.
In late
May 2005, we entered into accelerated share repurchase agreements with three
investment banks whereby we repurchased and retired approximately 12.9 million
shares of our common stock for an aggregate of $416.5 million cash (or an
initial average price of $32.34 per share). We funded this purchase
using the proceeds received from the settlement of the equity units mentioned in
Note 5 and from cash on hand. As part of the accelerated share
repurchase transactions, we simultaneously entered into forward contracts with
the investment banks whereby the investment banks purchased an aggregate of 12.9
million shares of our common stock during the term of the
contracts. At the end of the repurchase period, we paid an aggregate
of approximately $21.0 million cash to the investment banks to compensate them
for the difference between their weighted average purchase price during the
repurchase period and the initial average price. We reflected such
settlement amount as an adjustment to paid-in capital.
During
2006, our stockholders’ equity was reduced by approximately $97.9 million upon
the adoption of SFAS 158 and increased approximately $9.7 million upon the
application of SAB 108. See Note 1 for additional
information.
Under
CenturyTel’s Articles of Incorporation each share of common stock beneficially
owned continuously by the same person since May 30, 1987 generally entitles the
holder thereof to ten votes per share. All other shares entitle the holder to
one vote per share. At December 31, 2007, the holders of 3.6 million
shares of common stock (or 26% of our total voting power) were entitled to ten
votes per share.
Preferred stock
- As of
December 31, 2007, we had 2.0 million shares of authorized preferred stock, $25
par value per share. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were
279,000 and 298,000 shares, respectively, of outstanding convertible preferred
stock. Holders of outstanding CenturyTel preferred stock are entitled
to receive cumulative dividends, receive preferential distributions equal to $25
per share plus unpaid dividends upon CenturyTel’s liquidation and vote as a
single class with the holders of common stock.
Shareholders’ Rights Plan
- On November 1, 2006, our 1996 rights agreement (and each preference
share purchase right issued thereunder) lapsed in accordance with its stated
terms.
(10)
|
POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFITS
|
We
sponsor health care plans (which use a December 31 measurement date) that
provide postretirement benefits to all qualified retired
employees. Over the past few years, in connection with negotiating
certain union contracts, we amended certain retiree contribution and retirement
eligibility provisions of our plan.
The
following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the
benefit obligation and the plan assets.
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Change
in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
357,417
|
|
|
|
353,942
|
|
|
|
305,720
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
6,923
|
|
|
|
6,982
|
|
|
|
6,289
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
20,133
|
|
|
|
18,980
|
|
|
|
16,718
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
1,583
|
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
Plan amendments
|
|
|
(4,552
|
)
|
|
|
(7,978
|
)
|
|
|
23,289
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
2,277
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Direct subsidy receipts
|
|
|
1,299
|
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
(60,312
|
)
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
|
16,391
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(18,568
|
)
|
|
|
(17,128
|
)
|
|
|
(16,102
|
)
|
Benefit obligation at end of
year
|
|
$
|
306,633
|
|
|
|
357,417
|
|
|
|
353,942
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
30,080
|
|
|
|
29,545
|
|
|
|
29,570
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
1,916
|
|
|
|
3,280
|
|
|
|
1,440
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
12,880
|
|
|
|
12,800
|
|
|
|
13,000
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
1,583
|
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(18,568
|
)
|
|
|
(17,128
|
)
|
|
|
(16,102
|
)
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of
year
|
|
$
|
28,324
|
|
|
|
30,080
|
|
|
|
29,545
|
|
Net
periodic postretirement benefit cost for 2007, 2006 and 2005 included the
following components:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$
|
6,923
|
|
|
|
6,982
|
|
|
|
6,289
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
20,133
|
|
|
|
18,980
|
|
|
|
16,718
|
|
Expected
return on plan assets
|
|
|
(2,482
|
)
|
|
|
(2,437
|
)
|
|
|
(2,440
|
)
|
Amortization
of unrecognized actuarial loss
|
|
|
3,595
|
|
|
|
3,719
|
|
|
|
2,916
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized prior service
credit
|
|
|
(2,020
|
)
|
|
|
(855
|
)
|
|
|
(1,876
|
)
|
Net periodic postretirement benefit
cost
|
|
$
|
26,149
|
|
|
|
26,389
|
|
|
|
21,607
|
|
The
following table sets forth the amounts recognized as liabilities for
postretirement benefits at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation
|
|
$
|
(306,633
|
)
|
|
|
(357,417
|
)
|
|
|
(353,942
|
)
|
Fair
value of plan assets
|
|
|
28,324
|
|
|
|
30,080
|
|
|
|
29,545
|
|
Unamortized
prior service credit
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(1,726
|
)
|
Unrecognized net actuarial
loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
82,660
|
|
Accrued benefit cost
|
|
$
|
(278,309
|
)
|
|
|
(327,337
|
)
|
|
|
(243,463
|
)
|
In
accordance with SFAS 158, the unamortized prior service credit ($11.4 million as
of December 31, 2007) and unrecognized net actuarial loss ($15.1 million as of
December 31, 2007) components have been reflected as a $2.8 million after-tax
increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders’
equity. The estimated amount of amortization expense (income) of the
above unrecognized items that will be amortized from accumulated other
comprehensive loss and reflected as a component of net periodic pension cost
during 2008 is ($2.6 million) for the prior service credit.
Assumptions used in accounting for postretirement benefits as of December 31,
2007 and 2006 were:
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Determination
of benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
|
Healthcare cost increase trend rates (Medical/Prescription
Drug)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following year
|
|
|
7.0%/10.0
|
%
|
|
|
8.0/11.0
|
|
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate
cost trend rate)
|
|
|
5.0%/5.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.0/5.0
|
|
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate cost trend rate
|
|
|
2010/2013
|
|
|
|
2010/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Determination
of benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
|
Expected return on
plan assets
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
|
8.25
|
|
We employ
a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income
investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a
prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize
plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long
term. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of
plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial
condition. We measure and monitor investment risk on an ongoing basis
through annual liability measurements, periodic asset studies and periodic
portfolio reviews.
Our postretirement benefit plan weighted-average asset allocations at December
31, 2007 and 2006 by asset category are as follows:
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
55.8
|
%
|
|
|
60.1
|
|
Debt
securities
|
|
|
26.8
|
|
|
|
27.9
|
|
Other
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
In
determining the expected return on plan assets, we study historical markets and
apply the widely-accepted capital market principle that assets with higher
volatility and risk generate a greater return over the long term. We
evaluate current market factors such as inflation and interest rates before
determining long-term capital market assumptions. We also review peer
data and historical returns to check for reasonableness.
Assumed health care cost trends have a significant effect on the amounts
reported for postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage-point
change in assumed health care cost rates would have the following
effects:
|
|
1-Percentage
|
|
|
1-Percentage
|
|
|
|
Point Increase
|
|
|
Point Decrease
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect
on annual total of service and interest cost components
|
|
$
|
279
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Effect on postretirement benefit
obligation
|
|
$
|
3,943
|
|
|
|
(4,791
|
)
|
We expect
to contribute approximately $16.7 million to our postretirement benefit plan in
2008.
Our
estimated future projected benefit payments under our postretirement benefit
plan are as follows:
|
|
Before
Medicare
|
|
|
Medicare
|
|
|
Net
of
|
|
Year
|
|
Subsidy
|
|
|
Subsidy
|
|
|
Medicare Subsidy
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
18,163
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
16,744
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
19,973
|
|
|
|
1,624
|
|
|
|
18,349
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
22,043
|
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
|
20,210
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
23,916
|
|
|
|
2,059
|
|
|
|
21,857
|
|
2012
|
|
$
|
24,968
|
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
22,668
|
|
2013-2017
|
|
$
|
136,357
|
|
|
|
8,236
|
|
|
|
128,121
|
|
(11)
|
DEFINED
BENEFIT AND OTHER RETIREMENT PLANS
|
We
sponsor defined benefit pension plans for substantially all
employees. At December 31, 2007, we also sponsored a Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan to provide certain officers with supplemental
retirement, death and disability benefits. We use a December 31
measurement date for all our plans.
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the
aggregate benefit obligation and the plan assets for our above-referenced
defined benefit plans.
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Change
in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
474,302
|
|
|
|
460,599
|
|
|
|
418,630
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
16,431
|
|
|
|
17,679
|
|
|
|
15,332
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
28,180
|
|
|
|
25,935
|
|
|
|
23,992
|
|
Plan amendments
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
(3,827
|
)
|
|
|
31
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
15,266
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Actuarial (gain) loss
|
|
|
(16,153
|
)
|
|
|
6,789
|
|
|
|
28,016
|
|
Settlements
|
|
|
(410
|
)
|
|
|
(13,232
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(48,240
|
)
|
|
|
(19,641
|
)
|
|
|
(25,402
|
)
|
Benefit obligation at end of
year
|
|
$
|
469,437
|
|
|
|
474,302
|
|
|
|
460,599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
452,293
|
|
|
|
407,367
|
|
|
|
363,981
|
|
Return on plan assets
|
|
|
41,537
|
|
|
|
46,297
|
|
|
|
25,453
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
12,502
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
|
|
31,502
|
|
|
|
43,335
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(48,650
|
)
|
|
|
(32,873
|
)
|
|
|
(25,402
|
)
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of
year
|
|
$
|
459,198
|
|
|
|
452,293
|
|
|
|
407,367
|
|
Net
periodic pension expense for 2007, 2006 and 2005 included the following
components:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$
|
16,431
|
|
|
|
17,679
|
|
|
|
15,332
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
28,180
|
|
|
|
25,935
|
|
|
|
23,992
|
|
Expected
return on plan assets
|
|
|
(36,780
|
)
|
|
|
(32,706
|
)
|
|
|
(29,225
|
)
|
Settlements
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
|
3,344
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Recognized
net losses
|
|
|
7,367
|
|
|
|
9,670
|
|
|
|
6,328
|
|
Net amortization and
deferral
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
Net periodic pension
expense
|
|
$
|
15,477
|
|
|
|
23,941
|
|
|
|
16,716
|
|
The
following table sets forth the combined plans’ funded status and amounts
recognized in our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005.
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation
|
|
$
|
(469,437
|
)
|
|
|
(474,302
|
)
|
|
|
(460,599
|
)
|
Fair
value of plan assets
|
|
|
459,198
|
|
|
|
452,293
|
|
|
|
407,367
|
|
Unrecognized
transition asset
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
(396
|
)
|
Unamortized
prior service cost
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
3,109
|
|
Unrecognized net actuarial
loss
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
123,879
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(10,239
|
)
|
|
|
(22,009
|
)
|
|
|
73,360
|
|
In
accordance with SFAS 158, the unamortized prior service credit ($941,000 as of
December 31, 2007) and unrecognized net actuarial loss ($75.4 million as of
December 31, 2007) components have been reflected as a $74.4 million net
reduction ($45.9 million after-tax) to accumulated other comprehensive loss
within stockholders’ equity. The estimated amount of amortization
expense (income) of the above unrecognized amounts that will be amortized from
accumulated other comprehensive loss and reflected as a component of net
periodic pension cost for 2008 are (i) $65,000 for the prior service cost and
(ii) $3.3 million for the net actuarial loss.
Amounts
recognized on the balance sheet consist of:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
asset (reflected in Other Assets)*
|
|
$
|
28,536
|
|
|
|
16,187
|
|
Accrued
expenses and other current liabilities*
|
|
|
(1,479
|
)
|
|
|
(1,412
|
)
|
Other deferred credits*
|
|
|
(37,296
|
)
|
|
|
(36,784
|
)
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(10,239
|
)
|
|
|
(22,009
|
)
|
* In
accordance with SFAS 158, those plans that are overfunded are reflected as
assets; those plans that are underfunded are reflected as
liabilities.
Our
aggregate accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 was
$410.6 million and $407.2 million, respectively.
Assumptions
used in accounting for pension plans as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
were:
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Determination
of benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.30
|
%
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
Weighted average rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Determination
of benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.80
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
|
Weighted average rate of compensation increase
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
Expected return on
plan assets
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
|
8.25
|
|
We employ
a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income
investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a
prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize
plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long
term. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of
plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial
condition. We measure and monitor investment risk on an ongoing basis
through annual liability measurements, periodic asset studies and periodic
portfolio reviews.
Our
pension plans weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2007 and 2006
by asset category are as follows:
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
70.8
|
%
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
Debt
securities
|
|
|
27.2
|
|
|
|
25.8
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
|
In
determining the expected return on plan assets, we study historical markets and
apply the widely-accepted capital market principle that assets with higher
volatility and risk generate a greater return over the long term. We
evaluate current market factors such as inflation and interest rates before
determining long-term capital market assumptions. We also review peer
data and historical returns to check for reasonableness.
The
amount of the 2008 contribution will be determined based on a number of factors,
including the results of the 2008 actuarial valuation report. At this
time, the amount of the 2008 contribution is not known.
Our
estimated future projected benefit payments under our defined benefit pension
plans are as follows: 2008 - $32.5 million; 2009 - $33.4 million; 2010 - $34.9
million; 2011 - $36.0 million; 2012 - $37.7 million; and 2013-2017 - $207.8
million.
Through
December 31, 2006, we also sponsored an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”)
which covers most employees with one year of service and is funded by our
contributions determined annually by the Board of Directors. Our
expense related to the ESOP during 2006 and 2005 was $7.9 million and $7.3
million, respectively. Our contribution to the ESOP was
discontinued after 2006.
We
also sponsor qualified profit sharing plans pursuant to Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code (the “401(k) Plans”) which are available to substantially
all employees. Our matching contributions to the 401(k) Plans were
$10.6 million in 2007, $8.6 million in 2006 and $8.5 million in
2005.
Income
tax expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as follows:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
192,424
|
|
|
|
146,201
|
|
|
|
139,836
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,220
|
|
|
|
37,687
|
|
|
|
35,499
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
7,130
|
|
|
|
25,236
|
|
|
|
(6,075
|
)
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(1,202
|
)
|
|
|
11,998
|
|
|
|
34,031
|
|
|
|
$
|
200,572
|
|
|
|
221,122
|
|
|
|
203,291
|
|
Income
tax expense was allocated as follows:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
tax expense in the consolidated statements of income
|
|
$
|
200,572
|
|
|
|
221,122
|
|
|
|
203,291
|
|
Stockholders’
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for
financial reporting purposes
|
|
|
(6,427
|
)
|
|
|
(12,034
|
)
|
|
|
(6,261
|
)
|
Tax
effect of the change in accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss)
|
|
|
34,985
|
|
|
|
(63,837
|
)
|
|
|
(801
|
)
|
The
following is a reconciliation from the statutory federal income tax rate to our
effective income tax rate:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Percentage
of pre-tax income)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Statutory
federal income tax rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
State
income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Release
of previously unrecognized tax benefits
|
|
|
(5.3
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)
|
|
|
(.6
|
)
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
32.4
|
%
|
|
|
37.4
|
|
|
|
37.8
|
|
In 2007,
we recognized a net after-tax benefit of approximately $32.7 million (which
includes related interest and is net of federal benefit) related to the release
of previously unrecognized tax benefits. See below for additional
information. Income tax expense was reduced by approximately $6.4
million in 2006 due to the resolution of various income tax audit
issues.
The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions
of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2007 and
2006 were as follows:
December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Deferred
tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement and pension benefit costs
|
|
$
|
109,182
|
|
|
|
131,890
|
|
Net state operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
31,646
|
|
|
|
61,875
|
|
Other employee benefits
|
|
|
32,166
|
|
|
|
24,907
|
|
Other
|
|
|
49,841
|
|
|
|
45,628
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
222,835
|
|
|
|
264,300
|
|
Less valuation allowance
|
|
|
(30,907
|
)
|
|
|
(61,049
|
)
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
191,928
|
|
|
|
203,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, primarily due to depreciation
differences
|
|
|
(373,181
|
)
|
|
|
(334,521
|
)
|
Goodwill and other intangible assets
|
|
|
(604,809
|
)
|
|
|
(503,126
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
(12,900
|
)
|
|
|
(27,010
|
)
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(990,890
|
)
|
|
|
(864,657
|
)
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(798,962
|
)
|
|
|
(661,406
|
)
|
Of the
$799.0 million net deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2007, approximately
$810.6 million is reflected as a net long-term liability (in “Other deferred
credits”) and approximately $11.6 million is reflected as a net current deferred
tax asset (in “Other current assets”).
We
establish valuation allowances when necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets
to amounts we expect to realize. As of December 31, 2007, we had
available tax benefits associated with net state operating loss carryforwards,
which expire through 2027, of $31.6 million. The ultimate realization
of the benefits of the carryforwards is dependent upon the generation of future
taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become
deductible. We consider our scheduled reversal of deferred tax
liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in
making this assessment. As a result of such assessment, we reserved
$30.9 million through the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2007 as it is
more likely than not that this amount of net operating loss carryforwards will
not be utilized prior to expiration.
In June
2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 48,
“Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the
accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial
statements. FIN 48 required us, effective January 1, 2007, to
recognize and measure tax benefits taken or expected to be taken in a tax return
and disclose uncertainties in income tax positions.
Upon the
initial adoption of FIN 48, we recorded a cumulative effect adjustment to
retained earnings as of January 1, 2007 (which increased retained earnings by
approximately $478,000 as of such date) related to certain previously
unrecognized tax benefits that did not meet the criteria for liability
recognition upon the adoption of FIN 48.
During
2007, primarily as a result of certain issues being effectively settled through
examination and the lapse of statute of limitations, our tax expense was reduced
approximately $32.7 million (including related interest and net of federal
benefit) upon the release of amounts that were previously reflected as a
liability for unrecognized tax benefits.
The following table reflects the activity of our gross unrecognized tax benefits
(excluding both interest and any related federal benefit) during 2007 (amounts
expressed in thousands).
Unrecognized
tax benefits at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
55,905
|
|
Increase
in tax positions taken in the current year
|
|
|
500
|
|
Decrease
due to the reversal of tax positions taken in a prior year
|
|
|
(19,617
|
)
|
Decrease
from the lapse of statute of limitations
|
|
|
(2,353
|
)
|
Decrease
from settlements paid
|
|
|
(8,653
|
)
|
Increase from unrecognized tax benefits of
acquired company
|
|
|
8,047
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,
2007
|
|
$
|
33,829
|
|
Of the
above ending balance of $33.8 million, approximately $21.5 million is included
as a component of “Deferred credits and other liabilities” and the remainder is
included in “Accrued income taxes”. If we were to prevail on
all unrecognized tax benefits recorded on our balance sheet, approximately $26.1
million (including interest and net of federal benefit) would benefit the
effective tax rate.
Our
policy is to reflect accrued interest associated with unrecognized tax benefits
as income tax. We had accrued interest (presented before related tax
benefits) of approximately $20.7 million as of January 1, 2007 and $12.9 million
as of December 31, 2007.
We file
income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, state
and local jurisdictions. Our uncertain income tax positions are
related to tax years that are currently under or remain subject to examination
by the relevant taxing authorities. Our open income tax years by
major jurisdiction are as follows.
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Open tax
years
|
|
Federal
|
|
1998-current
|
|
State
|
|
|
|
Georgia
|
|
2002-current
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
2003-current
|
|
Oregon
|
|
2001-current
|
|
Wisconsin
|
|
2001-current
|
|
Other states
|
|
2002-current
|
Additionally,
it is possible that certain jurisdictions in which we do not believe we have an
income tax filing responsibility, and accordingly did not file a return, may
attempt to assess a liability. Since the period for assessing
additional liability typically begins upon the filing of a return, it is
possible that certain jurisdictions could assess tax for years prior to the open
tax years disclosed above.
Based on
(i) the potential outcomes of these ongoing examinations, (ii) the expiration of
statute of limitations for specific jurisdictions, (iii) the negotiated
settlement of certain disputed issues, or (iv) a jurisdiction’s administrative
practices, it is reasonably possible that the related unrecognized tax benefits
for tax positions previously taken may decrease by up to $14 million within the
next 12 months. The actual amount of such decrease, if any, will depend on
several future developments and events, many of which are outside our
control.
The
following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic
and diluted earnings per share computations:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars,
except per share amounts, and shares in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
(Numerator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
418,370
|
|
|
|
370,027
|
|
|
|
334,479
|
|
Dividends applicable to preferred
stock
|
|
|
(368
|
)
|
|
|
(380
|
)
|
|
|
(396
|
)
|
Net
income applicable to common stock for computing basic earnings per
share
|
|
|
418,002
|
|
|
|
369,647
|
|
|
|
334,083
|
|
Interest
on convertible debentures, net of tax
|
|
|
2,832
|
|
|
|
4,828
|
|
|
|
4,875
|
|
Dividends applicable to preferred
stock
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
Net
income as adjusted for purposes of computing
diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
421,202
|
|
|
|
374,855
|
|
|
|
339,354
|
|
Shares
(Denominator):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average number of shares:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding during period
|
|
|
110,183
|
|
|
|
117,363
|
|
|
|
131,044
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock
|
|
|
(823
|
)
|
|
|
(692
|
)
|
|
|
(203
|
)
|
Weighted
average number of shares outstanding during period for computing
basic earnings per share
|
|
|
109,360
|
|
|
|
116,671
|
|
|
|
130,841
|
|
Incremental
common shares attributable to dilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares issuable under convertible securities
|
|
|
2,951
|
|
|
|
4,493
|
|
|
|
4,511
|
|
Shares
issuable upon settlement of accelerated share repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
Shares issuable under incentive compensation plans
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
Number
of shares as adjusted for purposes of
computing diluted earnings per
share
|
|
|
113,094
|
|
|
|
122,229
|
|
|
|
136,087
|
|
Basic earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.82
|
|
|
|
3.17
|
|
|
|
2.55
|
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
|
$
|
3.72
|
|
|
|
3.07
|
|
|
|
2.49
|
|
In July
2007, we called for redemption on August 14, 2007 all of our $165 million
aggregate principal amount 4.75% convertible senior debentures, Series K, due
2032. In accordance with the indenture, holders could elect to
convert their debentures into shares of CenturyTel common stock at a conversion
price of $40.455 per share prior to August 10, 2007. In lieu of cash
redemption, holders of approximately $149.6 million aggregate principal amount
of the debentures elected to convert their holdings into approximately 3.7
million shares of CenturyTel common stock.
In
connection with calculating our diluted earnings per share for our accelerated
share repurchase program discussed in Note 9, we assumed the accelerated share
repurchase market price adjustment would be settled through our issuance of
additional shares of common stock, which was allowed (at our discretion) in the
agreement. Accordingly, the estimated shares issuable based on the
fair value of the forward contract was included in the weighted average shares
outstanding for the computation of diluted earnings per share.
The
weighted average number of shares of common stock subject to issuance under
outstanding options that were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings
per share because the exercise price of the option was greater than the average
market price of the common stock was 792,000 for 2007, 1.0 million for 2006 and
1.8 million for 2005.
(14) STOCK
COMPENSATION PROGRAMS
Effective
January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS
123(R)”). SFAS 123(R) requires us to measure our cost of
awarding employees with equity instruments based upon the fair value of the
award on the grant date. Such cost will be recognized as compensation
expense over the period during which the employee is required to provide service
in exchange for the award. Compensation cost is also recognized over
the applicable remaining vesting period for any outstanding options that were
not fully vested as of January 1, 2006. We did not have any unvested
outstanding options as of January 1, 2006 since our Board of Directors
accelerated the vesting of all unvested options effective as of December 31,
2005, as described below. We elected the modified prospective
transition method as permitted by SFAS 123(R); accordingly, we did not restate
prior period results.
We
currently maintain programs which allow the Board of Directors, through its
Compensation Committee, to grant incentives to certain employees and our outside
directors in any one or a combination of several forms, including incentive and
non-qualified stock options; stock appreciation rights; restricted stock; and
performance shares. As of December 31, 2007, we had reserved
approximately 6.2 million shares of common stock which may be issued in
connection with awards under our current incentive programs. We also
offer an Employee Stock Purchase Plan whereby employees can purchase our common
stock at a 15% discount based on the lower of the beginning or ending stock
price during recurring six-month periods stipulated in such
program.
As of
December 31, 2005, we had approximately 6.0 million options outstanding from
prior grants, all of which were issued with exercise prices either equal to or
exceeding the then-current market price. All of these options were
exercisable as a result of actions taken by our Board of Directors in December
2005 to accelerate the vesting of all unvested options outstanding, effective as
of December 31, 2005, in order to eliminate the recognition of compensation
expense which otherwise would have been required upon the effectiveness of SFAS
123(R).
During
2007 we granted 983,920 stock options with exercise prices at market
value. All of these options expire ten years after the date of grant
and have a three-year vesting period. The weighted average fair value
of each option was estimated as of the date of grant to be $14.57 using a
Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following
assumptions: dividend yield – .6%; expected volatility - 28%
(executive officers) and 25% (all other employees); weighted average risk free
interest rate – 4.6% (rates ranged from 3.5% to 5.1%); and expected term – 6.5
years (executive officers) and 4.5 years (all other employees).
During
2006 we granted 1,007,175 stock options with exercise prices at market
value. The weighted average fair value of each of the 2006 options
was estimated as of the date of grant to be $12.75 using an option-pricing model
with the following assumptions: dividend yield - .7%; expected volatility - 30%;
weighted average risk-free interest rate – 4.65% (rates ranged from 4.28% to
5.22%); and expected option life - 7 years (executive officers) and 5 years (all
other employees).
During
2005 we granted 1,015,025 stock options with exercise prices at market
value. The weighted average fair value of each of the 2005 options
was estimated as of the date of grant to be $12.68 using an option-pricing model
with the following assumptions: dividend yield - .7%; expected volatility - 30%;
weighted average risk-free interest rate – 4.2%; and expected option life -
seven years.
The
expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of our common stock
over the 6.5- and 4.5- year terms mentioned above. The expected term
was determined based on the historical exercise and forfeiture rates for similar
grants.
Stock option transactions during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Average
|
|
contractual
|
intrinsic
|
|
|
of options
|
|
|
price
|
|
term (in years)
|
value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
6,713,558
|
|
|
$
|
28.79
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,015,025
|
|
|
|
25.04
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,664,625
|
)
|
|
|
33.69
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/Cancelled
|
|
|
(68,500
|
)
|
|
|
31.40
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
5,995,458
|
|
|
$
|
30.63
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,007,175
|
|
|
|
35.98
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(3,047,918
|
)
|
|
|
29.15
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/Cancelled
|
|
|
(58,916
|
)
|
|
|
32.54
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,895,799
|
|
|
$
|
33.14
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
983,920
|
|
|
|
45.76
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,204,164
|
)
|
|
|
32.15
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/Cancelled
|
|
|
(43,350
|
)
|
|
|
40.72
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
3,632,205
|
|
|
$
|
36.80
|
|
6.8
|
$
16,926,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,094,378
|
|
|
$
|
32.98
|
|
5.3
|
$
17,752,000
|
In
addition, during 2007, we issued 288,896 shares of restricted stock to certain
employees and our outside directors at a weighted-average price of $45.89 per
share. During 2006, we issued 293,943 shares of restricted stock to
certain employees and our outside directors at a weighted-average price of
$36.02 per share. During 2005, we issued 286,123 shares of restricted
stock at a weighted-average price of $33.47 per share. Such
restricted stock vests over a five-year period (for employees) and a three-year
period (for outside directors). Nonvested restricted stock
transactions during 2007 were as follows:
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Average
grant
|
|
|
|
of shares
|
|
|
date fair value
|
|
Nonvested
at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
712,088
|
|
|
$
|
32.84
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
288,896
|
|
|
|
45.89
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(142,821
|
)
|
|
|
35.13
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(11,283
|
)
|
|
|
37.10
|
|
Nonvested
at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
846,880
|
|
|
$
|
36.85
|
|
The total
compensation cost for share-based payment arrangements in 2007, 2006 and 2005
was $20.0 million, $11.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively. We
recognized a tax benefit related to such arrangements of approximately $7.5
million in 2007, $4.5 million in 2006 and $1.8 million in 2005. As of
December 31, 2007, there was $29.9 million of total unrecognized compensation
cost related to the share-based payment arrangements, which is expected to be
recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years.
We
received net cash proceeds of $38.7 million during 2007 in connection with
option exercises. The total intrinsic value of options exercised (the
amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded
the market price of the stock on the date of grant) was $17.2 million during
2007, $31.0 million during 2006 and $16.3 million during
2005. The excess tax benefit realized from stock options exercised
and restricted stock released during 2007 was $6.4 million. The total fair value
of restricted stock that vested during 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $6.4 million,
$2.6 million, and $208,000, respectively.
Prior
to January 1, 2006, we accounted for stock compensation plans using the
intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” as allowed by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation” (“SFAS 123”). Options have been granted at a
price either equal to or exceeding the then-current market
price. Accordingly, we did not recognize compensation cost in
connection with issuing stock options prior to January 1, 2006. If
compensation cost for our options had been determined consistent with SFAS
123(R), we would have recognized stock-based compensation expense for 2005 of
approximately $12.5 million after-tax and our net income, basic earnings per
share and diluted earnings per share for 2005 would have been $322.0 million,
$2.46 and $2.40, respectively, all presented on a pro forma basis, as compared
to actual net income, basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share of
$334.5 million, $2.55 and $2.49, respectively.
(15)
|
GAIN
ON ASSET DISPOSITIONS
|
In the
third quarter of 2007, we recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $10.4 million
related to the sale of our interest in a real estate partnership. In
April 2006, upon dissolution of the Rural Telephone Bank (“RTB”), we received
$122.8 million in cash for redemption of our investment in stock of the RTB and
recorded a pre-tax gain of approximately $117.8 million in the second quarter of
2006 related to this transaction. Upon final distribution of all
funds related to the RTB dissolution in November 2007, we received an additional
$5.2 million cash and recorded a pre-tax gain of such amount. Such
gains are included in “Other income (expense)” on our Consolidated Statements of
Income.
(16)
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
CASH FLOW AND OTHER DISCLOSURES
|
The
amount of interest actually paid, net of amounts capitalized of $1.3 million,
$1.9 million, and $2.8 million during 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was
$205.2 million, $191.9 million, and $194.8 million during 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. Income taxes paid were $185.3 million in 2007, $212.4
million in 2006, and $88.8 million in 2005. Income tax refunds totaled $1.1
million in 2007, $3.0 million in 2006, and $4.9 million in 2005.
We have
consummated the acquisitions of various operations, along with certain other
assets, during the three years ended December 31, 2007. In connection
with these acquisitions, the following assets were acquired and liabilities
assumed:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,
plant and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
208,317
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
66,450
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
579,780
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Long-term
debt, deferred credits and other liabilities
|
|
|
(654,694
|
)
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
Other
assets and liabilities, excluding
cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
173,402
|
|
|
|
5,222
|
|
|
|
9,003
|
|
Decrease
in cash due to acquisitions
|
|
$
|
306,805
|
|
|
|
5,222
|
|
|
|
75,453
|
|
See Note 2 for additional information related to our acquisition of Madison
River in 2007.
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued EITF 06-3, “How
Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should
be Presented in the Income Statement” (“EITF 06-3”), which requires disclosure
of the accounting policy for any tax assessed by a governmental authority that
is directly imposed on a revenue-producing transaction. We adopted
the disclosure requirements of EITF 06-3 effective January 1, 2007.
We collect various taxes from our
customers and subsequently remit such funds to governmental
authorities. Substantially all of these taxes are recorded through
the balance sheet. We are required to contribute to several universal
service fund programs and generally include a surcharge amount on our customers’
bills which is designed to recover our contribution costs. Such
amounts are reflected on a gross basis in our statement of income (included in
both operating revenues and expenses) and aggregated approximately $41 million
for 2007, $40 million for 2006 and $37 million for 2005.
(17)
|
FAIR
VALUE OF FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
|
The
following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of
certain of our financial instruments at December 31, 2007 and
2006.
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
$
|
3,048
|
|
|
|
3,048
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other
|
|
$
|
106,099
|
|
|
|
110,235
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Financial
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current maturities)
|
|
$
|
3,014,255
|
|
|
|
2,975,707
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
$
|
834
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other
|
|
$
|
57,637
|
|
|
|
57,637
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
assets
|
|
$
|
110,134
|
|
|
|
110,134
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including current maturities)
|
|
$
|
2,567,864
|
|
|
|
2,522,347
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Interest rate swaps
|
|
$
|
20,593
|
|
|
|
20,593
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Other
|
|
$
|
51,614
|
|
|
|
51,614
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
(1)
|
Fair
value was estimated by discounting the scheduled payment streams to
present value based upon
rates
currently available to us for similar
debt.
|
(2)
|
Fair value was estimated by us to approximate
carrying value or is based on current market
information.
|
We
believe the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
short-term debt, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximates the fair
value due to the short maturity of these instruments and have not been reflected
in the above table.
We are an
integrated communications company engaged primarily in providing an array of
communications services to our customers, including local exchange, long
distance, Internet access and broadband services. We strive to
maintain our customer relationships by, among other things, bundling our service
offerings to provide our customers with a complete offering of integrated
communications services. As a result of increased bundling of our
local exchange and long distance service offerings, beginning in 2006, we have
combined the revenues of such offerings into a category entitled
“Voice”. Beginning in 2007, revenues from voice mail services
previously reflected in “Other” revenues were reclassified to “Voice”
revenues. Prior periods have been restated to insure
comparability.
Our operating revenues for our products and services include the following
components:
Year ended December 31,
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voice
|
|
$
|
889,960
|
|
|
|
871,767
|
|
|
|
902,510
|
|
Network
access
|
|
|
941,506
|
|
|
|
878,702
|
|
|
|
959,838
|
|
Data
|
|
|
460,755
|
|
|
|
351,495
|
|
|
|
318,770
|
|
Fiber
transport and CLEC
|
|
|
159,317
|
|
|
|
149,088
|
|
|
|
115,454
|
|
Other
|
|
|
204,703
|
|
|
|
196,678
|
|
|
|
182,680
|
|
Total operating revenues
|
|
$
|
2,656,241
|
|
|
|
2,447,730
|
|
|
|
2,479,252
|
|
For a
description of each of the sources of revenues, see “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Operating Revenues”
elsewhere in this report.
Interexchange
carriers and other accounts receivable on the balance sheets are primarily
amounts due from various long distance carriers, principally AT&T, and
several large local exchange operating companies.
(19)
|
COMMITMENTS
AND CONTINGENCIES
|
Construction
expenditures and investments in vehicles, buildings and equipment during 2008
are estimated to be $300 million. We generally do not enter into
firm, committed contracts for such activities.
In
Barbrasue Beattie and James
Sovis, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, v. CenturyTel,
Inc.
, filed on October 28, 2002, in the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of Michigan (Case No. 02-10277), the plaintiffs allege that
we unjustly and unreasonably billed customers for inside wire maintenance
services, and seek unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief under
various legal theories on behalf of a purported class of over two million
customers in our telephone markets. On March 10, 2006, the Court
certified a class of plaintiffs and issued a ruling that the billing
descriptions we used for these services during an approximately 18-month period
between October 2000 and May 2002 were legally insufficient. Our
appeal of this class certification decision was denied. Our
preliminary analysis indicates that we billed less than $10 million for inside
wire maintenance services under the billing descriptions and time periods
specified in the District Court ruling described above. Should other
billing descriptions be determined to be inadequate or if claims are allowed for
additional time periods, the amount of our potential exposure could increase
significantly. The Court’s order does not specify the award of
damages, the scope and amounts of which, if any, remain subject to additional
fact-finding and resolution of what we believe are valid defenses to plaintiff’s
claims. Accordingly, we cannot reasonably estimate the amount or
range of possible loss at this time. However, considering the
one-time nature of any adverse result, we do not believe that the ultimate
outcome of this litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial
position or on-going results of operations.
From time
to time, we are involved in other proceedings incidental to our business,
including administrative hearings of state public utility commissions relating
primarily to rate making, actions relating to employee claims, occasional
grievance hearings before labor regulatory agencies and miscellaneous third
party tort actions. The outcome of these other proceedings is
not predictable. However, we do not believe that the ultimate
resolution of these other proceedings, after considering available insurance
coverage, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results
of operations or cash flows.
In January 2008, we terminated all of
our existing “fixed to variable” interest rate swaps associated with the full
$500 million principal amount of our Series L senior notes, due
2012. In connection with the termination of these derivatives, we
received an aggregate of approximately $25.6 million, which will be amortized as
a reduction of interest expense through 2012.
In addition, in January 2008 we also
terminated certain other derivatives that were not deemed to be effective
hedges. Upon the termination of these derivatives, we paid an
aggregate of approximately $4.9 million. We expect to record a $3.4
million pre-tax charge in the first quarter of 2008 related to the settlement of
these derivatives.
* * * * *
* * * *
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
Consolidated
Quarterly Income Statement Information
(Unaudited)
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
|
quarter
|
|
|
quarter
|
|
|
quarter
|
|
|
quarter
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
2007
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
revenues
|
|
$
|
600,855
|
|
|
|
689,991
|
|
|
|
708,833
|
|
|
|
656,562
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
$
|
168,083
|
|
|
|
231,836
|
|
|
|
224,185
|
|
|
|
168,974
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
77,870
|
|
|
|
112,265
|
|
|
|
113,202
|
|
|
|
115,033
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
.70
|
|
|
|
1.03
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
1.05
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
.68
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
1.01
|
|
|
|
1.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
revenues
|
|
$
|
611,291
|
|
|
|
608,907
|
|
|
|
619,837
|
|
|
|
607,695
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
$
|
157,924
|
|
|
|
164,993
|
|
|
|
168,942
|
|
|
|
173,679
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
69,260
|
|
|
|
152,210
|
|
|
|
76,324
|
|
|
|
72,233
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
.57
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
|
.66
|
|
|
|
.63
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
.55
|
|
|
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
.64
|
|
|
|
.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
revenues
|
|
$
|
595,282
|
|
|
|
606,413
|
|
|
|
657,085
|
|
|
|
620,472
|
|
Operating
income
|
|
$
|
176,860
|
|
|
|
185,882
|
|
|
|
201,242
|
|
|
|
172,419
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
79,616
|
|
|
|
85,118
|
|
|
|
91,411
|
|
|
|
78,334
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
.60
|
|
|
|
.65
|
|
|
|
.70
|
|
|
|
.60
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
.59
|
|
|
|
.64
|
|
|
|
.68
|
|
|
|
.59
|
|
The results of operations of
the Madison River properties are reflected in the above table subsequent to the
April 30, 2007 acquisition date. In second quarter 2007, we recorded
$49 million of revenues upon the settlement of a dispute with a
carrier. In third quarter 2007, we recognized $42.2 million of
revenues upon the expiration of a regulatory monitoring period. In
fourth quarter 2007, we recognized a net benefit of approximately $32.7 million
after-tax related to the release of previously unrecognized tax
benefits. In fourth quarter 2007, we recorded a pre-tax charge of
approximately $16.6 million related to the impairment of certain of our CLEC
assets.
The
first, second and third quarters of 2006 have been adjusted to reflect the
application of SAB 108 (see Note 1 for additional information).
The
fourth quarter of 2006 included an $11.7 million pre-tax charge related to the
impairment of certain non-operating investments. The second
quarter of 2006 included a $117.8 million pre-tax gain recorded upon the
redemption of Rural Telephone Bank stock and a $6.4 million net tax benefit due
to the resolution of various income tax audit issues.
The fourth quarter of 2005 included a $6.3 million pre-tax charge related to the
impairment of a non-operating investment. The third quarter of 2005
included the following amounts presented on a pre-tax basis: (i) the recognition
of $35.9 million of revenue as the settlement period related to the 2001/2002
monitoring period lapsed; (ii) $5.8 million of expenses related to Hurricanes
Katrina and Rita; (iii) a $9.9 million charge related to the impairment of a
non-operating investment; and (iv) a $3.5 million gain on the sale of a separate
non-operating investment.
Item
9.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements With Accountants on
Accounting
|
None.
Item
9A.
|
Controls
and Procedures
|
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls
and Procedures.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures
designed to provide reasonable assurances that information required to be
disclosed by us in the reports we file under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
is timely recorded, processed, summarized and reported as
required. Our Chief Executive Officer, Glen F. Post, III, and our
Chief Financial Officer, R. Stewart Ewing, Jr., have evaluated our disclosure
controls and procedures as of December 31, 2007. Based on the
evaluation, Messrs. Post and Ewing concluded that our disclosure controls and
procedures have been effective in providing reasonable assurance that they have
been timely alerted of material information required to be filed in this annual
report. Since the date of Messrs. Post’s and Ewing’s most recent
evaluation, there have been no significant changes in our internal controls or
in other factors that could significantly affect these controls. The
design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about
the likelihood of future events and contingencies, and there can be no assurance
that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals. Because
of the inherent limitations in any control system, you should be aware that
misstatements due to error or fraud could occur and not be
detected.
Reports on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting.
We incorporate by reference into this
Item 9A the reports appearing at the forefront of Item 8, “Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data”.
Item
9B.
|
Other
Information
|
In late
February 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Board granted equity awards and
took other related actions, including establishing for senior management annual
bonus targets for 2008 based upon attaining certain specified levels of
operating cash flow and end-user revenues.
In late
February 2008, our board of directors approved certain actions related to our
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, including (i) the freezing of future
benefit accruals effective February 29, 2008, (ii) amending the plan to permit
participants to receive in 2009 a lump sum distribution of the present value of
their accrued plan benefits and (iii) crediting each active plan participant
with three additional years of age and service and each inactive plan
participant with three additional years of age.
PART
III
Item
10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate
Governance
|
The name,
age and office(s) held by each of our executive officers are shown
below. Each of the executive officers listed below serves at the
pleasure of the Board of Directors.
Name
|
Age
|
Office(s) held with
CenturyTel
|
|
|
|
Glen
F. Post, III
|
55
|
Chairman
of the Board of Directors
|
|
|
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
Karen
A. Puckett
|
47
|
President
and Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
56
|
Executive
Vice President and
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
David
D. Cole
|
50
|
Senior
Vice President –
|
|
|
Operations Support
|
|
|
|
Stacey
W. Goff
|
42
|
Senior
Vice President, General Counsel
|
|
|
and Secretary
|
|
|
|
Michael
Maslowski
|
60
|
Senior
Vice President and
|
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Each of
our executive officers has served as an officer of CenturyTel and one or more of
its subsidiaries in varying capacities for more than the past five
years.
In August
2003, Mr. Goff was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary. He previously served as Vice President and Assistant
General Counsel from 2000 to July 2003 and as Director-Corporate Legal from 1998
to 2000.
The
balance of the information required by Item 10 is incorporated by reference to
our definitive proxy statement relating to our 2008 annual meeting of
stockholders (the "Proxy Statement"), which Proxy Statement will be filed
pursuant to Regulation 14A within the first 120 days of 2008.
Item
11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The
information required by Item 11 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy
Statement.
Item
12.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
|
The
following table provides information about shares of CenturyTel common stock
authorized for issuance under our existing equity compensation plans as of
December 31, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
of securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
remaining
available for
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
future
issuance under
|
|
|
|
Number
of securities to
|
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
|
plans
(excluding
|
|
|
|
be
issued upon conversion
|
|
|
exercise
price of
|
|
|
securities
reflected in
|
|
Plan category
|
|
of outstanding options
|
|
|
outstanding options
|
|
|
column (a))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
|
3,632,205
|
|
|
$
|
36.80
|
|
|
|
2,552,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan approved by shareholders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
4,479,612
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security
holders
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
3,632,205
|
|
|
$
|
36.80
|
|
|
|
7,032,230
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
balance of the information required by Item 12 is incorporated by reference to
the Proxy Statement.
Item
13.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related
Transactions
|
The
information required by Item 13 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy
Statement.
Item
14.
|
Principal
Accountant Fees and Services
|
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the Proxy
Statement.
PART IV
Item
15. Exhibits, Financial
Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K
(a).
|
Documents
filed as a part of this report
|
|
(1)
|
The
following Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Part II, Item
8:
|
|
|
|
Report
of Management, including its assessment of the effectiveness of its
internal control over financial reporting
|
|
|
|
Reports
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial
Statements, Financial Statement Schedule and Effectiveness of the
Company’s Internal
Control
over Financial Reporting
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Income for the years endedDecember 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Balance Sheets - December 31, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
Quarterly Income Statement Information (unaudited)
|
|
(2)
|
The
attached Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, is the only
applicable schedule that we are required to file.
|
|
(3)
|
Exhibits:
|
|
3.1
|
|
Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation, dated as of May 6, 1999
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q
for
the quarter
ended
June 30, 1999).
|
|
3.2
|
|
Bylaws,
as amended through August 26, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2003 and filed
on
September 2, 2003).
|
|
3.3
|
|
Corporate
Governance Guidelines, as amended through August 21, 2007 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter
ended
September
30, 2007).
|
|
3.4
|
|
Charters
of Committees of Board of Directors
|
|
|
|
(a)
Charter of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, as amended
through November 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4(a) of
our
Annual Report on
Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).
|
|
|
|
(b)
Charter of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, as
amended through February 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.4 of our
Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
|
|
|
|
(c)
Charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board
of Directors, as amended through February 25, 2004 (incorporated by
reference
to Exhibit 3.3 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(d)
Charter of the Risk Evaluation Committee of the Board of Directors, as
amended through February 26, 2008, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
4.1
|
|
Form
of common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2000).
|
|
4.2
|
|
Instruments
relating to our public senior debt
|
|
|
|
(a)
Indenture dated as of March 31, 1994 between CenturyTel and Regions Bank
(formerly First American Bank & Trust of Louisiana), as Trustee
(incorporated
by reference
to
Exhibit 4.1 of our Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No.
33-52915).
|
|
|
|
(b)
Resolutions designating the terms and conditions of CenturyTel’s 7.2%
Senior Notes, Series D, due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.27 to
our Annual Report on
Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
|
|
|
|
(c)
Resolutions designating the terms and conditions of CenturyTel’s 6.30%
Senior Notes, Series F, due 2008; and 6.875% Debentures, Series G, due
2028,
(incorporated by
reference
to Exhibit 4.9 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1997).
|
|
|
|
(d)
Form of 8.375% Senior Notes, Series H, Due 2010, issued October 19, 2000
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the
quarter
ended September 30, 2000).
|
|
|
|
(e)
Board resolutions designating the terms and conditions of CenturyTel’s
7.875% Senior Notes, Series L, due 2012 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit
4.2 of our
Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-100480).
|
|
|
|
(f) Form
of 7.875% Senior Notes, Series L, due 2012 (included in Exhibit
4.2(e)).
|
|
|
|
(g)
Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 14, 2005 between
CenturyTel and Regions Bank (successor-in-interest to First American Bank
&
Trust of Louisiana
and
Regions Bank of Louisiana), as Trustee, designating and outlining the
terms and conditions of CenturyTel’s 5% Senior
Notes, Series M, due 2015 (incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of our Current Report on Form 8-K dated February
15, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(h)
Form of 5% Senior Notes, Series M, due 2015 (included in Exhibit
4.2(g)).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 26, 2007 between
CenturyTel and Regions Bank, as Trustee, designating and outlining the
terms
and conditions
of
CenturyTel’s 6.0% Senior Notes, Series N, due 2017 and 5.5% Senior Notes,
Series O, due 2013 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of our Current Report on
Form
8-K dated March 29, 2007).
|
|
|
|
(j)
Form of 6.0% Senior Notes, Series N, due 2017 and 5.5% Senior Notes,
Series O, due 2013 (included in Exhibit 4.2(i)).
|
|
4.3
|
|
$750
Million Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility, dated December 14, 2006,
between CenturyTel and the lenders named therein (incorporated by
reference
to
Exhibit 4.3
of
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2006).
|
|
4.4
|
|
First
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 1998, to Indenture between
CenturyTel of the Northwest, Inc. and The First National Bank
of
Chicago
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended September 30, 1998).
|
|
10.1
|
|
Qualified
Employee Benefit Plans (excluding several narrow-based qualified plans
that cover union employees or other limited groups of
employees)
|
|
|
|
(a)
CenturyTel Dollars & Sense 401(k) Plan and Trust, as amended and
restated as of December 31, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1(a)
of our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006) and amendments thereto
dated December 31, 2007, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
|
|
(b)
CenturyTel Union 401(k) Plan and Trust, as amended and restated through
December 31, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(b) of our
Annual Report on
Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006) and amendment thereto dated
December 31, 2007, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
|
|
(c)
Amended and Restated Retirement Plan, effective as of December 31, 2006
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1(c) of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for
the
year ended December 31, 2006) and amendment thereto dated December 31,
2007, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
10.2
|
|
Stock-based
Incentive Plans
|
|
|
|
(a)
1983 Restricted Stock Plan, dated February 21, 1984, as amended and
restated as of November 16, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1(e)
to our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995) and amendment thereto
dated November 21, 1996, (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1(e) to our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996), and amendment thereto
dated February 25, 1997
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to our Quarterly Report
on
Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997), and amendment
thereto
dated April 25, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of
our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2001), and
amendment thereto dated April 17, 2000 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2(a) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for
the year ended
December 31, 2001).
|
|
|
|
(b)
1995 Incentive Compensation Plan approved by CenturyTel’s
shareholders on May 11, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to
Registration
No. 33-60061) and
amendment
thereto dated November 21, 1996 (incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1
(l) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996), and
amendment
thereto dated February 25, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to our Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997)
and
amendment thereto dated May 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
2003).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to 1995 Incentive
Compensation Plan and dated as of February 24, 1997, entered into by
CenturyTel and its officers
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended
June 30, 1997).
|
|
|
|
(ii)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to 1995 Incentive
Compensation Plan and dated as of February 21, 2000, entered into
by
CenturyTel and its officers
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 (t) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended
December 31, 1999).
|
|
|
|
(c)
Amended and Restated 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended through
May 23, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to
our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000) and amendment thereto dated May 29,
2003 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the
quarter ended June 30, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the 2000 Incentive
Compensation Plan and dated as of May 21, 2001, entered into
by
CenturyTel and its officers
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended
December 31, 2001).
|
|
|
|
(ii)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the 2000 Incentive
Compensation Plan and dated as of February 25, 2002, entered into
by CenturyTel and its
officers
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(d)(ii) of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2002).
|
|
|
|
(d) Amended
and Restated 2002 Directors Stock Option Plan, dated as of February 25,
2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e) of our
Annual Report on Form 10-K
for
the year ended December 31, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered
into by CenturyTel in connection with options granted to the
outside directors as of May
10,
2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended September 30, 2002).
|
|
|
|
(ii)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered
into by CenturyTel in connection with options granted to
the outside directors as of
May 9, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e)(ii) of our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(iii)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered
into by CenturyTel in connection with optionsgranted to
the outside directors as of
May
7, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(d)(iii) of our Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(e)
Amended and Restated 2002 Management Incentive Compensation Plan, dated as
of February 25, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(f)
of our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered
into between CenturyTel and certain of its officers and key
employees at various dates
since
May 9, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the
period ended September 30, 2002).
|
|
|
|
(ii)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated
as of February 24, 2003, entered into by CenturyTel
and its officers (incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 10.2(f)(ii) of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2002).
|
|
|
|
(iii) Form
of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as of
February 25, 2004, entered into by CenturyTel and its
officers (incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 10.2(f)(iii) of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(iv)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and
dated as of February 24, 2003, entered into by CenturyTel
and its executive
officers
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2003).
|
|
|
|
(v)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and
dated as of February 25, 2004, entered into by CenturyTel and its
executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(f)(v) of our
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31,
2004).
|
|
|
|
(vi)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated
as of February 17, 2005, entered into by CenturyTel and its
executive officers
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e)(v) of our Annual Report on From 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004).
|
|
|
|
(vii) Form
of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as
of February 17, 2005, entered into by CenturyTel
and its executive
officers
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(e)(vi) of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2004).
|
|
|
|
(f)
2005 Directors Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to our 2005
Proxy Statement filed April 15, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan,
entered into between CenturyTel and each of its outside directors as
of May 13, 2005
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of our Current Report on Form 8-K dated May
13, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(ii)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan,
entered into between CenturyTel and each of its outside
directors as of May 12, 2006.
|
|
|
|
(g) 2005
Management Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to our
2005 Proxy Statement filed April 15, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(i)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan, entered
into between CenturyTel and certain officers and key employees
at various dates since
May
12, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended
September 30, 2005)
|
|
|
|
(ii)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan,
entered into between CenturyTel and certain officers and key employees
at various dates
since
May 12, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended
September 30, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(iii)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated
as of February 21, 2006, entered into between CenturyTel
and its executive officers
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2(g)(iii) of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended
December 31, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(iv) Form
of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as
of February 21, 2006, entered into between CenturyTel
and its executive O
fficers
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(g)(iv) of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(v)
Form of Stock Option Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated
as of February 26, 2007, entered into between CenturyTel and
its executive
offices
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
|
|
|
|
(vi) Form
of Restricted Stock Agreement, pursuant to the foregoing plan and dated as
of February 26, 2007, entered into between CenturyTel
and
its executive
officers
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of our Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007).
|
|
10.3
|
|
Other
Non-Qualified Employee Benefit Plans
|
|
|
|
(a)
Key Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, dated January 1, 1984, as
amended and restated as of November 16, 1995 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1(f) to our
Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995) and amendment
thereto dated November 21, 1996
(incorporated by
reference
to Exhibit 10.1 (f) to our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996),
amendment thereto
dated February 25, 1997
(incorporated
by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to our Quarterly
Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
31, 1997), amendment thereto dated
April
25, 2001
(incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of our Quarterly Report on
Form
10-Q for
the quarter ended March 31, 2001), amendment thereto
dated
April
17, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3(a) to our Annual
Report on Form 10-K
for
the year ended December 31, 2001) and amendment
thereto
dated February 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for
the quarter ended June 30, 2007).
|
|
|
|
(b)
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, 2008 Restatement, effective
January 1, 2008, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
|
|
(c)
Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, 2008 Restatement, effective January
1, 2008, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
|
|
(d)
Supplemental Defined Benefit Plan, 2008 Restatement, effective as of
January 1, 2008, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
|
|
(e)
Amended and Restated Salary Continuation (Disability) Plan for Officers,
dated November 26, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16
of
our Annual Report
on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991).
|
|
|
|
(f)
2005 Executive Officer Short-Term Incentive Program (incorporated by
reference to our 2005 Proxy Statement filed April 5, 2005).
|
|
|
|
(g) 2001
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to our 2001 Proxy
Statement).
|
|
10.4
|
|
Employment,
Severance and Related Agreements
|
|
|
|
(a)
Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement, effective January 1,
2008, by and between Glen F. Post, III and CenturyTel, included
elsewhere herein.
|
|
|
|
(b)
Form of Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement, effective
January 1, 2008, by and between CenturyTel and each of its other
executive
officers, included
elsewhere
herein.
|
|
|
|
(c)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Officers and Directors (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.4(e) of our Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended
December
31, 2005).
(d)
CenturyTel, Inc. Bonus Life Insurance Plan for Executive Officers,
effective January 1, 2006, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
14
|
|
Corporate
Compliance Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 of
our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2003).
|
|
21
|
|
Subsidiaries
of CenturyTel, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
23
|
|
Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent, included elsewhere
herein.
|
|
31.1
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer certification pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
31.2
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer certification pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, included elsewhere herein.
|
|
32
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer certification pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, included elsewhere
herein.
|
(b)
|
Reports
on Form 8-K.
|
|
|
The
following Form 8-Ks were filed on the dates indicated during the fourth
quarter of 2007.
|
|
|
November 1,
2007
Items
2.02 and 9.01. Results of Operations and Financial
Condition – News release announcing third quarter 2007 operating
results.
|
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
CenturyTel,
Inc.,
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
February 29, 2008
|
By:
/s/
Glen F. Post, III
|
|
Glen F. Post,
III
|
|
Chairman of the Board
and
|
|
Chief Executive
Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and
in the capacities and on the date indicated.
|
Chairman of the Board
and
|
|
/s/
Glen F. Post, III
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
Glen F. Post,
III
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President
and
|
|
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/
Neil A. Sweasy
|
Vice President and
Controller
|
|
Neil A. Sweasy
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/ William R. Boles, Jr.
|
Director
|
|
William R. Boles,
Jr.
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/
Virginia Boulet
|
Director
|
|
Virginia Boulet
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/
Calvin Czeschin
|
Director
|
|
Calvin Czeschin
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/ James B. Gardner
|
Director
|
|
James B.
Gardner
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/
W. Bruce Hanks
|
Director
|
|
W. Bruce Hanks
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gregory J. McCray
|
Director
|
|
Gregory J.
McCray
|
|
February
29, 2008
|
|
|
|
/s/ C. G. Melville, Jr.
|
Director
|
|
C. G. Melville,
Jr.
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Fred R.
Nichols
|
|
February
29, 2008
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harvey P. Perry
|
Director
|
|
Harvey P.
Perry
|
|
February
29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Jim D. Reppond
|
|
February ___,
2008
|
|
|
|
/s/
Joseph R. Zimmel
|
Director
|
|
Joseph R.
Zimmel
|
|
February 29,
2008
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE II -
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
For the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
at
|
|
|
charged
to
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
costs
and
|
|
|
from
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
at
end
|
|
Description
|
|
of period
|
|
|
expenses
|
|
|
allowance
|
|
|
changes
|
|
|
of period
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
20,905
|
|
|
|
14,466
|
|
|
|
(16,617
|
)
(1)
|
|
|
1,607
|
(2)
|
|
|
20,361
|
|
Valuation
allo
wanc
e
for
deferred tax
assets
|
|
$
|
61,049
|
|
|
|
3,744
|
|
|
|
(33,886)
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
30,907
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
21,721
|
|
|
|
20,199
|
|
|
|
(21,009
|
)
(1)
|
|
|
(6
|
)(2)
|
|
|
20,905
|
|
Valuation
allowance for
deferred tax
assets
|
|
$
|
54,412
|
|
|
|
6,637
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
61,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
21,187
|
|
|
|
30,945
|
|
|
|
(30,880
|
)
(1)
|
|
|
469
|
(2)
|
|
|
21,721
|
|
Valuation
allowance for
deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
27,112
|
|
|
|
27,300
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
|
54,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Customers’
accounts written-off, net of recoveries.
(2) Allowance
for doubtful accounts at the date of acquisition of purchased subsidiaries, net
of
allowance for doubtful
accounts at the date of disposition of subsidiaries sold.
Exhibit
3.4(d)
CenturyTel,
Inc.
____________________
CHARTER
FOR RISK EVALUATION COMMITTEE
OF
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
(as
amended through February 26, 2008)
____________________
The Risk
Evaluation Committee is appointed by the Board to identify, monitor and manage
risks to the Company’s business, properties and employees.
The
Committee will consist of at least three directors, each of whom will be
appointed and replaced by the Board in accordance with the Company’s
bylaws. The Committee’s chairman will be designated by the
Board. The Committee may form and delegate authority to subcommittees
when appropriate.
The
chairman of the Committee will preside at each meeting and, in consultation with
the other members of the Committee and management, will set the frequency of,
and the agenda for, each meeting;
provided, however,
that any
member of the Committee may call a meeting in his or her
discretion. To assist it in discharging its functions, the Committee
may invite to its meetings other directors or representatives of management,
counsel and other persons whose pertinent advice or counsel is sought by the
Committee.
IV.
|
AUTHORITY
AND RESPONSIBILITIES
|
In
furtherance of the purpose of the Committee described above, the Committee will
have the following authority and responsibilities:
1.
The
Committee will review periodically the Company’s major risk exposures in the
areas listed below:
(a)
risks to
the Company’s properties (including its information systems) posed by casualty
events, terrorism, sabotage or theft
(b)
risks to
the Company’s business caused by potential or actual regulatory developments or
the Company’s failure to comply with applicable telecommunications
regulations
(c)
risks to
the Company’s business caused by the failure to comply with environmental,
safety, health or other similar laws
(d)
risks of
potential, threatened or pending rate cases or lawsuits.
2.
The
Committee will review periodically the steps that the Company has taken or could
take to mitigate major risks identified above or any others subsequently
identified. In connection therewith, the Committee will periodically
review and adjust the scope and coverage of the Company’s insurance programs,
subject to receiving the approval or ratification of the Board for material
changes to such programs.
3.
The
Committee will oversee the operation of the Company’s corporate compliance
program and procedures. In connection therewith, the Committee (i)
will review periodically the effectiveness and adequacy of the Company’s
corporate compliance program and procedures and recommend to the Board any
necessary proposed changes thereto and (ii) may, to the extent it deems
necessary or appropriate, investigate or cause to be investigated any material
instance of noncompliance.
4.
The
Committee will oversee the Company’s risk management, loss prevention and safety
programs and activities.
5.
The
Committee will monitor the functions of the Board to ensure that management (or
the chairpersons of other Board committees) are periodically making
presentations to the Board regarding other major risk exposures not directly
monitored by the Committee.
6.
The
Committee will make regular reports to the Board summarizing the Committee’s
activities.
7.
The
Committee will also discharge any additional functions that may be delegated or
assigned to it by the Board from time to time.
8.
The
Committee will review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter annually and
recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval. The
Committee will annually review its own performance.
*
* * * * * * * * *
__________________
·
|
Originally
adopted and approved by the Committee and the Board on February 18, 2003
and February 25, 2003,
respectively.
|
·
|
Sections
II and IV amended by the Committee and the Board on February 19, 2004 and
February 25, 2004, respectively.
|
·
|
Section
IV(1) and IV(6) amended by the Committee and the Board on December 5, 2007
and February 26, 2008,
respectively.
|
Exhibit
10.1(a)
FIRST
AMENDMENT TO THE
CENTURYTEL
DOLLARS & SENSE 401(K) PLAN
AS
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EFFECTIVE
DECEMBER 31, 2006
CENTURYTEL, INC.,
represented
herein by its Senior Vice-President, General Counsel and Secretary, Stacey W.
Goff, as Plan Sponsor and Employer, does hereby execute the following amendments
to the CenturyTel Dollars & Sense 401(k) Plan and Trust, each amendment
effective as indicated below:
The
following amendments are effective as if included in the Amendment and Restated
Plan executed on behalf of CenturyTel, Inc. and effective as of December 31,
2006:
1.
|
The
first paragraph of Section 6.4(a) is amended to read as
follows:
|
Hardship
. By
filing the required form, a Participant may withdraw on account of hardship all
or a portion of his vested Accrued Benefit except for: (1) earnings allocated
after December 31, 1988 on Elective Deferrals, Frozen Pre-Tax Account and any
“Employer Contribution Account” in a Frozen Other Contribution Account; (2) any
portion of his Accrued Benefit held in his Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account; and (3) any portion of his
Accrued Benefit held in his Company Stock Account. The amount distributed will
be withdrawn pro rata across eligible money types.
2.
|
Section
9.1(g) is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Loans
will be funded with assets withdrawn pro rata across all money types except for
the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit held in his Company Match Account
and the portion of a Participant’s ESOP Account, Stock Bonus Account and PAYSOP
Account held in Company Stock.
The
following amendment is effective as if included in the Adoption Statement
executed on behalf of Madison River Communications Corp. and Participating
Subsidiaries and dated May 6, 2007:
1.
|
Section
3.8 is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Restoration
of Forfeiture
. If a Participant forfeited employer
contributions as a participant in the ESOP, the CenturyTel Fiber Company II, LLC
401(k) Plan and Trust (“LightCore Plan”), or the Madison River Profit Sharing
& 401(k) Plan (“Madison River Plan”) and returns to service prior to
incurring five (5) “Breaks in Service,” the dollar amount forfeited shall be
restored to the applicable account at the time of
reemployment. Notwithstanding, if a plan required the reemployed
Participant to return the vested employer contributions before the dollar amount
forfeited will be restored, such requirement is incorporated
herein.
The
definitions of “Breaks in Service” and “Years of Service,” vesting provisions,
and reemployment provisions of the ESOP, the LightCore Plan, and the Madison
River Plan are incorporated herein to determine whether a Participant is
entitled to a restoration of forfeitures and to determine the vesting of such
amounts based upon future services.
Prior to
November 6, 2006, the employer contributions in the ESOP vested after five (5)
Years of Service. On November 6, 2006, the ESOP was amended to fully
vest active Participants. Prior to the merger of the LightCore Plan
into the Plan, the employer contributions in the LightCore Plan vested in
accordance with a three (3) year graded vesting schedule: Less than 1
year - 0%; 1 year but less than 2 years -33%; 2 years but less than 3
years - 67%; and 3 or more years - 100%. Prior to the merger of the Madison
River Plan into the Plan, the employer contributions in the Madison River Plan
vested in accordance with a five (5) year graded vesting
schedule: Less than 1 year – 0%; 1 year but less than 2 years – 20%;
2 years but less than 3 years – 40%; 3 years but less than 4 years – 60%; 4
years but less than 5 years – 80%; and 5 or more years – 100%.
The funds
for such restoration shall be taken from any available forfeited amounts at the
time the Participant is reemployed or, if such forfeited amounts are
insufficient to provide the restoration, shall be provided by an Employer
contribution. If any restored amounts are later forfeited, such
forfeitures shall be used to reduce Employer obligations to make Employer Match
Contributions or Profit Sharing Contributions or, as the direction of the
Committee, to pay Plan expenses.
The
following amendments are effective as of January 1, 2008:
1.
|
Section
1.1 is amended to delete 1.1(c), to re-designate 1.1(d)-(k) as 1.1(c)-(j),
to insert “(k)Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account”, to insert “(q)Roth
Elective Deferral Account”, and to re-designate 1.1(q) as 1.1(r) and
1.1(r) as 1.1(s).
|
2.
|
The
last sentence of Section 1.8 is deleted and the following is inserted in
lieu thereof:
|
These
contributions are held in the Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account or Roth Elective
Deferral Account, as appropriate.
3.
|
Section
1.16 is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Collectively,
a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account and Roth Elective Deferral
Account.
4.
|
Section
1.17 is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Collectively,
a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective
Deferrals.
5.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.44, as
follows:
|
1.44
Pre-Tax
Elective Deferral Account
. The portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit
which consists of Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals made to the Plan by the Employer on
behalf of the Participant and, if applicable, amounts transferred from the
Predecessor Plans as set forth on Appendix A. A Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective
Deferral Account shall include all assets of the Participant’s Elective Deferral
Account as of January 1, 2008.
6.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.45, as
follows:
|
1.45
Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals
. Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer at the
election of the Participant in lieu of cash compensation, pursuant to Section
3.1 of the Plan, including contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement, which are irrevocably designated by the Participant as Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals.
7.
|
Sections
1.44 through 1.51 are re-numbered as Sections 1.46 through
1.53.
|
8.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.54, as
follows:
|
1.54
Roth
Elective Deferral Account
.
The portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit which
consists of Roth Elective Deferrals made to the Plan by the Employer on behalf
of the
Participant. A Participant’s
Roth Elective Deferral Account shall include only a
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and gains, losses, and earnings
thereon.
9.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.55, as
follows:
|
1.55
Roth
Elective Deferrals
. Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer at the
election of the Participant in lieu of cash compensation, pursuant to Section
3.1 of the Plan, including contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement, which are irrevocably designated by the Participant as Roth Elective
Deferrals.
10.
|
Sections
1.52 through 1.56 are re-numbered as Sections 1.56 through
1.60.
|
11.
|
The
following sentence is inserted as the fifth sentence of Section
3.1(a):
|
A
Participant, at the time of making an election to defer Compensation pursuant to
this Section 3.1(a), shall irrevocably designate the deferred Compensation as
either a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral or a Roth Elective Deferral.
12.
|
The
last sentence of section 3.1(a) is deleted and the following is inserted
in lieu thereof:
|
A
Participant shall at all times have a nonforfeitable interest in his Pre-Tax
Elective Deferral Account and his Roth Elective Deferral Account.
13.
|
The
following paragraph is added as the third paragraph of Section
3.1(c):
|
Excess
Deferrals distributed by the Employer pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall
first be distributed from the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and, if
Excess Deferrals remain after the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals have
been distributed, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals.
14.
|
The
following sentence is added as the last sentence of Section
3.1(d):
|
A
Participant, at the time of his election to make a Catch-Up Contribution
pursuant to this Section 3.1(d), shall irrevocably designate the Catch-Up
Contribution as either a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral or a Roth Elective
Deferral.
15.
|
The
first paragraph of Section 3.2(m) is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Notwithstanding
the Match Contribution formula contained in Section 3.2(c), each Participant who
is employed with Madison River Communications Corp. or the Participating
Subsidiaries will receive an Employer Match Contribution for the 2007 Plan Year
in an amount equal to 50% of the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals
that do not exceed 6% of the Participant’s Compensation. Effective January 1,
2008, the provisions of Section 3.2(d) shall apply to employees of Madison River
Communications Corp. and the Participating Subsidiaries.
16.
|
The
following is added as Section
3.7(f):
|
(f) Notwithstanding
the preceding provisions of this Section 3.7, the Trustee shall not accept
rollovers or direct transfers of funds from a Roth account under a qualified
plan or from a Roth IRA.
17.
|
The
following paragraph is added as the last paragraph of Section
3.9(e):
|
Excess
Contributions distributed by the Employer from a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Account pursuant to this Section 3.9(e) shall first be distributed from the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account and, if Excess Contributions remain
after the balance in the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account has been
distributed, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
Account.
18.
|
The
following is added as Section
5.1(b)(5):
|
(5) Any
required correction under this Section 5.1(b) shall first be satisfied from a
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and then from the Participant’s Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals.
19.
|
The
following paragraphs are inserted as the second and third paragraphs of
Section 7.2:
|
A
Participant, at the time of his election under this Section 7.2, shall designate
whether the distribution is to be made from his Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
Account, his Roth Elective Deferral Account, or from both accounts. In the
absence of an election by the Participant, the distribution shall first be made
from his Roth Elective Deferral Account.
The Plan
Administrator may operationally implement ordering rules for distributions from
a Participant’s accounts attributable to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth
Elective Deferrals. Such ordering rules may specify whether Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals are distributed first, and may permit a
Participant to elect whether distributions are to be made from his Pre-Tax
Elective Deferral Account, his Roth Elective Deferral Account, or
both.
20.
|
The
following paragraph is added as the third paragraph of Section
7.8(b)(2):
|
An
eligible retirement plan with respect to a Roth Elective Deferral Account shall
only mean a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code which
contains Roth accounts and satisfies the requirements of Section 402A of the
Code or a Roth individual retirement account.
21.
|
Section
9.1(g) is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Loans
will be funded with assets withdrawn pro rata across all money types except for
the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit held in his Company Match
Account, the portion of a Participant’s ESOP Account, Stock Bonus Account and
PAYSOP Account held in Company Stock, and a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral
Account.
22.
|
The
following is added as Section 15.7:
|
The
provisions of this Plan relating to Roth Elective Deferrals and Participants’
Roth Elective Deferral Accounts are intended to comply in good faith with the
provisions of Code Section 402A and guidance issued thereunder, and such
provisions shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.
THUS
DONE AND SIGNED this 31st day of December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
BY
: /s/ Stacey W.
Goff
|
|
Stacey
W. Goff
|
|
Senior
Vice-President, General Counsel
|
|
and
Secretary
|
Exhibit
10.1(a)
SECOND
AMENDMENT TO THE
CENTURYTEL
DOLLARS & SENSE 401(K) PLAN
AS
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EFFECTIVE
DECEMBER 31, 2006
CENTURYTEL, INC.,
represented
herein by its Senior Vice-President, General Counsel and Secretary, Stacey W.
Goff, as Plan Sponsor and Employer, does hereby execute the following amendments
to the CenturyTel Dollars & Sense 401(k) Plan and Trust, effective for the
2007 Plan Year:
1.
|
Appendix
C for the 2007 Plan Year is inserted, as
follows:
|
APPENDIX
C
The
Account Balance of each Participant listed below shall be increased by a Profit
Sharing Contribution to the Participant’s Profit Sharing Account for Plan Year
2007. The Profit Sharing Contribution for each Participant for Plan
Year 2007 is specified below.
Personnel
Number
|
Name
|
Profit
Sharing
Contribution
|
58704
|
P.
Adams
|
17,500
|
3359
|
A.
Alford
|
8,500
|
3302
|
J.
Allen
|
1,103
|
57996
|
V.
Callen
|
13,980
|
4494
|
C.
Davis
|
13,651
|
58716
|
D.
Davis
|
8,000
|
3122
|
P.
Eason
|
17,500
|
3082
|
J.
Glover
|
8,500
|
6289
|
T.
Grigar
|
10,000
|
54435
|
A.
Higginbotham
|
3,000
|
5577
|
C.
Inabnett
|
3,118
|
1400
|
T.
Kissane
|
17,500
|
7373
|
J.
Osa
|
3,035
|
2732
|
O.
Riley
|
9,963
|
2067
|
D.
Ring
|
10,000
|
54119
|
T.
Schafer
|
8,000
|
54861
|
K.
Victory
|
8,000
|
2710
|
T.
Walden
|
12,500
|
7491
|
C.
Watkins
|
18,000
|
58715
|
A.
Whipple
|
4,811
|
TOTAL
|
|
196,661
|
THUS
DONE AND SIGNED this 31st day of December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
BY:
/s/ Stacey W.
Goff
|
|
Stacey
W. Goff
|
|
Senior
Vice-President, General
|
|
Counsel
and Secretary
|
Exhibit
10.1(b)
SECOND
AMENDMENT TO THE
CENTURYTEL
UNION 401(K) PLAN
AS
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EFFECTIVE
DECEMBER 31, 2006
CENTURYTEL, INC.,
represented
herein by its Senior Vice-President, General Counsel and Secretary, Stacey W.
Goff, as Plan Sponsor and Employer, does hereby execute the following amendments
to the CenturyTel Union 401(k) Plan and Trust, each amendment effective as
indicated below:
The
following amendment is effective as if included in the Amendment and Restated
Plan executed on behalf of CenturyTel, Inc. and effective as of December 31,
2006:
1.
|
The
first paragraph of Section 6.6(a) is amended to read as
follows:
|
Hardship
. By
filing the required form, a Participant may withdraw on account of hardship all
or a portion of his vested Accrued Benefit except for: (1) earnings allocated
after December 31, 1988 on Elective Deferrals; (2) any portion of his Accrued
Benefit held in his Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account and Qualified
Matching Contribution Account; and (3) any portion of his Accrued Benefit held
in his Company Stock Account. The amount distributed will be withdrawn pro rata
across eligible money types.
The
following amendments are effective as of January 1, 2008:
1.
|
Section
1.1 is amended to delete 1.1(b), to re-designate 1.1(c) as 1.1(b), to
insert “(c) Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account”, to insert “(h)Roth
Elective Deferral Account”, and to re-designate 1.1(h) as
1.1(i).
|
2.
|
The
last sentence of Section 1.9 is deleted and the following is inserted in
lieu thereof:
|
These
contributions are held in the Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account or Roth Elective
Deferral Account, as appropriate.
3.
|
Section
1.17 is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Collectively,
a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account and Roth Elective Deferral
Account.
4.
|
Section
1.18 is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Collectively,
a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective
Deferrals.
5.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.38, as
follows:
|
1.38
Pre-Tax
Elective Deferral Account
. The portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit
which consists of Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals made to the Plan by the Employer on
behalf of the Participant. A Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account
shall include all assets of the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as of
January 1, 2008.
6.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.39, as
follows:
|
1.39
Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals
. Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer at the
election of the Participant in lieu of cash compensation, pursuant to Section
3.1 of the Plan, including contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement, which are irrevocably designated by the Participant as Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals.
7.
|
Sections
1.38 through 1.44 are re-numbered as Sections 1.40 through
1.46.
|
8.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.47, as
follows:
|
1.47
Roth
Elective Deferral Account
. The portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit
which consists of Roth Elective Deferrals made to the Plan by the Employer on
behalf of the Participant. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account shall
include only a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and gains, losses, and
earnings thereon.
9.
|
Article
I is amended to insert Section 1.48, as
follows:
|
1.48
Roth
Elective Deferrals
. Contributions made to the Plan by the Employer at the
election of the Participant in lieu of cash compensation, pursuant to Section
3.1 of the Plan,
including contributions
made
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, which are irrevocably designated by
the Participant as Roth Elective Deferrals.
10.
|
Sections
1.45 through 1.51 are re-numbered as Sections 1.49 through
1.55.
|
11.
|
The
following sentence is inserted as the fifth sentence of Section
3.1(a):
|
A
Participant, at the time of making an election to defer Compensation pursuant to
this Section 3.1(a), shall irrevocably designate the deferred Compensation as
either a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral or a Roth Elective Deferral.
12.
|
The
last sentence of section 3.1(a) is deleted and the following is inserted
in lieu thereof:
|
A
Participant shall at all times have a nonforfeitable interest in his Pre-Tax
Elective Deferral Account and his Roth Elective Deferral Account.
13.
|
The
following paragraph is added as the third paragraph of Section
3.1(c):
|
Excess
Deferrals distributed by the Employer pursuant to this Section 3.1(c) shall
first be distributed from the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and, if
Excess Deferrals remain after the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals have
been distributed, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals.
14.
|
The
following sentence is added as the last sentence of Section
3.1(d):
|
A
Participant, at the time of his election to make a Catch-Up Contribution
pursuant to this Section 3.1(d), shall irrevocably designate the Catch-Up
Contribution as either a Pre-Tax Elective Deferral or a Roth Elective
Deferral.
15.
|
The
following is added as Section
3.6(e):
|
(e) Notwithstanding
the preceding provisions of this Section 3.6, the Trustee shall not accept
rollovers or direct transfers of funds from a Roth account under a qualified
plan or from a Roth IRA.
16.
|
The
following paragraph is added as the last paragraph of Section
3.7(e):
|
Excess
Contributions distributed by the Employer from a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Account pursuant to this Section 3.7(e) shall first be distributed from the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account and, if Excess Contributions remain
after the balance in the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account has been
distributed, from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
Account.
17.
|
The
following is added as Section
5.1(b)(5):
|
(5) Any
required correction under this Section 5.1(b) shall first be satisfied from a
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and then from the Participant’s Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals.
18.
|
The
following paragraphs are inserted as the third and fourth paragraphs of
Section 7.2:
|
A
Participant, at the time of his election under this Section 7.2, shall designate
whether the distribution is to be made from his Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
Account, his Roth Elective Deferral Account, or from both accounts. In the
absence of an election by the Participant, the distribution shall first be made
from his Roth Elective Deferral Account.
The Plan
Administrator may operationally implement ordering rules for distributions from
a Participant’s accounts attributable to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth
Elective Deferrals. Such ordering rules may specify whether Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals are distributed first, and may permit a
Participant to elect whether distributions are to be made from his Pre-Tax
Elective Deferral Account, his Roth Elective Deferral Account, or
both.
19.
|
The
following paragraph is added as the third paragraph of Section
7.10(b)(2):
|
An
eligible retirement plan with respect to a Roth Elective Deferral Account shall
only mean a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code which
contains Roth accounts and satisfies the requirements of Section 402A of the
Code or a Roth individual retirement account.
20.
|
Section
9.1(g) is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:
|
Loans
will be funded with assets withdrawn pro rata across all money types except for
the portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit held in his Company Match Account
and a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account.
21.
|
The
following is added as Section 14.7:
|
The
provisions of this Plan relating to Roth Elective Deferrals and Participants’
Roth Elective Deferral Accounts are intended to comply in good faith with the
provisions of Code Section 402A and guidance issued thereunder, and such
provisions shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.
THUS
DONE AND SIGNED this 31st day of December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
BY:
/s/ Stacey W.
Goff
|
|
Stacey
W. Goff
|
|
Senior
Vice-President, General
|
|
Counsel
and Secretary
|
Exhibit
10.1(c)
AMENDMENT
NO. 2
TO
THE
CENTURYTEL
RETIREMENT PLAN
WHEREAS,
the CenturyTel
Retirement Plan (“Plan”) was amended and restated by CenturyTel, Inc. (the
“Company”) effective December 31, 2006; and
WHEREAS
, its Executive
Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer, R. Stewart Ewing, was authorized by
the Board to execute the amended and restated plan, including the incorporation
of provisions to effectuate the merger of the CenturyTel, Inc. Plan for Salaried
Employees' Pensions ("Salaried Plan"), the CenturyTel, Inc. Plan for Hourly-Paid
Employees' Pensions ("Hourly Plan") and the CenturyTel, Inc. Pension Plan for
Bargaining Unit Employees ("Ohio Plan") into the Plan; and
WHEREAS
, the Company wishes to
change the treatment of certain rehired terminated participants under the Plan;
and
WHEREAS
, the Company wishes to
increase benefits consistent with the rules under Internal Revenue Code
§401(a)(4) and the Treasury Department Regulations thereunder; and
WHEREAS
, several technical
changes must be made to the December 31, 2006 restated Plan document in order to
preserve the intent of the Plan and the Company; and
WHEREAS
, the Company reserved
the right to amend the Plan in Section 12.2 of the Plan.
NOW, THEREFORE,
effective as
of the dates shown below, the Plan is amended as follows:
I.
Section
5.8 of the Plan is amended effective December 31, 2006 to add the following
sentence at the end:
If this
Section 5.8 applies and the Participant had not named a Beneficiary as of the
date of death, then the benefit under Section 6.9 shall be payable to the
Participant’s spouse, child(ren) or estate, in that order.
II.
Section
7.7(f)(5) of the Plan is amended effective December 31, 2006 to delete the
reference to “Section 7.7(e)” and replace it with “Section 7.7(f).”
III.
Section
7.12(d) of the Plan is amended effective December 31, 2006 to delete the
reference to “Section 7.7(b)” and replace it with “Section 7.7(c).”
IV.
Sections
7.12(a) and (b) of the Plan are amended effective January 1, 2008 to delete all
references to “regular or temporary employee” and replace such references with
“Employee.”
V.
Paragraph
(1) of Schedule 6.1(a)(5) of the Plan is amended effective December 31, 2006 to
delete the reference to “Section 7.7(e)” and replace it with “Section
7.7(f).”
VI.
Schedules
6.1(a)(3) and 6.1(a)(4) are amended effective December 31, 2007 to read as
attached.
VII.
Sections
6.5(b) and (c) of the Salaried Plan Schedule are amended effective December 31,
2006 to read in their entirety as follows:
(b)
|
In
the case of a Participant who dies before his Normal Retirement Date while
in the service of the Employer and after having satisfied, while in the
service of the Employer, the criteria for an early distribution set forth
in Section 5.6(c) of the Salaried Plan, the Spouse may elect, in
accordance with Section 7.11 of the Plan, that the commencement date of
the Spouse's benefit shall be the last day of any month before the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date and after the month of the
Participant's death. The annual amount of a Spouse's benefit that
commences before the Participant's Normal Retirement Date in accordance
with this subsection (b) shall not be reduced on account of such early
commencement.
|
(c)
|
In
the case of a Participant who dies before his Normal Retirement Date after
terminating from service with the Employer, the Spouse may elect, in
accordance with Section 7.11 of the Plan, that the commencement date of
the Spouse's benefit shall be the last day of any month before the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date and after the month of the
Participant's death, provided that (i) the Participant had satisfied,
while in service of the Employer, the criteria for an early distribution
set forth in Section 5.6(c) of the Salaried Plan or (ii) the Participant
had at least 10 Years of Credited Service at termination and was age 55 or
older at his date of death, or the Participant had at least 15 Years of
Credited Service at termination and his combined Years of Credited Service
and age at his date of death was at least 76. The annual amount of a
Spouse's benefit that commences before the Participant's Normal Retirement
Date in accordance with this subsection (c) shall equal the annual amount
payable to the Spouse as Beneficiary under the survivor annuity portion of
the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity that would have been payable with
respect to the Participant computed as if the Participant
had:
|
(1)
|
terminated
employment with the Employer on the date of his death (or, if earlier, on
the date of his actual termination of employment with the
Employer),
|
(2)
|
elected
as the commencement date of his benefits the date elected by the Spouse in
accordance with this subsection (c),
and
|
(3)
|
died
on the commencement date of his
benefits.
|
VIII.
Section
7.6 of the Hourly Plan Schedule is amended effective December 31, 2006 to add
the following to the end:
Notwithstanding
the provisions of Sections 5.5, 6.5 and 7.6 of the Salaried Plan at Schedule
6.1(f)-2, if a Participant has been credited with at least 5 Years of Credited
Service and dies before commencing benefits under the Hourly Plan portion of the
Plan, his surviving Spouse (if married), his non-Spouse Beneficiary (if his
Spouse has consented to the naming of such Beneficiary) or his Beneficiary (if
he is not married at death and has named a Beneficiary) shall receive the death
benefit (if any) specified under the terms of any collective bargaining
agreement applicable to the Participant at his date of death, in the form(s)
specified under the terms of such agreement. If a Participant in the Hourly Plan
portion of the Plan as of December 31, 2006 is a Nonrepresented Participant, his
Spouse or Beneficiary shall nevertheless be entitled to the same benefit under
this Section that would be received by a Represented Employee at the
Nonrepresented Hourly Plan Participant’s normal work location pursuant to the
terms of any collective bargaining agreement applicable to such a Represented
Employee as of December 31, 2006. No death benefit shall be payable
under this Section if the Participant is not married and has not named a
Beneficiary.
IX.
Section
7.7(a) of the Ohio Plan Schedule is amended effective December 31, 2006 to
delete the reference to “Section 7.7(c)” and replace it with “Section
7.7(a)(1).”
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, CenturyTel
has executed this amendment on this 31st day of December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
BY
: /s/ Stacey W.
Goff
|
|
Stacey
W. Goff
|
|
Senior
Vice-President, General Counsel
|
|
and
Secretary
|
SCHEDULE
6.1(a)(3)
SUPPLEMENTAL
BENEFIT
The
Accrued Benefit of each Participant listed below shall be increased by the
amount of the Supplemental Benefit specified below. Each
Participant’s Supplemental Benefit is expressed in terms of a monthly benefit at
Normal Retirement Age and shall be actuarially adjusted for timing and form in
the same manner as the benefit under Section 6.1(a) (using the Excess Benefit
Percentages in Section 6.2 as applicable).
Personnel
Number
|
|
Name
|
|
Supplemental
Benefit
|
|
|
2870
|
|
D.
Cole
|
|
|
1,409.03
|
|
|
4494
|
|
C.
Davis
|
|
|
188.28
|
|
|
3277
|
|
R.
Ewing
|
|
|
1,946.66
|
|
|
5284
|
|
S.
Goff
|
|
|
112.90
|
|
|
10370
|
|
I.
Hughes
|
|
|
642.71
|
|
|
10111
|
|
M.
Maslowski
|
|
|
1,089.68
|
|
|
2859
|
|
G.
Post
|
|
|
5,493.04
|
|
|
52726
|
|
K.
Puckett
|
|
|
1,373.74
|
|
2067
|
|
D.
Ring
|
|
|
116.83
|
|
|
54861
|
|
K.
Victory
|
|
|
748.31
|
|
SCHEDULE
6.1(a)(4)
SUPPLEMENTAL
BENEFIT
The
Accrued Benefit of each Participant listed below shall be increased by the
amount of the Supplemental Benefit specified below. Each
Participant’s Supplemental Benefit is expressed in terms of a monthly benefit at
Normal Retirement Age and shall be actuarially adjusted for timing and form in
the same manner as the benefit under Section 6.1(a) (using the Excess Benefit
Percentages in Section 6.2 as applicable).
Personnel
Number
|
|
Name
|
|
Supplemental
Benefit
|
|
|
3095
|
|
G.
Bailey
|
|
|
860.98
|
|
|
2870
|
|
D.
Cole
|
|
|
9,862.57
|
|
|
4494
|
|
C.
Davis
|
|
|
534.92
|
|
|
3277
|
|
R.
Ewing
|
|
|
9,227.46
|
|
|
5284
|
|
S.
Goff
|
|
|
2,709.59
|
|
|
10370
|
|
I.
Hughes
|
|
|
6,627.59
|
|
|
10111
|
|
M.
Maslowski
|
|
|
10,129.94
|
|
|
2859
|
|
G.
Post
|
|
|
5,774.15
|
|
|
52726
|
|
K.
Puckett
|
|
|
7,182.43
|
|
|
3189
|
|
N.
Sweasy
|
|
|
6,129.12
|
|
Exhibit
10.3(b)
CENTURYTEL
,
INC
.
SUPPLEMENTAL
EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
2008
RESTATEMENT
EFFECTIVE
JANUARY 1, 2008
Introduction
CenturyTel,
Inc. (the "Company") amended and restated the CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan 2000 Restatement, as amended ("Grandfathered Plan")
effective January 1, 2005 to bring it into compliance with Internal Revenue Code
("Code") §409A and the guidance then available thereunder and to make certain
other amendments thereto (the "2005 Restatement"). This document
again amends and restates the 2005 Restatement effective January 1, 2008 to
comply with the final Treasury Regulations under Code §409A and to make certain
other changes, and shall hereinafter sometimes be referred to as the
"Plan". This amendment and restatement makes no changes to the
Grandfathered Plan.
With
respect to each Participant, the Grandfathered Plan shall continue to apply to
amounts deferred in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2005 if before
January 1, 2005 the Participant had a legally binding right to be paid the
amount and the right to the amount was earned and vested, as provided in
Treasury Regulations §1.409A-6(a)(2). The amount of the compensation
deferred before January 1, 2005 shall be calculated as provided in Treasury
Regulations §1.409A-6(a)(3), increased as permitted therein for subsequent
calendar years. In addition, the Grandfathered Plan shall apply to
the vested benefit payable to a spouse or other beneficiary as of December 31,
2004, whether or not the benefit was then in pay status.
The
Committee shall compute and attach hereto the amounts deferred with respect to
each Participant, spouse or other beneficiary as of December 31, 2004 and shall
hold such benefits subject to the Grandfathered Plan, as if this Plan did not
exist. Any benefits not subject to the Grandfathered Plan shall be
governed by this Plan. In no case shall the same benefit be paid
under both plans, and, in this sense, any benefits payable under this Plan shall
be offset by any benefits payable under the Grandfathered Plan.
I.
Purpose of the
Plan
1.01
This
Plan is intended to provide CenturyTel, Inc. and its subsidiaries with a method
for attracting and retaining key employees, to provide a method for recognizing
the contributions of such personnel, and to promote executive and managerial
flexibility, thereby advancing the interests of CenturyTel, Inc. and its
stockholders, by providing retirement benefits in addition to those provided
under the general retirement programs of CenturyTel, Inc. The Plan is
not intended to constitute a qualified plan under Code §401(a) and is designed
to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary
responsibility rules of ERISA. The Plan is intended to comply with
Code §409A.
II.
Definitions
As
used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, unless
the context otherwise specifies or requires:
2.01
"ACCRUED BENEFIT"
shall mean,
as of Normal Retirement Date, an amount equal to the basic monthly benefit to
which a Participant is entitled in accordance with Section 5.01 using his
Average Monthly Compensation, Estimated Social Security Benefit and Credited
Service determined as of his Normal Retirement Date. "Accrued Benefit", as of
any given date other than Normal Retirement Date, shall mean an amount equal to
the basic monthly benefit to which a Participant is entitled in accordance with
Section 5:01 using his Average Monthly Compensation, Estimated Social Security
Benefit and Credited Service as of such given date, in lieu of Normal Retirement
Date.
2.02
"ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT"
shall
mean the equivalent in value of the amounts expected to be received under the
Plan under different forms of payment or commencing at different
times.
For
purposes of the determination of the present value of a Participant's Accrued
Benefit, actuarial equivalency shall be based upon an interest rate equal to the
annual rate of interest on 30-year United States Treasury securities for the
full calendar month preceding the January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 Plan
quarter that contains the date of distribution, and the 1983 Group Annuity
Mortality Table (50% male, 50% female) for pre-retirement and post-retirement
mortality.
For all
other purposes, actuarial equivalency shall be based upon an interest assumption
of 5%, and the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (50% male, 50% female) for
pre-retirement and post-retirement mortality.
2.03
"AVERAGE MONTHLY COMPENSATION"
shall mean the average of the 36 consecutive months' Compensation of a
Participant which produce the highest average out of the last 120 months of
participation. Any period of unpaid Leave of Absence will be excluded for
purposes of determining Average Monthly Compensation, and periods of service
preceding and following an unpaid Leave of Absence may be combined. If a
Participant's period of participation is less than 36 months, Average Monthly
Compensation shall be determined utilizing all of the Participant's months of
service. If a Participant ceases to be a Participant for at least 1
year and thereafter again becomes a Participant, he shall be treated as a new
Participant who had not been a Participant previously for purposes of computing
Average Monthly Compensation for periods after his new participation
date.
2.04
"BENEFIT SERVICE"
shall mean
employment for which a Participant is entitled to receive service credit for
accrual of benefits under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article
IV. If a Participant ceases to be a Participant for at least 1 year
and thereafter again becomes a Participant, he shall be treated as a new
Participant who has not been a Participant previously for purposes of computing
Benefit Service for periods after his new participation date.
2.05
"CHANGE IN CONTROL"
shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following:
(a)
the
acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or more of the
outstanding shares of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share (the "Common
Stock") of CenturyTel, Inc., or 30% or more of the combined voting power of
CenturyTel, Inc.'s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors;
provided, however,
that for
purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute
a Change of Control:
(i)
any
acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as defined below) which
constitutes a Change of Control under paragraph (c) below) of Common Stock
directly from CenturyTel, Inc.,
(ii)
any
acquisition of Common Stock by CenturyTel, Inc. or its
subsidiaries,
(iii)
any
acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
sponsored or maintained by CenturyTel, Inc. or any corporation controlled by
CenturyTel, Inc., or
(iv)
any
acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a Business
Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under paragraph (c)
below; or
(b)
individuals
who, as of January 1, 2006, constitute the Board of Directors of CenturyTel,
Inc. (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board of Directors;
provided, however,
that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or
nomination for election by CenturyTel, Inc., Inc.'s shareholders, was approved
by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such
individual's initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or
threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors
or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on
behalf of a person other than the Incumbent Board; or
(c)
consummation
of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such
transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of CenturyTel, Inc.), or
sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
CenturyTel, Inc. (a "Business Combination"
); provided, however,
that in
no such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if
immediately following such Business Combination:
(i)
the
individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of CenturyTel, Inc.'s
outstanding Common Stock and CenturyTel, Inc.'s voting securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business
Combination have direct or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more
than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, and more than 50% of
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving or successor
corporation, or, if applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the
"Post-Transaction Corporation"), and
(ii)
except
to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no
person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan
or related trust of either CenturyTel, Inc., the Post-Transaction Corporation or
any subsidiary of either corporation) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
20% or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the corporation
resulting from such Business Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of each corporation,
and
(iii)
at
least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of
the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of
Directors, providing for such Business Combination; or
(d)
approval
by the shareholders of CenturyTel, Inc. of a complete liquidation or dissolution
of CenturyTel, Inc.
For
purposes of this definition, the term "person" shall mean a natural person or
entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more
persons act as a syndicate or other group (including, without limitation, a
partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or
disposing of a security, except that "person" shall not include an underwrite
temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the
security.
2.06
"COMMITTEE"
shall mean the
CenturyTel Retirement Committee.
2.07
"COMPENSATION COMMITTEE"
shall
mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company.
2.08
"COMPANY"
shall mean
CenturyTel, Inc., any Subsidiary thereof, and any affiliate designated by the
Company as a participating employer under this Plan.
2.09
"COMPENSATION"
shall mean the
sum of a Participant's Salary and Incentive Compensation for a particular
month.
2.10
"DISABLED" OR "DISABILITY"
shall have the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(4).
Specifically, "Disabled" or "Disability" shall mean that, by reason of any
medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to
result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than 12 months, a Participant is (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful
activity or (ii) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less
than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the
Participant’s Employer. A Participant will be deemed disabled if
determined to be disabled in accordance with the Employer’s disability program,
provided that the definition of disability under such disability insurance
program complies with the definition in the preceding sentence. Also,
a Participant will be deemed disabled if determined to be totally disabled by
the Social Security Administration.
2.11
"EFFECTIVE DATE"
of this Plan
shall mean January 1, 2008 for Participants employed and participating in the
Plan as of such date, except as may otherwise be provided in specific Articles
or Sections hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amendments contained in
this Plan shall not apply to any deferrals governed by the Grandfathered
Plan.
2.12
"EMPLOYER"
shall mean
CenturyTel, Inc., any Subsidiary thereof, and any affiliate designated by the
Company as a participating employer under this Plan.
2.13
"ERISA"
shall mean the
Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended.
2.14
"ESTIMATED SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFIT"
shall mean the monthly primary insurance amount calculated to be
available at age 65 based on the Social Security law in effect on the
Participant's Normal Retirement Date or an earlier date of determination. The
primary insurance amount of a Participant who terminates prior to Normal
Retirement Date shall be based on the assumption that the Participant earns no
compensation between his termination date and his Normal Retirement
Date.
2.15
"INCENTIVE COMPENSATION"
shall
mean the monthly equivalent of the amount awarded to a Participant under the
Company's Key Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, or other incentive
compensation arrangement maintained by the Company, including the amount of any
stock award in its cash equivalent at the time of conversion of the award from
cash to stock. A Participant's Incentive Compensation shall be determined on a
monthly basis by dividing the amount of the Incentive Compensation award by the
number of months to which the award relates. Each award of Incentive
Compensation shall, for purposes of this Plan, be allocated to the month or
months to which the award relates, i.e., that period of time during which the
award was earned.
2.16
"LEAVE OF ABSENCE"
shall mean
any extraordinary absence authorized by the Employer under the Employer's
standard personnel practices.
2.17
"NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE"
shall
mean the first day of the month coincident with or next following a
Participant's 65th birthday.
2.18
"PARTICIPANT"
shall mean any
officer of the Employer who is granted participation in the Plan in accordance
with the provisions of Article III.
2.19
"PLAN"
shall mean this Amended
and Restated CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement
Plan.
2.20
"RETIREMENT PLAN"
shall mean
the CenturyTel Retirement Plan (as amended and restated effective December 31,
2006).
2.21
"SALARY"
shall mean the
monthly equivalent of a Participant's base rate of pay, exclusive, however, of
bonus payments, overtime payments, commissions, imputed income on life
Insurance, vehicle allowances, relocation expenses, severance payments, and any
other extra Compensation.
2.22
"SPECIFIED EMPLOYEE"
shall
mean a Participant who is a key employee of the Employer under Treasury
Regulations §1.409A-1(i) because of final and binding action taken by the Board
of Directors of the Company or its Compensation Committee, or by operation of
law or such regulation.
2.23
"SUBSIDIARY"
shall mean any
corporation in which CenturyTel, Inc. owns, directly or indirectly through
subsidiaries, at least 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of
stock.
2.24
"VESTING SERVICE"
shall mean
employment for which a Participant is entitled to receive service credit for
vesting in benefits under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article
IV.
III.
Participation
3.01
Any
employee who is either one of the officers of the Employer in a position to
contribute materially to the continued growth and future financial success of
the Employer, or one who has made a significant contribution to the Employer's
operations, thereby meriting special recognition, shall be eligible to
participate provided the following requirements are met:
(a)
The
officer is employed on a full-time basis by the Employer and is compensated by a
regular salary; and
(b)
The
coverage of the officer is duly approved by the Compensation
Committee.
3.02
If
a Participant who retired or otherwise terminated employment is rehired, he
shall not again become a Participant in the Plan unless the coverage of the
officer is again duly approved by the Compensation Committee.
3.03
It
is intended that participation in this Plan shall be extended only to those
officers who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated
employees, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
3.04
Any
officer who is currently a Participant in the Grandfathered Plan as of the
effective date of this Plan shall continue to be a Participant in the Plan as
amended and restated, subject, however, to the right of the Compensation
Committee to exclude the Participant from participation in future
years.
IV.
Vesting Service and Benefit
Service.
4.01
For
a Participant whose effective date of participation in the Plan, as designated
by the Compensation Committee, is prior to January 1, 2000, Vesting Service for
vesting of benefits hereunder, and Benefit Service for purposes of accrual of
benefits hereunder, shall be credited for each year of employment with the
Employer, calculated in completed years and months regardless of the number of
hours worked. Vesting Service and Benefit Service will include all years of
service with the Employer, including years of service prior to becoming an
officer of the Employer and years of service following Normal Retirement
Date. In addition, periods of Leave of Absence shall count as periods
of Vesting Service and Benefit Service. A fraction of a year of Vesting Service
and Benefit Service will be given for completed months during the year of
termination of employment of a Participant.
4.02
For
a Participant whose effective date of participation in the Plan, as designated
by the Compensation Committee, is on or after January 1, 2000, Vesting Service
and Benefit Service will only be credited for years commencing as of the year in
which the Participant's participation in the Plan is effective, and will not
include years prior to the Participant's effective date of participation in the
Plan.
4.03
Notwithstanding
the provisions of Sections 4.01 and 4.02, a Participant who terminates
employment with the Employer and is subsequently re-hired, or a Participant who
ceases to actively participate in the Plan for any other reason, shall receive
credit for purposes of Vesting Service and Benefit Service for his service after
his re-employment or cessation of active participation only for such periods of
service during which he is an active participant in the Plan. A Participant
shall not receive service credit after his re-employment or cessation of active
participation for periods of service during which he is not an active
participant in the Plan.
4.04
At
the discretion of the Compensation Committee, service with a predecessor
employer may be credited for purposes of vesting or benefit accrual under this
Plan. If any such service is credited to a Participant for benefit accrual
purposes, the benefit payable under this Plan shall be reduced by any benefit
payable from the prior employer. The Compensation Committee shall make a
determination whether any service with a predecessor employer will be credited
to a Participant prior to the Participant's commencement of participation in
this Plan, and such determination, once made, shall be irrevocable. If no
determination is made by the Compensation Committee prior to a Participant's
commencement of participation in this Plan, service with a predecessor employer
by such Participant shall not be credited for any purpose under this
Plan.
V.
Normal
Retirement
5.01
Subject
to the provisions of Articles XIV and XV, the monthly retirement benefit payable
to a Participant on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to (a) plus (b)
less (c) less (d) plus (e) less (f), where:
(a)
is
3% of Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by Benefit Service, not greater
than 10 years.
(b)
is
1% of Average Monthly Compensation multiplied by Benefit Service, for Benefit
Service years greater than 10 years and not greater than 25 years.
(c)
is
4% of Estimated Social Security Benefit, multiplied by Benefit Service, not
greater than 25 years.
(d)
the
benefit provided under Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Retirement Plan.
(e)
the
sum of the amounts determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(1) and (2) of the
Retirement Plan, computed without taking into account the limitations contained
in Sections 5.7 and 2.14(d) and (e). Years of Credited Service will
be determined under Section 2.51 of the Retirement Plan.
(f)
the
benefit payable under Sections 6.1(a)(1), (2) and (3) of the Retirement Plan and
Article IV of the CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Defined Benefit
Plan.
5.02
The
normal form of payment of a Participant's normal retirement benefit shall be an
annuity payable for the life of the Participant.
5.03
The
amount of monthly benefit payable to a Participant, as computed under Section
5.01, shall be increased annually to reflect increases in cost of living, at a
rate of 3% per annum, starting with the year of benefit commencement. This
increase shall take into effect as of January 1 of each year; provided, however,
that the initial amount of increase for a Participant who commences receiving
distributions in a year, effective as of the following January 1, shall be
pro-rated, based on the number of months in such year during which the
Participant received distributions. The 3% annual increase will be
calculated with regard to Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (c) only.
VI.
Late
Retirement
6.01
If
a Participant remains employed beyond his Normal Retirement Date, his late
retirement date will be the first day of the month coincident with or next
following his actual date of retirement, subject to the provisions of Articles
XIV and XV.
6.02
A
Participant's late retirement benefit will be calculated in accordance with
Sections 5.01, based on his Average Monthly Compensation and Benefit Service as
of his late retirement date. His Estimated Social Security Benefit
will be computed as of his Normal Retirement Date based on the Social Security
law in effect on such date.
VII.
Early
Retirement,
7.01
A
Participant who has attained age 55, and who has completed 10 or more years of
Benefit Service, is eligible for early retirement. An eligible Participant's
early retirement date is the first day of the month coincident with or next
following the date he terminates employment, subject of Articles XIV and
XV.
7.02
A
Participant who has completed ten 10 years of Benefit Service as of the date of
his termination of employment, but who has not yet attained age 55 as of such
date, shall be eligible for early retirement upon attainment of age 55. Such
Participant's early retirement date shall be the first day of the month
coincident with or next following the date on which he attains age 55, subject
to the provisions of Articles XIV and XV.
7.03
A
Participant's early retirement benefit is 100% of his Accrued Benefit computed
as of his early retirement date calculated as if it were payable at his Normal
Retirement Date. An active Participant's early retirement benefit
shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date
under Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (c) reduced for early retirement in accordance
with Section 7.04, 7.05 or 7.06, less the benefit payable under Section
6.1(a)(4) of the Retirement Plan reduced according to Section 6.2 of the
Retirement Plan, plus the benefit payable under Section 5.01(e) reduced
according to Section 6.2 of the Retirement Plan, less the benefit payable under
Section 5.01(f) reduced for early retirement according to Section 6.2 of the
Retirement Plan. A terminated Participant's early retirement benefit
shall be equal to his Accrued Benefit payable at his Normal Retirement Date
under Sections 5.01(a), (b) and (c) reduced for early retirement according to
Section 7.04, 7.05 or 7.06, less the benefit payable under Section 6.1(a)(4) of
the Retirement Plan reduced according to Section 6.6 of the Retirement Plan,
plus the benefit payable under Section 5.01(e) reduced according to Section 6.6
of the Retirement Plan, less the benefit payable under Section 5.01(f) reduced
for early retirement according to Section 6.6 of the Retirement
Plan.
7.04
Upon
early retirement, a Participant who has attained age 55 and has completed 10 or
more but fewer than 15 years of Benefit Service shall receive his Accrued
Benefit computed under Section 7.03 on his early retirement date reduced
according to the following schedule:
Age at Commencement
|
Percentage of Accrued
Benefit
|
55
|
50%
|
56
|
53⅓%
|
57
|
56⅔%
|
58
|
60%
|
59
|
63⅓%
|
60
|
66⅔%
|
61
|
73⅓%
|
62
|
80%
|
63
|
86⅔%
|
64
|
93⅓%
|
65
|
100%
|
7.05
Upon
early retirement, a Participant who has attained age 55 and has completed 15 or
more but fewer than 25 years of Benefit Service shall receive his Accrued
Benefit computed under Section 7.03 on his early retirement date reduced
according to the following schedule:
Age at Commencement
|
Percentage of Accrued
Benefit
|
55
|
70%
|
56
|
73%
|
57
|
76%
|
58
|
79%
|
59
|
82%
|
60
|
85%
|
61
|
88%
|
62
|
91%
|
63
|
94%
|
64
|
97%
|
65
|
100%
|
7.06
Upon
early retirement, a Participant who has attained age 55 and has completed 25 or
more years of Benefit Service shall receive his Accrued Benefit computed under
Section 7.03 on his early retirement date reduced according to the following
schedule:
Age at Commencement
|
Percentage of Accrued
Benefit
|
55
|
80%
|
56
|
82%
|
57
|
84%
|
58
|
86%
|
59
|
88%
|
60
|
90%
|
61
|
92%
|
62
|
94%
|
63
|
96%
|
64
|
98%
|
65
|
100%
|
VIII.
Disability
8.01
A
Participant who becomes Disabled prior to retirement or termination of service
will be entitled to a Disability benefit computed in accordance with Section
8.02.
8.02
A
Participant's Disability benefit will be calculated in accordance with Sections
5.01(a), (b) and (c) based on (1) his Average Monthly Compensation projected to
Normal Retirement Date assuming his Compensation as of the date of his
Disability remains constant, (2) his projected service to Normal Retirement Date
and (3) his Estimated Social Security Benefit based on the Social Security law
in effect on the date of his Disability, less the amount determined under
Section 5.01(d), plus the amount determined under Section 5.01(e) less the
amount determined under Section 5.01(f) in accordance with Section 6.4 of the
Retirement Plan. If a Participant subsequently participates in the
Plan, such Participant's service attributable to his subsequent participation
shall not be credited for any purpose under the Plan so that there will be no
double counting taking into account (2) above.
8.03
A
Participant's disability benefit shall commence on his Normal Retirement Date,
provided that if the Participant's Disability was caused by or contributed to by
mental disorders or medical or surgical treatment of mental disorders, his
disability benefit shall commence on the later of his 55th birthday or 2 years
after he became mentally Disabled, reduced as provided in Sections 7.05 or 7.06,
if applicable, or otherwise as provided in Section 7.03, subject to the
provisions of Articles XIV and XV.
IX.
Death
Benefit
9.01
Upon
the death of a Participant who is actively employed or on Leave of Absence at
the time of his death, or who has retired or become Disabled and has not
commenced receiving benefit payments hereunder, the Participant's beneficiary
(as determined under Section 9.05) will be entitled to receive a monthly death
benefit determined in accordance with Section 9.02.
9.02
The
monthly death benefit payable under Section 9.01 to the beneficiary of a
Participant shall be equal to (a) less (b) less (c), where:
|
(a)
|
is
36% of Average Monthly Compensation projected to his Normal Retirement
Date assuming his Compensation as of his date of death remains constant
until his Normal Retirement Date.
|
|
(b)
|
the
amount of Estimated Social Security Benefit, based on the Social Security
law in effect as of the date of his death or age 65, if earlier, received
by the beneficiary, or to which the beneficiary may be entitled, as
determined by the Committee.
|
|
(c)
|
the
death benefit attributable to Section 6.1(a)(4) of the Retirement
Plan.
|
9.03
Upon
the death of a Participant who has terminated employment prior to death for
reasons other than retirement or Disability, and who was 100% vested under the
vesting schedule contained in Section 10.01 at the time of termination of
employment, the Participant's beneficiary (as determined under Section 9.05)
will be entitled to receive a monthly death benefit computed as
follows:
50% of
the Accrued Benefit of the Participant as of his date of termination of
employment.
9.04
Subject
to the provisions of Articles XIV and XV, the monthly death benefit determined
under Section 9.01 or 9.03 shall commence as of the date on which the
Participant would have reached the Normal Retirement Date applicable to the
Participant, or date of death, if later; provided, however, that the benefit
payable to the surviving spouse of the Participant shall commence on the date
specified in Sections 7.04, 7.05, 7.06 or 10.02.
9.05
The
beneficiary of a Participant who is married on the date of his death shall be
his spouse. The beneficiary of an unmarried Participant shall be his living
children as of his date of death.
9.06
The
death benefit shall be paid to the surviving spouse, if any, of the Participant
for the surviving spouse’s life. If the Participant is unmarried at the date of
death, or if the surviving spouse dies subsequent to the Participant's death,
the death benefit shall be paid to the Participant's surviving child or children
(or legal representative of any minor child) in equal shares. The death benefit
payable to a child shall terminate upon the later of the child's attainment of
age 19 or age 23, if a full-time student at an accredited educational
institution, and such share shall thereafter revert to and be payable equally to
the remaining surviving children of the Participant until the interest of each
such surviving child has terminated.
9.07
If
a Participant has no surviving spouse or children at the date of the
Participant’s death, no death benefit shall be paid under this
Plan.
X.
Termination of
Service
10.01
If
a Participant terminates service prior to death, Disability or retirement, his
Accrued Benefit shall be vested in accordance with the following
schedule:
Years of Vesting Service
|
Vested %
|
|
|
less
than 5
|
0
%
|
5
or more
|
100%
|
10.02
A
Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is computed as if it were payable at his
Normal Retirement Date. If the Participant does not meet the service
requirements of Sections 7.01 or 7.02, his Vested Accrued Benefit is payable at
his Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant meets the service
requirements for early retirement pursuant to Section 7.01 or 7.02, his benefit
shall commence on the first day of the month coincident with or next following
the date of termination of employment, reduced as provided in Section 7.04, 7.05
or 7.06, as applicable. The provisions of this Section 10.02 are
subject to the provisions of Articles XIV and XV.
XI.
Change in
Control
11.01
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan or in any applicable law or regulation,
upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control, (ii) the date
that any person or entity submits an offer or proposal to the Company that
results in or leads to a Change in Control (whether by such person or any other
person) or (iii) the date of the public announcement of a Change in Control or
an offer, proposal or proxy solicitation that results in or leads to a Change in
Control (whether by the person or entity making such announcement or any other
person) (the earliest of such dates being hereinafter referred to as the
"Effective Date"), the Accrued Benefit of each Participant (other than any
Participant whose service as an employee was terminated prior to full vesting of
his Accrued Benefit under Section 10.01) and the benefits conferred under this
Section shall automatically vest and thereafter may not be adversely affected in
any matter without the prior written consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change in
Control any Participant who is then employed by CenturyTel, Inc. or its
subsidiaries ("Active Participants") shall have an irrevocable right to receive,
and the Company shall be irrevocably obligated to pay, a lump sum cash payment
in an amount determined pursuant to this Section if, during a period commencing
upon the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the occurrence of
the Change in Control, the Active Participants voluntarily or involuntarily
separates from service ("Termination"). The lump sum cash payment payable to
Active Participants under this Section (the "Lump Sum Payment") shall be paid on
the date of Termination, subject to the provisions of Articles XIV and
XV.
11.02
The amount of each Lump Sum Payment
shall be determined as follows:
(a)
With
respect to any Active Participant who, after giving effect to the terms of
Subsection (d) below, is eligible as of the date of Termination to receive
benefits under Articles V or VI of this Plan, the Lump Sum Payment shall equal
the Present Value (as defined below) of the stream of payments to which such
participant would have otherwise been entitled to receive immediately upon
Termination in accordance with Articles V or VI of this Plan (assuming such
benefits are paid in the form of a lifetime annuity), based upon such
participant's Average Monthly Compensation, Estimated Social Security Benefit
and Benefit Service as of the date of Termination, without giving effect to any
salary reductions that gave rise to such Termination, but after giving effect to
the terms of Subsection (d) below.
(b)
With
respect to any Active Participant who, after giving effect to the terms of
Subsection (d) below, is not eligible as of the date of Termination to receive
benefits under Articles V, VI or VII of this Plan, the Lump Sum Payment shall
equal the product of (1) the Present Value, calculated as of age 65, of the
stream of payments to which such participant would have otherwise been entitled
to receive at age 65 in accordance with the terms of this Plan based on the same
assumptions and terms set forth in subsection (a) above, multiplied times (2)
such discount factor as is necessary to reduce the amount determined under (1)
above to its present value, it being understood that in calculating such
discount factor, no discount shall be applied to reflect the possibility that
such participant may die prior to attaining age 65.
(c)
With
respect to any Active Participant who, after giving effect to the terms of
subsection (d) below, is eligible as of the date of Termination to receive
benefits under Article VII of the Plan, the Lump Sum Payment shall equal the
greater of (1) the Present Value of the stream of payments to which such
Participant would have otherwise been entitled to receive immediately upon
Termination in accordance with Article VII of this Plan, based upon the
assumptions and terms set forth in subsection (a) above, or (2) the Present
Value, calculated as of age 65, of the stream of payments to which such
Participant would otherwise be entitled to receive at age 65 in accordance with
this Plan, determined in the same manner and subject to the same assumptions and
terms set forth in subsection (b) above.
(d)
In
calculating the Lump Sum Payment due to any Active Participant under this
Section, the number of years of Benefit Service of the Active Participant shall
be deemed to equal the number of years determinable under the other sections of
this Plan plus three years and the Active Participant's age shall be deemed to
equal his actual age plus three years; provided, however, that in no event shall
the provisions of this Subsection be applicable if the application thereof will
reduce the Active Participant's Lump Sum Payment from the amount that would
otherwise be payable with the addition of less than three years of service, age
or both.
(e)
As
used in this Section with respect to any amount, the "Present Value" of such
amount shall mean the discounted value of such amount that is determined by
making customary present value calculations in accordance with generally
accepted actuarial principles, provided that (1) the discount interest rate
applied in connection therewith shall equal the interest rate for AAA rated, tax
exempt Insured Revenue Bonds with Five Year maturity as quoted by the Bond
Market Association (BMA) as of the first day of the calendar quarter for which
the calculations are performed or, in the event such index is no longer
published, any similar index for comparable municipal securities and (2) the
mortality tables applied in connection therewith shall be "1983 Group Annuity
Mortality Table (50% male/50% female)" as prescribed by the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation or any successor table prescribed by such
organization.
11.03
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change in
Control Event as defined in Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), each Participant who has
already begun to receive periodic payments under this Plan ("Retired
Participants") shall have an irrevocable and unconditional right to receive, and
the Company shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to pay, a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the Participant's future
stream of payments which would otherwise be payable under this Plan. Such lump
sum payment shall be paid on the first day of the month following the date of
the Change of Control Event. The Company shall offer to assist such Participant
in purchasing at such Participant's cost an annuity for the benefit of such
Participant.
11.04
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan, upon the occurrence of Change in Control
as defined in Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), any Participant (other than a Retired
Participant) who is then a former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries
whose Accrued Benefit is vested under Section 10.01 ("Inactive Participants")
shall have an irrevocable and unconditional right to receive, and the Company
shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to pay, a lump sum payment in
an amount determined in the manner provided in Section 11.02(b) or (c), as
applicable; provided, however, that no Inactive Participant will be entitled to
the benefits of Section 11.02(d). Such lump sum payment shall be paid on the
first day of the month following the date of the Change of Control
Event.
XII.
Form of Benefit
Payment
12.01
The
normal form of benefit payment for a Participant who is not married on his
benefit commencement date is an annuity payable monthly for the lifetime of the
Participant or in the case of a Participant who is married on his benefit
commencement date, the normal form of benefit payment is an Actuarially
Equivalent annuity payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant and a
survivor annuity payable monthly to the spouse (if living) upon the
Participant's death which is 50% of the amount of the amount of the annuity
payable during the lifetime of the Participant, in each case payable in
accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices with payments
commencing as of the first day of the month following the Participant’s benefit
commencement date.
12.02
A
Participant may, before any annuity payment has been made, elect the optional
form of payment which is the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant's basic
monthly pension, which shall commence at the time specified in Sections
12.01. The optional form of payment is as follows:
Alternative
Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(a)
Under
an Alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity, a reduced amount shall be payable to
the Participant for his lifetime. The beneficiary, whether or not the
Participant's spouse, if surviving at the Participant's death, shall be entitled
to receive thereafter a lifetime survivor benefit in an amount equal to 100% of
the reduced amount that had been payable to the Participant. If the
beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse who is entitled to a 50% survivor
annuity under Section 12.01, the Participant may elect that the survivor annuity
be 50% of the reduced amount payable to the Participant.
(b)
The
reduced amount payable to the retired Participant shall be the Actuarial
Equivalent of the amount determined under Articles V, VI, VII, VIII or X, as the
case may be. The appropriate actuarial factor shall be determined for
any Participant and his beneficiary as of the commencement date of the
Participant’s benefit.
(c)
If
the Participant designates any individual other than his spouse as his
beneficiary, the annual amount of the Participant's annuity under the
Alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be less than 50% of the annual
benefit calculated as a single life annuity, and the beneficiary's survivor
annuity under the Alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be reduced to the
extent necessary to reflect any adjustment required by this paragraph (c) in the
amount of the Participant’s annuity under the Alternative Joint and Survivor
Annuity.
XIII.
Reemployment of
Participants
13.01
If
a Participant who retired or otherwise terminated employment for any reason and
commenced receiving benefits under the Plan is later rehired by the Company,
benefit payments shall continue as if the Participant had not been rehired. The
Participant's benefits upon his subsequent retirement or termination of
employment for any reason shall be determined as follows:
(a)
If a Participant retires on his Normal Retirement Date, the monthly retirement
benefit shall be determined pursuant to Article V, reduced by the Actuarial
Equivalent of the benefit payments the Participant previously
received.
(b)
If a Participant remains employed beyond his Normal Retirement Date, the
late retirement benefit payable to a Participant upon his late retirement shall
be determined pursuant to Article VI, reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the
benefit payments the Participant previously received.
(c)
If a Participant retires prior to his Normal Retirement Date and is
eligible for early retirement according to Section 7.01 or 7.02, the early
retirement benefit payable to a Participant shall be determined pursuant to
Section 7.03, 7.04, 7.05 or 7.06, reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the
benefit payments the Participant previously received.
(d)
The benefit payable under paragraphs (a) through (c) above shall not be
less than the amount he received from his previous retirement or from his
previous termination of employment for any reason.
(e)
The benefit payable under paragraphs (a) through (c) above shall be in
the same form as the Participant was receiving.
XIV.
Acceleration of
Payments.
14.01
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan, if the single sum value of the Participant’s,
Beneficiary’s or Spouse’s benefit under the Plan and all other plans that would
be treated as a single plan with this Plan pursuant to Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-1(c)(2) does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Code
§402(g)(1)(B) ($15,500 in 2008), then such amount shall be paid in one lump sum
to the person entitled to payment on the date the first annuity payment would
otherwise be paid under this Plan. Such payment is mandatory but
shall only occur if the Participant’s interest under the Plan (as determined in
accordance with Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c)(2)) is terminated and
liquidated in its entirety in conjunction with the payment.
14.02
If
at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Code §409A, an amount
equal to the amount required to be included in the Participant's income as a
result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code §409A shall be
paid to the Participant in one lump sum on the first day of the month following
the Company’s determination that the failure has occurred.
14.03
If
the Plan receives a domestic relations order as defined in Code §414(p)(1)(B)
and ERISA §206(d)(3)(B)(ii), the Committee shall accelerate the time or schedule
of a payment to an individual other than the Participant in order to fulfill
such order, provided that the provisions of ERISA §206(d)(3)(C) through (F)
shall apply as if this Plan were governed by Part 2 of Title I of
ERISA.
14.04
The
Committee shall accelerate the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan as
may be necessary: (1) to comply with an ethics agreement between the Participant
and the Federal government, or (2) to comply with applicable Federal, state,
local or foreign ethics laws or conflict of interest laws; each as described in
Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii).
XV.
Delay of
Payments
15.01
A
payment otherwise due hereunder shall be delayed to a date after the designated
payment date under the following circumstances:
(
a)
Notwithstanding
any other provision hereof, payments hereunder which constitute deferred
compensation under Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and which
are not exempt from coverage by Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations
thereunder shall commence, if the Participant is then a Specified Employee and
payment is triggered by the Participant's termination of employment, on the
first day of the seventh month following the date of the Specified Employee's
termination of employment, or, if earlier, the date of death of the Specified
Employee. On the first day of such seventh month or on the first day
of the month following the earlier death of the Specified Employee, the
Specified Employee or his estate or spouse, as the case may be, shall be paid in
a lump sum the amount that the Specified Employee would have been paid hereunder
over the preceding six months (or, if earlier, the months preceding the date of
death) but for the fact that he was a Specified
Employee. Nevertheless, for all other purposes of this Agreement, the
payments shall be deemed to have commenced on the date they would have had the
Employee not been a Specified Employee, and payment of any remaining benefits
shall be made as otherwise scheduled hereunder.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any other provision hereof, a Participant shall not have separated from service
with the Employer on account of termination of employment for reasons other than
death if he would not be deemed to have experienced a termination of employment
under the default rules of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h).
(c)
Payments
that would violate loan covenants or other contractual terms to which the
Employer is a party, where such a violation would result in material harm to the
Employer (in such case, payment will be made at the earliest date at which the
Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause
such violation, or such violation will not cause material harm to the
Employer).
(d)
Payment
where the Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will
violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the
payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably
anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such
violation. (The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in
gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of
the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law).
(e)
Payments
the deduction for which the Employer reasonably anticipates would be limited by
the application of Code §162(m) (in such case, payment will be made at either
the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably anticipates that the
deduction of the payment will not be so limited or the calendar year in which
the Participant separates from service).
(f)
Payment
may also be delayed upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin.
XVI.
Additional Restrictions on
Benefit Payments
16.01
In
no event will there be a duplication of benefits payable under the Plan because
of employment by more than one participating Employer.
XVII.
Administration and
Interpretation
17.01
The
Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have
full power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan and, subject to
the provisions herein set forth, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the
administration of the Plan.
17.02
The
decision of the Committee relating to any question concerning or involving the
interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive.
XVIII.
Nature of the
Plan
18.01
Benefits
under the Plan shall generally be payable by the Employer from its own funds,
and such benefits shall not (i) impose any obligation upon the trust(s) of the
other employee benefit programs of the Employer; (ii) be paid from such
trust(s); nor (iii) have any effect whatsoever upon the amount or payment of
benefits under the other employee benefit programs of the Employer. Participants
have only an unsecured right to receive benefits under the Plan from the
Employer as general creditors of the Employer. The Employer may deposit amounts
in a trust established by the Employer for the purpose of funding the Employer's
obligations under the Plan. Participants and their beneficiaries, however, have
no secured interest or special claim to the assets of such trust, and the assets
of the trust shall be subject to the payment of claims of general creditors of
the Employer upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Employer, as provided in
the trust.
XIX.
Employment
Relationship
19.01
An
employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company and its
subsidiaries as long as he remains an employee of either the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company, or any corporation to which substantially all of the
assets and business of the Company are transferred. Nothing in the adoption of
this Plan nor the designation of any Participant shall confer on any employee
the right to continued employment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company,
or affect in any way the right of the Company or such Subsidiary to terminate
his employment at any time. Any question as to whether and when there has been a
termination of an employee's employment, and the cause, notice or other
circumstances of such termination, shall be determined by the Board, and its
determination shall be final.
XX.
Amendment and Termination of
Plan
20.01
The
Company may terminate the Plan and accelerate any payments due (or that may
become due) under the Plan:
(a)
Within
12 months of a corporate dissolution of the Company taxed under Code §331, or
with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A),
provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the
Participant's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the
termination occurs, (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (iii) the first calendar year in
which the payment is administratively practicable.
(b)
Within
the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a Change in Control Event (as
defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)) provided that Treasury
Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B) is complied with.
(c)
In
the Company’s discretion, provided that Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(C) is complied with.
(d)
Due
to such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe
in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin.
20.02
The
Company, acting through the Compensation Committee, its Board of Directors, or
any person or entity designated by the Compensation Committee or the Board of
Directors, may amend this Plan. The Retirement Committee cannot amend
the Plan for any reason, unless authorized to do so by the Compensation
Committee or the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan, it is the intention of the Company that no payment
or entitlement pursuant to this Plan will give rise to any adverse tax
consequences to any Participant under Code §409A and Treasury Regulations and
other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including that issued after the
date hereof (collectively, "Section 409A"). This Plan and any amendments hereto
shall be interpreted to that end and (1) to the maximum extent permitted by law,
no effect shall be given to any provision herein, any amendment hereto or any
action taken hereunder in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give
rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A and (2) the Company shall
take any corrective action reasonably within its control that is necessary to
avoid such adverse tax consequences. No amendments shall divest
otherwise vested rights of Participants, their Beneficiaries or
Spouses.
XXI.
Binding
Effect
21.01
This
Plan shall be binding on the Company, each Subsidiary, and any affiliate
designated by the Company as a participating employer under this Plan, the
successors and assigns thereof, and any entity to which substantially all of the
assets or business of the Company, a Subsidiary, or a participating affiliate
are transferred.
XXII.
Reimbursement to
Participants
22.01
After
a Change of Control, the Company shall reimburse any Participant, or beneficiary
thereof, for all expenses, including attorney's fees, actually and reasonably
incurred by the Participant or beneficiary in any proceeding to enforce any of
their rights under this Plan.
XXIII.
Construction
23.01
The
masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the
feminine gender, and the singular may indicate the plural, unless the context
clearly indicates the contrary. The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and
other similar compounds of the word "here" shall, unless otherwise specifically
stated, mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular provision or
Section. Article and Section headings are included for convenience of reference
and are not intended to add to, or subtract from, the terms of the
Plan.
23.02
The
Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that does not give rise to any adverse tax
consequences to any Participant under Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations
and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Any provision of the Plan
that would cause a violation of Code §409A if followed shall be
disregarded.
23.03
Any reference to any section of the Code or the Treasury Regulations
shall be deemed to also refer to any successor provisions thereto.
XXIV.
Demand For
Benefits
24.01
(a)
Filing of
Claims for Benefits
.
Benefits shall
ordinarily be paid to a Participant without the need for demand, and to a
beneficiary upon receipt of the beneficiary's address and Social Security Number
(and evidence of death of the Participant, if needed). Nevertheless,
a Participant or a person claiming to be a beneficiary who claims entitlement to
a benefit can file a claim for benefits in writing with the
Committee.
(b)
Notification
to Claimant of Decision
.
If a claim is
wholly or partially denied, a notice of the decision rendered in accordance with
the rules set forth below will be furnished to the claimant not later than 90
days after receipt of the claim by the Committee.
If
special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the
Committee will give the claimant a written notice of the extension prior to the
end of the initial 90 day period. In no event will the extension
exceed an additional 90 days. The extension notice will indicate the
special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the
Committee expects to render its final decision.
(c)
Content
of Notice
.
The Committee
will provide to every claimant who is denied a claim for benefits written or
electronic notice setting forth in a clear and simple manner:
|
(1)
|
The
specific reason or reasons for
denial;
|
|
(2)
|
Specific
reference to pertinent plan provisions on which denial is
based;
|
|
(3)
|
A
description of any additional material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such materials or
information are necessary; and
|
|
(4)
|
Appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit
his or her claim for review, including a statement of the claimant's right
to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse
determination on review.
|
(d)
Review
Procedure
.
After
the claimant has received written notification of an adverse benefit
determination, the claimant or a duly authorized representative will have 60
days within which to appeal, in writing, such determination. The
claimant may submit written comments, documents, records, and any other
information relevant to the claim for benefits. The Committee will
provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and
copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the
claimant's claim for benefits.
The
review will take into account all items submitted by the claimant, regardless of
whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit
determination.
(e)
Decision
on Review
.
The decision on
review by the Committee will be rendered as promptly as is feasible, but not
later than 60 days after the receipt of a request for review, unless the
Committee in its sole discretion determines that special circumstances require
an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered
as promptly as is feasible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a
request for review.
If an
extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances,
written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before
termination of the initial 60-day review period and shall indicate the special
circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee
expects to render the determination on review.
The
decision on review will be in written or electronic form. In the
event of an adverse benefit determination, the decision shall
contain: (1) specific reasons for the adverse determination,
written in a clear and simple manner; (2) specific references to the
pertinent plan provisions on which the determination is based; (3) a
statement that the claimant may request, free of charge, reasonable access to
and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim
for benefits; and (4) the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA
Section 502(a).
(f)
Failure
to Establish and Follow Reasonable Claims Procedure
.
In the case of
the failure of the Committee to establish or follow claims procedures consistent
with the requirements of Labor Department Regulations Section 2560.503-1, the
claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available
under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedies under
section 502(a) of ERISA on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a
reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the
claim.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF,
CenturyTel,
Inc. has executed this Plan this 10th
day
of December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
|
Executive
Vice President and
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Exhibit
10.3(c)
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
SUPPLEMENTAL DOLLARS &
SENSE PLAN
2008
RESTATEMENT
EFFECTIVE
JANUARY 1, 2008
1.01
This
Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan was established by CenturyTel, Inc. (the
"Company") and its subsidiaries and designated affiliates to provide to certain
select management employees the opportunity to defer a portion of their
compensation in excess of the deferrals permissible under the terms of the
CenturyTel Dollars & Sense 401(k) Plan (the "Dollars & Sense Plan")
maintained by the Company and to allow the Company to make matching
contributions based on such deferrals in excess of those permissible under such
plan. This Plan is not intended to constitute a qualified plan under Section
401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and is
designed to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary
responsibility rules of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"). The Plan is intended to comply with Code
§409A. The Plan was restated effective January 1,
2005. This document again restates the Plan to comply with the final
Treasury Regulations under Code §409A and to make certain other
changes.
As
used in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, unless
the context otherwise specifies or requires:
2.01
ACCOUNT
shall mean the account
established under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.01.
2.02
ACCOUNT BALANCE
, as of a given
date, shall mean the fair market value of a Participant's Account as determined
by the Committee. In 2005, each active Participant was given the
right to elect to have his Account Balance transferred to the CenturyTel
Retirement Plan ("Retirement Plan") to the extent permitted under the QSERP
concept (
i.e.
to the
extent possible given discrimination limitations applicable to the Retirement
Plan). Each Participant's Account Balance was reduced by the amount
which was transferred to the Retirement Plan, if any. In 2005, under
the Code §409A transition rules, each Participant was also given the right to
elect to take a distribution of the portion of his Account Balance that was not
transferred to the Retirement Plan. Each Participant's Account
Balance was reduced by the amount distributed to him in 2005, if
any. Each Participant's Account Balance shall also be reduced by an
amount equal to any Profit Sharing Contribution to such Participant's profit
sharing account in the CenturyTel, Inc. Dollars & Sense Plan at such time
such contribution is made effective for Plan years beginning after
2004. If the Profit Sharing Contribution is made after the end of a
calendar year with respect to the preceding calendar year and is made before the
due date, including extensions, of the Company's income tax return for such
preceding year, the reduction to the Participant’s Account Balance in this Plan
shall also be made with respect to such preceding year.
2.03
BENEFICIARY
shall mean the
person or persons designated by the Participant to receive benefits after the
death of the Participant.
2.04
COMMITTEE
shall mean the
CenturyTel Retirement Committee.
2.05
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
means
the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company.
2.06
EFFECTIVE DATE
of this Plan
shall mean the first day of the first payroll period commencing on or after
January 1, 1995. The effective date of this Restatement shall mean January 1,
2008.
2.07
EMPLOYER
shall mean the
Company, any Subsidiary thereof, and any affiliate designated by the Company as
a participating employer under this Plan.
2.08
EXCESS SALARY
shall mean the
amount of a Participant's compensation upon which the Participant can no longer
make deferral contributions under the Dollars & Sense Plan due to the
application of Code Section 401(a)(17) and 402(g). As provided in
Treasury Regulations §1.409A-2(a)(13), compensation paid after the last day of
the Plan Year solely for services performed during the final payroll period
described in Code section 3401(b) shall be treated as compensation for services
provided for the subsequent calendar year. This does not apply to
Incentive Compensation.
2.09
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION
shall
mean any amount awarded to a Participant under the Company's Key Employee
Incentive Compensation Plan or other executive incentive compensation
arrangement maintained by the Company, including the amount of any stock award
in its cash equivalent at the time of conversion of the award from cash to
stock. A Participant's Incentive Compensation shall be determined on
an annual basis and shall, for purposes of this Plan, be allocated to the year
in which the Participant performed the services with respect to which the
Incentive Compensation was awarded.
2.10
NOTIONAL
shall mean imaginary,
not actual.
2.11
PARTICIPANT
shall mean any
officer of the Company, any Subsidiary thereof, and any designated affiliate,
who is granted participation in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of
Article III.
2.12
PLAN
shall mean the
CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Dollars & Sense Plan, as amended and restated
herein.
2.13
PLAN YEAR
shall mean the
calendar year.
2.14
PROFIT SHARING ACCOUNT
shall
mean an account first established in 2006 and continuing thereafter under this
Plan to which contributions under Section 6.03 were credited. The
Profit Sharing Accounts shall be merged into the Accounts for Participants as of
the Effective Date and the separate existence of Profit Sharing Accounts shall
cease.
2.15
SPECIFIED EMPLOYEE
shall mean
a Participant who is a key employee of the Employer under Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-1(i) because of final and binding action taken by the Board of Directors
of the Company or its Compensation Committee, or by operation of law or such
regulation.
2.16
SUBSIDIARY
shall mean any
corporation in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly through
subsidiaries, at least 50% of the combined voting power of all classes of
stock.
2.17
TRANSFER ACCOUNT
shall mean
the account established under this Plan in accordance with Section
4.01.
III.
Participation
3.01
Any
employee who is either one of the officers of an Employer in a position to
contribute materially to the continued growth and future financial success of an
Employer, or one who has made a significant contribution to the Employer's
operations, thereby meriting special recognition, shall be eligible to
participate provided the following requirements are met:
(a)
The
officer is employed on a full-time basis by an Employer and is compensated by a
regular salary; and
(b)
The
coverage of the officer is duly approved by the Compensation
Committee.
3.02
If
a Participant who retired or otherwise terminated employment is rehired, he
shall not again become a Participant in the Plan unless the coverage of the
officer is again duly approved by the Compensation Committee.
3.03
It
is intended that participation in this Plan shall be extended only to those
officers who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated
employees, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
IV.
Accounts and
Investments
4.01
An
Account shall be established on behalf of each Participant who receives an
allocation pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.02. Each Participant's Account shall
be credited with such allocation, and earnings and gains on his Account Balance,
and shall be debited with distributions, losses, and any expenses properly
chargeable thereto. A Transfer Account has been established on behalf
of each former inactive Participant in the CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Defined
Contribution Plan ("SDC Plan") who elected no later than December 15, 2005 to
have his account balance in that plan transferred to another nonqualified plan
of the Company. Such Transfer Account holds the amount transferred
from the SDC plan to this Plan for each such inactive Participant. No
other amounts shall be accepted as Transfers to a Transfer
Account. Such Transfer Account shall be treated as if it were an
Account under this Plan, except that in lieu of any other earnings, the balance
in each Transfer Account shall be credited with interest at the rate equal to
the 6 month Treasury bill rate adjusted each January 1, and the form of payment
shall be the form of payment the Participant elected under the SDC Plan and not
a lump sum cash payment under Section 9.01. The form of payment the
Participant selected under the SDC Plan cannot be changed.
4.02
Each
Participant shall have the same rights with respect to investment of amounts in
his Account hereunder as are available from time to time under the Dollars &
Sense Plan, as to permissible investment funds, except as provided below.
Investment in securities or other obligations issued by the Employer will not be
available under the Plan. The investment rights of each Participant hereunder
shall extend to all amounts in his Account, including deferral contributions and
matching contributions.
4.03
The
Account Balances of Participants in the Plan shall be revalued as of the end of
each trading day, taking into account the values of the various assets which are
Notional investments of the Accounts and taking into account Notional
contributions or transfers to each Account during the day and Notional
withdrawals or transfers from each Account during the day.
V.
Participant Salary
Deferrals
5.01
Each
Participant shall make separate written elections, prior to the first day of
each Plan Year (or, as to a Participant who first becomes a Participant in the
Plan as of a day other than January 1 and who is not then a participant in any
other account balance plan of or agreement with the Employer governed by Code
§409A that permits elective deferrals by the Participant, as defined in Treasury
Regulations §1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A), within 30 days after the date the Participant
becomes eligible to Participate in the Plan (but only with respect to
compensation paid for services to be performed subsequent to the election) to
defer a portion of his (i) Excess Salary and/or (ii) Incentive Compensation. The
amount of allowable deferral pursuant to each of the Participant's elections
shall be a whole percentage, not to exceed 25%. An election to defer Excess
Salary shall provide for a deferral to be made from each paycheck. An election
to defer Incentive Compensation shall provide for a deferral to be made from the
bonus check representing the cash portion of such
award. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to any Incentive
Compensation which is performance-based, as defined in Treasury Regulations
§1.409A(1)(e), each Participant may make a separate written election no later
than June 30 of the calendar year performance period. Rehires shall
be treated as if they were in their first year of eligibility if they satisfy
the 24 month rule in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-2(a)(7)(ii).
5.02
Any
election made under the terms of Section 5.01 shall be irrevocable until the
succeeding January 1. As permitted by Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-3(j)(4)(viii), a Participant may cancel his deferral election due to an
unforeseeable emergency or a hardship distribution pursuant to Treasury
Regulations §1.401(k)-1(d)(3).
5.03
If
a Participant does not make new elections for a succeeding Plan Year under
Section 5.01, his elections in effect for the current Plan Year shall be deemed
to continue in force and effect as if made for such succeeding Plan
Year.
VI.
Allocations to Participant's
Accounts
6.01
The
Employer shall allocate to each Participant's Account the amount of Excess
Salary and/or Incentive Compensation deferred by such Participant pursuant to an
election made under Section 5.01. The allocation hereunder shall be made as of
the date of the paycheck or bonus check to which the deferral by the Participant
relates.
6.02
The
Employer shall allocate a matching contribution to each Participant's Account
under this Plan each Plan Year equal to the total matching percentage (including
matching and additional matching contributions) for the year provided by the
Dollars & Sense Plan multiplied by the Participant's deferrals under this
Plan.
VII.
Vesting of
Account
7.01
A
Participant's Account Balance shall be fully vested at all times.
7.02
The
Profit Sharing Account of each Participant who was an active employee on
November 6, 2006 shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all
times.
VIII.
Time of Payment and
Beneficiaries,
8.01
Except
as provided in Section 8.02 and Articles X and XI, a Participant's vested
Account Balance is payable immediately upon termination of employment for any
reason.
8.02
The
Account Balance of a deceased Participant shall be paid within 90 days after his
death, and shall be made to his Beneficiary designated on a form provided for
such purpose by the Committee. If the Participant fails to designate a
beneficiary, his Account Balance shall be payable to his surviving spouse or, if
none, to his surviving child or children (or legal representative of any minor
child or child who has been declared incompetent or incapable of handling his
affairs) in equal shares. The Account Balance of a Participant who dies leaving
no spouse or children shall be paid to his estate.
IX.
Form of Benefit
Payment
9.01
Except
as provided in Section 4.01, all payments of the Participant's Account Balance
to the Participant or to the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be in the form of a
lump sum cash payment.
X.
Acceleration of
Payments.
10.01
If
at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Code §409A, an amount
equal to the amount required to be included in the Participant’s income as a
result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code §409A shall be
paid to the Participant in one lump sum on the first day of the month following
the Company's determination that the failure has occurred.
10.02
If
the Plan receives a domestic relations order as defined in Code §414(p)(1)(B)
and ERISA §206(d)(3)(B)(ii), the Committee shall accelerate the time of payment
to an individual other than the Participant as may be necessary to fulfill such
order in an amount not to exceed the Participant's Account Balance, provided
that the provisions of ERISA §206(d)(3)(C) through (F) shall apply as if this
Plan were governed by part 2 of Title I of ERISA.
10.03
The
Committee shall accelerate the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan as
may be necessary: (1) to comply with an ethics agreement between the Participant
and the Federal government, or (2) to comply with applicable Federal, state,
local or foreign ethics laws or conflict of interest laws; each as described in
Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii).
XI.
Delay of
Payments
11.01
A
payment otherwise due hereunder shall be delayed to a date after the designated
payment date under the following circumstances:
(a)
Notwithstanding
any other provision hereof, any payment which constitutes deferred compensation
under Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and which is not exempt
from coverage by Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall
commence upon termination of employment of a Participant who is a Specified
Employee on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the
Specified Employee’s termination of employment, or, if earlier, the date of
death of the Specified Employee. Nevertheless, for all other purposes
of this Agreement, a payment shall be deemed to have been made on the date it
would have had the Employee not been a Specified Employee.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any other provision hereof, a Participant shall not have separated from service
with the Employer on account of termination of employment for reasons other than
death if he would not be deemed to have experienced a termination of employment
under the default rules of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h).
(c)
Payments
that would violate loan covenants or other contractual terms to which the
Employer is a party, where such a violation would result in material harm to the
Employer (in such case, payment will be made at the earliest date at which the
Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause
such violation, or such violation will not cause material harm to the
Employer).
(d)
Payment
where the Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will
violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the
payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably
anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such
violation. (The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in
gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of
the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law).
(e)
Payments
the deduction for which the Employer reasonably anticipates would be limited by
the application of Code §162(m) (in such case, payment will be made at either
the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably anticipates that the
deduction of the payment will not be so limited or the calendar year in which
the Participant separates from service).
(f)
Payment
may also be delayed upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin.
XII.
Additional Restrictions on
Benefit Payments
12.01
In
no event will there be a duplication of benefits payable under the Plan because
of employment by more than one participating Employer.
XIII.
Administration and
Interpretation
13.01
The
Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have full power
and authority to interpret and administer the Plan and, subject to the
provisions herein set forth, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the
administration of the Plan.
13.02
The
decision of the Committee relating to any question concerning or involving the
interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive.
XIV.
Nature of the
Plan
14.01
Benefits
under the Plan shall generally be payable by the Employer from its own funds,
and such benefits shall not (i) impose any obligation upon the trust(s) of the
other employee benefit programs of the Employer; (ii) be paid from such
trust(s); nor (iii) have any effect whatsoever upon the amount or payment of
benefits under the other employee benefit programs of the Employer. Participants
have only an unsecured right to receive benefits under the Plan from the
Employer as general creditors of the Employer. The Employer may deposit amounts
in a trust established by the Employer for the purpose of funding the Employer's
obligations under the Plan. Participants and their beneficiaries, however, have
no secured interest or special claim to the assets of such trust, and the assets
of the trust shall be subject to the payment of claims of general creditors of
the Employer upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Employer, as provided in
the trust.
XV.
Employment
Relationship
15.01
An
employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Employer as long as
he remains an employee of either the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any
designated affiliate, or any corporation to which substantially all of the
assets and business of any of such entities are transferred. Nothing in the
adoption of this Plan nor the designation of any Participant shall confer on any
employee the right to continued employment by the Employer, or affect in any way
the right of the Employer to terminate his employment at any time. Any question
as to whether and when there has been a termination of an employee's employment,
and the cause, notice or other circumstances of such termination, shall be
determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final.
XVI.
Amendment and Termination of
Plan
16.01
The
Company may terminate the Plan and accelerate any payments due (or that may
become due) under the Plan:
(a)
Within
12 months of a corporate dissolution of the Company taxed under Code §331, or
with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A),
provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the
Participant's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the
termination occurs, (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (iii) the first calendar year in
which the payment is administratively practicable.
(b)
Within
the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a Change in Control Event (as
defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)) provided that Treasury
Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B) is complied with.
(c)
In
the Company's discretion, provided that Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(C) is complied with.
(d)
Due
to such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe
in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin.
16.02
The
Company, acting through the Compensation Committee, its Board of Directors, or
any person or entity designated by the Compensation Committee or the Board of
Directors, may amend this Plan. The Retirement Committee cannot amend
the Plan for any reason, unless authorized to do so by the Compensation
Committee or the Company’s Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan, it is the intention of the Company that no payment
or entitlement pursuant to this Plan will give rise to any adverse tax
consequences to any Participant under Code §409A and Treasury Regulations and
other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including that issued after the
date hereof (collectively, "Section 409A"). This Plan and any amendments hereto
shall be interpreted to that end and (1) to the maximum extent permitted by law,
no effect shall be given to any provision herein, any amendment hereto or any
action taken hereunder in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give
rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A and (2) the Company shall
take any corrective action reasonably within its control that is necessary to
avoid such adverse tax consequences. No amendments shall divest
otherwise vested rights of Participants, their Beneficiaries or
Spouses.
XVII.
Binding
Effect
17.01
This
Plan shall be binding on the Company, each Subsidiary and any designated
affiliate, the successors and assigns thereof, and any entity to which
substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, a Subsidiary, or a
designated affiliate are transferred.
XVIII.
Construction
18.01
The
masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the
feminine gender, and the singular may indicate the plural, unless the context
clearly indicates the contrary. The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and
other similar compounds of the word "here" shall, unless otherwise specifically
stated, mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular provision or
Section. Article and Section headings are included for convenience of reference
and are not intended to add to, or subtract from, the terms of the
Plan.
18.02
The
Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that does not give rise to any adverse tax
consequences to any Participant under Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations
and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Any provision of the Plan
that would cause a violation of Code §409A if followed shall be
disregarded.
18.03
Any reference to any
section of the Code or the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed to also refer to
any successor provisions thereto.
XIX.
Demand For
Benefits
19.01
(a)
Filing of
Claims for Benefits
.
Benefits shall
ordinarily be paid to a Participant without the need for demand, and to a
beneficiary upon receipt of the beneficiary's address and Social Security Number
(and evidence of death of the Participant, if needed). Nevertheless,
a Participant or a person claiming to be a beneficiary who claims entitlement to
a benefit can file a claim for benefits in writing with the
Committee.
(b)
Notification
to Claimant of Decision
.
If a claim is
wholly or partially denied, a notice of the decision rendered in accordance with
the rules set forth below will be furnished to the claimant not later than 90
days after receipt of the claim by the Committee.
If special circumstances require an
extension of time for processing the claim, the Committee will give the claimant
a written notice of the extension prior to the end of the initial 90 day
period. In no event will the extension exceed an additional 90
days. The extension notice will indicate the special circumstances
requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to
render its final decision.
(c)
Content
of Notice
.
The Committee
will provide to every claimant who is denied a claim for benefits written or
electronic notice setting forth in a clear and simple manner:
(1) The
specific reason or reasons for denial;
(2) Specific
reference to pertinent plan provisions on which denial is based;
(3) A
description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant
to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such materials or information are
necessary; and
(4) Appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit his or
her claim for review, including a statement of the claimant's right to bring a
civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse determination on
review.
(d)
Review
Procedure
.
After the
claimant has received written notification of an adverse benefit determination,
the claimant or a duly authorized representative will have 60 days within which
to appeal, in writing, such determination. The claimant may submit
written comments, documents, records, and any other information relevant to the
claim for benefits. The Committee will provide the claimant, upon
request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents,
records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for
benefits.
The
review will take into account all items submitted by the claimant, regardless of
whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit
determination.
(e)
Decision
on Review
.
The decision on
review by the Committee will be rendered as promptly as is feasible, but not
later than 60 days after the receipt of a request for review, unless the
Committee in its sole discretion determines that special circumstances require
an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered
as promptly as is feasible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a
request for review.
If an
extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances,
written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before
termination of the initial 60-day review period and shall indicate the special
circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee
expects to render the determination on review.
The
decision on review will be in written or electronic form. In the
event of an adverse benefit determination, the decision shall
contain: (1) specific reasons for the adverse determination,
written in a clear and simple manner; (2) specific references to the
pertinent plan provisions on which the determination is based; (3) a
statement that the claimant may request, free of charge, reasonable access to
and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim
for benefits; and (4) the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA
Section 502(a).
(f)
Failure
to Establish and Follow Reasonable Claims Procedure
.
In the case of
the failure of the Committee to establish or follow claims procedures consistent
with the requirements of Labor Department Regulations Section 2560.503-1, the
claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available
under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedies under
section 502(a) of ERISA on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a
reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the
claim.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF,
CenturyTel,
Inc. has executed this Plan this 10
th
day of
December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
|
Executive Vice President and
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
10.3(d)
|
SUPPLEMENTAL
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
|
|
EFFECTIVE
JANUARY 1, 2008
|
I.
Purpose of the
Plan
1.01
This
Supplemental Defined Benefit Plan was established by CenturyTel, Inc. (the
"Company") and its subsidiaries to provide a method for attracting and retaining
key employees; to provide a method for recognizing the contributions of such
personnel; and to promote executive and managerial flexibility, thereby
advancing the interests of the Company and its stockholders. In addition, the
Plan is intended to provide to a select group of management and highly
compensated employees a more adequate level of retirement benefits in
combination with the Company's general retirement program. The Plan is not
intended to constitute a qualified plan under Code Section 401(a) and is
designed to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding and fiduciary
responsibility rules of ERISA. The Plan is intended to comply with
Code §409A. The Plan was amended and restated effective January 1,
2005. This document again restates the Plan to comply with the Final
Treasury Regulations under Code §409A and to make certain other changes,
effective January 1, 2008.
II.
Definitions
As used
in this Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated, unless the
context otherwise specifies or requires:
2.01
"
ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT
"
shall mean the amount of
pension of a different type or payable at a different age that has the same
value as computed by the actuary on the same basis as that prescribed in Section
2.2 of the Retirement Plan.
2.02
"
BENEFIT YEARS
"
shall mean Years of
Credited Service for benefit accrual purposes as determined under Section 2.51
of the Retirement Plan.
2.03
"
CHANGE IN CONTROL
" shall mean
the occurrence of any of the following, each of which shall constitute a "Change
in Control": (i) the acquisition by any person of beneficial ownership of 30% or
more of the outstanding shares of the common stock, $1.00 par value per share
(the "Common Stock"), of CenturyTel, Inc., or 30% or more of the combined voting
power of CenturyTel, Inc.'s then outstanding securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors;
provided, however,
that for
purposes of this sub-item (i), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a
Change of Control: (a) any acquisition (other than a Business Combination (as
defined below) which constitutes a Change of Control under sub-item (iii)
hereof) of Common Stock directly from CenturyTel, Inc., (b) any acquisition of
Common Stock by CenturyTel, Inc. or its subsidiaries, (c) any acquisition of
Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
maintained by CenturyTel, Inc. or any corporation controlled by CenturyTel,
Inc., or (d) any acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a
Business Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under sub-item
(iii) hereof; or (ii) individuals who, as of January 1, 2006, constitute the
Board of Directors of CenturyTel, Inc. (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors;
provided, however,
that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or
nomination for election by CenturyTel, Inc.'s shareholders, was approved by a
vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board
shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such individual's
initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened
election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other
actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a
person other than the incumbent Board; or (iii) consummation of a
reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such
transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of CenturyTel, Inc., or
sale or other disposition of all or substantially all assets of CenturyTel, Inc.
(a "Business Combination");
provided, however,
that in no
such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if
immediately following such Business Combination: (a) the individuals and
entities who were the beneficial owners of CenturyTel, Inc.'s outstanding Common
Stock and CenturyTel, Inc.'s voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination have direct
or indirect beneficial ownership, respectively, of more than 50% of the then
outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors of the surviving or successor corporation, or, if
applicable, the ultimate parent company thereof (the "Post-Transaction
Corporation"), and (b) except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to
the Business Combination, no person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation
and any employee benefit plan or related trust of either CenturyTel, Inc., the
Post-Transaction Corporation or any subsidiary of either corporation)
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the then outstanding
shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding
voting securities of such corporation, and (c) at least a majority of the
members of the board of directors of the Post-Transaction Corporation were
members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial
agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such
Business Combination; or (iv) approval by the shareholders of CenturyTel, Inc.
of a complete liquidation or dissolution of CenturyTel, Inc. For
purposes of this Section 2.03, the term "person" shall mean a natural person or
entity, and shall also mean the group or syndicate created when two or more
persons act as a syndicate or other group (including, without limitation, a
partnership or limited partnership) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, or
disposing of a security, except that "person" shall not include an underwriter
temporarily holding a security pursuant to an offering of the
security.
2.04
"
CODE
" shall mean the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.05
"
COMMITTEE
"
shall mean the
CenturyTel Retirement Committee.
2.06
"
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
" shall
mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company.
2.07
"
COMPANY
"
shall mean CenturyTel,
Inc.
2.08
"
DISABLED
"
OR
"
DISABILITY
"
shall have the meaning
set forth in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(4). Specifically, "Disabled" or
"Disability" shall mean that, by reason of any medically determinable physical
or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, a Participant is (i)
unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity or (ii) receiving income
replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident
and health plan covering employees of the Participant’s Employer. A
Participant will be deemed disabled if determined to be disabled in accordance
with the Employer’s disability program, provided that the definition of
disability under such disability insurance program complies with the definition
in the preceding sentence. Also, a Participant will be deemed
disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security
Administration.
2.09
"
EFFECTIVE DATE
"
of the original Plan was
January 1, 1999 and the Effective Date of this Amended and Restated Plan shall
be January 1, 2008.
2.10
"
ERISA
"
shall mean the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
2.11
"
EMPLOYER
"
shall mean the Company,
any Subsidiary thereof, and any affiliate designated by the Company as a
participating employer under this Plan.
2.12
"
FINAL AVERAGE PAY
"
shall mean a
participant's Final Average Compensation as determined under Section 2.25 of the
Retirement Plan, without taking into account the limitations contained in
Sections 2.14(d) and (e) and 5.7 thereof.
2.13
"
NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE
"
shall mean the first day
of the month coincident with or next following a Participant's 65th
birthday.
2.14
"
PARTICIPANT
"
shall mean any officer
of the Employer who is granted participation in the Plan in accordance with the
provisions of Article III.
2.15
"
PLAN
" shall mean the
CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Defined Benefit Plan.
2.16
"
RETIREMENT
PLAN
" shall mean the CenturyTel Retirement Plan (as amended
and restated effective December 31, 2006).
2.17
"
SOCIAL SECURITY COVERED
COMPENSATION
"
shall mean the amount
determined pursuant to Section 2.46 of the Retirement Plan.
2.18
"
SPECIFIED EMPLOYEE
" shall mean
a Participant who is a key employee of the Employer under Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-1(i) because of final and binding action taken by the Board of Directors
of the Company or its Compensation Committee, or by operation of law or such
regulation.
2.19
"
SUBSIDIARY
"
shall mean any
corporation in which CenturyTel, Inc. owns, directly or indirectly through
subsidiaries, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of all
classes of stock.
III.
Participation
3.01
Any
employee who is either one of the officers of an Employer in a position to
contribute materially to the continued growth and future financial success of an
Employer, or one who has made a significant contribution to the Employer's
operations, thereby meriting special recognition, shall be eligible to
participate provided the following requirements are met:
(a)
The
officer is employed on a full-time basis by the Employer and is compensated by a
regular salary; and
(b)
The
coverage of the officer is duly approved by the Compensation
Committee.
3.02
If
a Participant who retired or otherwise terminated employment is rehired, he
shall not again become a Participant in the Plan unless the coverage of the
officer is again duly approved by the Compensation Committee.
3.03
It
is intended that participation in this Plan shall be extended only to those
officers who are members of a select group of management or highly compensated
employees, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
IV.
Normal
Retirement
4.01
Subject
to the provisions of Articles XII and XIII, the monthly retirement benefit
payable to a Participant shall commence on his Normal Retirement Date and shall
be the excess, if any, of the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to Sections
6.1(a)(1) and (a)(2) of the Retirement Plan computed without taking into account
the limitations contained in Sections 2.14(d) and (e) and 5.7 thereof over the
amount so determined taking into account such limitations; the resulting benefit
shall be further reduced by the amount determined pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(3)
of the CenturyTel Retirement Plan, if any.
V.
Late
Retirement
5.01
If
a Participant remains employed beyond his Normal Retirement Date, his late
retirement benefit shall commence on the first day of the month coincident with
or next following his actual date of separation from service, subject to the
provisions of Articles XII and XIII.
5.02
A
Participant's late retirement benefit shall be the excess, if any, of the sum of
the amounts determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(1) and (2) and 6.3 of the
Retirement Plan, computed without taking into account the limitations contained
in Section 2.14(d) and (e) and 5.7 thereof, over the amount so determined taking
into account such limitations; the resulting benefit shall be further reduced by
the amount determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(3) of the Retirement Plan, if
any.
VI.
Early
Retirement
6.01
A
Participant who has attained age 55, and who has completed 5 or more Years of
Service, is eligible for early retirement. An eligible Participant's early
retirement benefit shall commence on the first day of the month coincident with
or next following the date he terminates employment, subject to the provisions
of Articles XII and XIII.
6.02
A
Participant's early retirement benefit shall be the excess, if any, of the sum
of the amounts determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(1) and (2) and 6.2 of the
Retirement Plan, computed without taking into account the limitations contained
in Sections 2.14(d) and (e) and 5.7 thereof, over the amount so determined
taking into account such limitations; the resulting benefit shall be further
reduced by the amount determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(3) of the
Retirement Plan, if any.
VII.
Disability
7.01
A
Participant who becomes Disabled prior to retirement or termination of service
will be entitled to a disability benefit equal to the excess, if any, of the sum
of the amounts determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(1) and (2) and 6.4 of the
Retirement Plan, computed without taking into account the limitations contained
in Sections 2.14(d) and (e) and 5.7 thereof, over the amount so determined
taking into account such limitations; the resulting benefit shall be further
reduced by the amount determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(3) of the
Retirement Plan, if any.
7.02
A
Participant's disability benefit shall commence on his Normal Retirement Date,
provided that if the Participant's Disability was caused by or contributed to by
mental disorders or medical or surgical treatment of mental disorders, his
disability benefit shall commence on the later of his 55
th
birthday or 2 years after he became mentally Disabled, subject to the provision
of Articles XII and XIII.
VIII.
Death Benefit for
Spouse
8.01
A
spouse of a Participant shall be entitled to a benefit computed in accordance
with Section 8.02 if the Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date as
defined in the Retirement Plan and if the requirements of (a) and (b) below are
satisfied:
(a)
the
Participant had earned a nonforfeitable right to benefits under the Retirement
Plan, and
(b)
the
Participant was legally married to the surviving spouse at death and was so
married for the year preceding death.
8.02
The
monthly death benefit payable to the spouse of a Participant shall be the excess
of an amount determined pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(1) and (2) of the Retirement
Plan, computed without taking into account the limitations contained in Section
2.14(d) and (e) and 5.7 thereof, over the amount so determined taking into
account such limitations; the resulting benefit shall be further reduced by the
amount determined pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(3) of the Retirement Plan, if
any. The benefit payable to a spouse who qualifies for a spouse’s
benefit under Section 8.01 shall be further reduced as follows:
(a)
If
at death the Participant is age 55 or over, or actively employed by the Company
with 30 or more Years of Service under the Retirement Plan, the benefit of the
spouse shall be the amount payable to the spouse as beneficiary of the survivor
annuity portion of the joint and survivor annuity under Section 11.01 with
respect to the Participant, determined as though the Participant had retired on
the first day of the month in which death occurs. On the death of a
Participant with 30 or more Years of Service under the Retirement Plan before
age 55, the Participant shall be assumed to be age 55 for purposes of this
subparagraph (a).
(b)
If
the Participant does not meet the requirements of (a) above, at death, the
benefit of the spouse shall be the amount payable to the spouse as beneficiary
under the survivor annuity portion of the joint and survivor annuity under
Section 11.01 with respect to the Participant, determined as though the
Participant had separated from service on the date of death, if not already
separated, and had survived until age 55.
8.03
Subject
to the provisions of Articles XII and XIII, benefits for a spouse under Section
8.02(a) shall commence as of the last day of the month following the first day
of the month coinciding with or following the date of death of the Participant,
and benefits under Section 8.02(b) shall commence on the last day of the month
following the first day of the month coinciding with or following the later of
the date of death of the Participant or the date on which the Participant would
have attained age 55, subject to the provisions of Articles XII and
XIII.
8.04
If
a Participant has no surviving spouse at the date of his or her death, no death
benefit shall be paid under this Plan.
IX.
Reemployment
9.01
If
a Participant who retired or otherwise terminated employment for any reason and
commenced receiving benefits under the Plan is later rehired by the Company,
benefit payments shall continue as if the Participant had not been
rehired. If the Participant is again approved for coverage by the
Compensation Committee under Section 3.02, the Participant’s benefits upon his
subsequent retirement or termination of employment for any reason shall be
determined as follows:
(a)
If
a Participant retires on his Normal Retirement Date, the monthly retirement
benefit shall be determined pursuant to Article IV, reduced by the Actuarial
Equivalent of the benefit payments the Participant previously
received.
(b)
If
a Participant remains employed beyond his Normal Retirement Date, the late
retirement benefit payable to a Participant upon his late retirement shall be
determined pursuant to Article V, reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of the
benefit payments the Participant previously received.
(c)
If
a Participant retires prior to his Normal Retirement Date and is eligible for
early retirement according to Section 6.01, the early retirement benefit payable
to a Participant shall be determined pursuant to Section 6.02, reduced by the
Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit payments the Participant previously
received.
(d)
The
benefit payable under paragraphs (a) through (c) above shall not be less than
the amount he received from his previous retirement or from his previous
termination of employment for any reason.
(e)
The
benefit payable under paragraphs (a) through (c) shall be in the same form as
the Participant was receiving.
X.
Termination of Service;
Change in Control
10.01
If a Participant voluntarily or involuntarily terminates employment prior to
death, disability or retirement, he shall be entitled only to his vested accrued
benefits at the time of termination and shall be vested in such accrued benefits
in accordance with the following schedule:
Years of Service
|
|
Vested
|
less
than 5
|
|
0%
|
5
or more
|
|
100%
|
10.02
A
Participant's vested accrued benefit shall be equal to the excess of an amount
determined pursuant to Sections 6.1(a)(1) and (2) and 6.6 of the Retirement
Plan, computed without taking into account the limitations contained in Sections
2.14(d)
and (e) and
5.7 thereof, over the amount so determined taking into account such limitations;
the resulting benefit shall be further reduced by the amount determined pursuant
to Sections 6.1(a)(3) and 6.6 of the Retirement Plan, if any. Payment
of the amount so determined shall commence on the first day of the month
following the Participant's 55
th
birthday, subject to the provisions of Articles XII and
XIII. Nonvested accrued benefits shall be forfeited.
10.03
(a)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan or in any applicable law or regulation,
upon the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control, (ii) the date
that any person or entity submits an offer or proposal to the Company that
results in or leads to a Change in Control (whether by such person or any other
person) or (iii) the date of the public announcement of a Change in Control or
an offer, proposal or proxy solicitation that results in or leads to a Change in
Control (whether by the person or entity making such announcement or any other
person) (the earliest of such dates being hereinafter referred to as the
"Effective Date"), the Accrued Benefit of each Participant (other than any
Participant whose service as an employee was terminated prior to full vesting of
his Accrued Benefit under Section 10.01) and the benefits conferred under this
Section shall automatically vest and thereafter may not be adversely affected in
any matter without the prior written consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change in
Control any Participant who is then employed by the Company or its subsidiaries
("Active Participants") shall have an irrevocable right to receive, and the
Company shall be irrevocably obligated to pay, a lump sum cash payment in an
amount determined pursuant to this Section if during a period commencing upon
the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the occurrence of the
Change in Control, the Active Participant voluntarily or involuntarily separates
from service ("Termination"). The lump sum cash payment payable to Active
Participants under this Section (the "Lump Sum Payment") shall be paid on the
first day of the month following the date of Termination, subject to the
provisions of Articles XII and XIII.
(b)
The amount of each Lump Sum
Payment shall be determined as follows:
(i)
With
respect to any Active Participant who, after giving effect to the terms of
subsection (b)(iv) below, is eligible as of the date of Termination to receive
benefits under Articles IV or V of this Plan, the Lump Sum Payment shall equal
the Present Value (as defined below) of the stream of payments to which such
participant would have otherwise been entitled to receive immediately upon
Termination in accordance with Articles IV or V of this Plan (assuming such
benefits are paid in the form of a lifetime annuity), based upon such
participant's Final Average Pay, Social Security Covered Compensation and
Benefit Years as of the date of Termination, after giving effect to the terms of
subsection (b)(iv) below.
(ii)
With
respect to any Active Participant who, after giving effect to the terms of
subsection (b)(iv) below, is not eligible as of the date of Termination to
receive benefits under Articles IV, V or VI of this Plan, the Lump Sum Payment
shall equal the product of (A) the Present Value, calculated as of age 65, of
the stream of payments to which such Participant would have otherwise been
entitled to receive at age 65 in accordance with the terms of this Plan based on
the same assumptions and terms set forth in subsection (b)(i) above, multiplied
times (B) such discount factor as is necessary to reduce the amount determined
under subsection (b)(ii)(A) above to its Present Value, it being understood that
in calculating such discount factor, no discount shall be applied to reflect the
possibility that such Participant may die prior to attaining age
65.
(iii)
With
respect to any Active Participant who, after giving effect to the terms of
subsection (b)(iv) below, is eligible as of the date of Termination to receive
benefits under Article VI of the Plan, the Lump Sum Payment shall equal the
greater of (A) the Present Value of the stream of payments to which such
participant would have otherwise been entitled to receive immediately upon
Termination in accordance with Article VI of this Plan, based upon the
assumptions and terms set forth in subsection (b)(i) above, or (B) the Present
Value, calculated as of age 65, of the stream of payments to which such
Participant would otherwise be entitled to receive at age 65 in accordance with
this Plan, determined in the same manner and subject to the same assumptions and
terms set forth in subsection (b)(ii) above.
(iv)
In calculating
the Lump Sum Payment due to any Active Participant under this Section, the
number of years of Benefit Years of the Active Participant shall be deemed to
equal the number of years determinable under the other Sections of this Plan
plus three years and the Active Participant's age shall be deemed to equal his
actual age plus three years; provided, however, that in no event shall the
provisions of this subsection be applicable if the application thereof will
reduce the Active Participant's Lump Sum Payment from the amount that would
otherwise be payable with the addition of less than three years of service, age
or both.
(v)
As
used in this Section with respect to any amount, the "Present Value" of such
amount shall mean the discounted value of such amount that is determined by
making customary present value calculations in accordance with generally
accepted actuarial principles, provided that (A) the discount interest rate
applied in connection therewith shall equal the interest rate quoted by the
Bloomberg Municipal AAA General Obligation 5-Year Index (as of the close of
business on the first business day of the calendar quarter in which such present
value calculations are made) or, in the event such index is no longer published,
any similar index for comparable municipal securities and (B) the mortality
table applied in connection therewith shall be the mortality table prescribed by
the Commissioner of Internal Revenue under §417(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) of the Code or
any successor table prescribed by such organization.
(c)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan, upon the occurrence of a Change in
Control Event as defined in Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5), each Participant who has
already begun to receive periodic payments under this Plan ("Retired
Participants") shall have an irrevocable and unconditional right to receive, and
the Company shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to pay, a lump
sum payment in an amount equal to the present value of the Participant's future
stream of payments which would otherwise be payable under this Plan. Such lump
sum payment shall be paid on the first day of the month following the date of
the Change of Control Event. The Company shall offer to assist such Participant
in purchasing at such Participant's cost an annuity for the benefit of such
Participant.
(d)
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Plan, upon the occurrence of Change in Control
Event as defined in Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5), any Participant (other than a Retired
Participant) who is then a former employee of the Company or its subsidiaries
whose accrued benefit is vested under Section 10.01 ("Inactive Participants")
shall have an irrevocable and unconditional right to receive, and the Company
shall be irrevocably and unconditionally obligated to pay, a lump sum payment in
an amount determined in the manner provided in subsection (b)(ii) or (iii), as
applicable; provided, however, that no Inactive Participant will be entitled to
the benefits of subsection (b)(iv). Such lump sum payment shall be paid on the
first day of the month following the date of the Change of Control
Event.
XI.
Form of Benefit
Payment
11.01
The
normal form of benefit payment for a Participant who is not married on his
benefit commencement date is an annuity payable monthly for the lifetime of the
Participant or in the case of a Participant who is married on his benefit
commencement date, the normal form of benefit payment is an Actuarially
Equivalent annuity payable monthly for the lifetime of the Participant and a
survivor annuity payable monthly to the spouse (if living) upon the
Participant's death which is 50% of the amount of the amount of the annuity
payable during the lifetime of the Participant, in each case payable in
accordance with the Company's standard payroll practices with payments
commencing as of the first day of the month following the Participant's benefit
commencement date.
11.02
A
Participant may, before any annuity payment has been made, elect the optional
form of payment which is the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant's basic
monthly pension, which shall begin on his benefit commencement
date. The optional form of payment is as follows:
Alternative
Joint and Survivor Annuity.
(a)
Under
an Alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity, a reduced amount shall be payable to
the Participant for his lifetime. The beneficiary, whether or not the
Participant's spouse, if surviving at the Participant's death, shall be entitled
to receive thereafter a lifetime survivor benefit in an amount equal to 100% of
the reduced amount that had been payable to the Participant. If the
beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse who is entitled to a 50% survivor
annuity under Section 11.01, the Participant may elect that the survivor annuity
be 50% of the reduced amount payable to the Participant.
(b)
The
reduced amount payable to the retired Participant shall be the Actuarial
Equivalent of the amount determined under Articles IV, V, VI, VII, VIII or X, as
the case may be. The appropriate actuarial factor shall be determined
for any Participant and his beneficiary as of the commencement date of the
Participant's benefit.
(c)
If
the Participant designates any individual other than his spouse as his
beneficiary, the annual amount of the Participant's annuity under the
Alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be less than 50% of the annual
benefit calculated as a single life annuity, and the beneficiary's survivor
annuity under the Alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be reduced to the
extent necessary to reflect any adjustment required by this paragraph (c) in the
amount of the Participant's annuity under the Alternative Joint and Survivor
Annuity.
XII.
Acceleration of
Payments.
12.01
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan, if the single sum value of the Participant’s,
Beneficiary’s or Spouse’s benefit under the Plan and all other plans that would
be treated as a single plan with this Plan pursuant to Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-1(c)(2) does not exceed the applicable dollar amount under Code
§402(g)(1)(B) ($15,500 in 2008), then such amount shall be paid in one lump sum
to the person entitled to payment on the date the first annuity payment would
otherwise be paid under this Plan. Such payment is mandatory but
shall only occur if the Participant’s interest under the Plan (as determined in
accordance with Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(c)(2)) is terminated and
liquidated in its entirety in conjunction with the payment.
12.02
If
at any time the Plan fails to meet the requirements of Code §409A, an amount
equal to the amount required to be included in the Participant's income as a
result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Code §409A shall be
paid to the Participant in one lump sum on the first day of the month following
the Company's determination that the failure has occurred.
12.03
If
the Plan receives a domestic relations order as defined in Code §414(p)(1)(B)
and ERISA §206(d)(3)(B)(ii), the Committee shall accelerate the time or schedule
of a payment to an individual other than the Participant in order to fulfill
such order, provided that the provisions of ERISA §206(d)(3)(C) through (F)
shall apply as if this Plan were governed by Part 2 of Title I of
ERISA.
12.04
The
Committee shall accelerate the time or schedule of a payment under the Plan as
may be necessary: (1) to comply with an ethics agreement between the Participant
and the Federal government, or (2) to comply with applicable Federal, state,
local or foreign ethics laws or conflict of interest laws; each as described in
Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(iii).
XIII.
Delay of
Payments
13.01
A
payment otherwise due hereunder shall be delayed to a date after the designated
payment date under the following circumstances:
(
a)
Notwithstanding
any other provision hereof, payments which constitute deferred compensation
under Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and which are not
exempt from coverage by Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall
commence upon termination of employment of a Participant who is a Specified
Employee on the first day of the seventh month following the date of the
Specified Employee's termination of employment, or, if earlier, the date of
death of the Specified Employee. On the first day of such seventh
month or on the first day of the month following the earlier death of the
Specified Employee, the Specified Employee or his estate or spouse, as the case
may be, shall be paid the amount to which the Specified Employee normally would
be entitled hereunder on such date plus the amounts which would have been
previously paid to the Specified Employee but for the fact that he was a
Specified Employee. Nevertheless, for all other purposes of this
Agreement, the payments shall be deemed to have commenced on the date they would
have had the Employee not been a Specified Employee.
(b)
Notwithstanding
any other provision hereof, a Participant shall not have separated from service
with the Employer on account of termination of employment for reasons other than
death if he would not be deemed to have experienced a termination of employment
under the default rules of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(h).
(c)
Payments
that would violate loan covenants or other contractual terms to which the
Employer is a party, where such a violation would result in material harm to the
Employer (in such case, payment will be made at the earliest date at which the
Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause
such violation, or such violation will not cause material harm to the
Employer).
(d)
Payment
where the Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will
violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law, provided that the
payment shall be made at the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably
anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such
violation. (The making of a payment that would cause inclusion in
gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of
the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law).
(e)
Payments
the deduction for which the Employer reasonably anticipates would be limited by
the application of Code §162(m) (in such case, payment will be made at either
the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably anticipates that the
deduction of the payment will not be so limited or the calendar year in which
the Participant separates from service).
(f)
Payment
may also be delayed upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of
Internal Revenue may prescribe in generally applicable guidance published in the
Internal Revenue Bulletin.
XIV.
Additional Restrictions on
Benefit Payments
14.01
In
no event will there be a duplication of benefits payable under the Plan because
of employment by more than one participating Employer.
XV.
Administration and
Interpretation
15.01
The
Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have
full power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan and, subject to
the provisions herein set forth, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and
regulations and make all other determinations necessary or desirable for the
administration of the Plan.
15.02
The
decision of the Committee relating to any question concerning or involving the
interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final and
conclusive.
XVI.
Nature of the
Plan
16.01
Benefits
under the Plan shall generally be payable by the Employer from its own funds,
and such benefits shall not (i) impose any obligation upon the trust(s) of the
other employee benefit programs of the Employer; (ii) be paid from such
trust(s); nor (iii) have any effect whatsoever upon the amount or payment of
benefits under the other employee benefit programs of the Employer. Participants
have only an unsecured right to receive benefits under the Plan from the
Employer as general creditors of the Employer. The Employer may deposit amounts
in a trust established by the Employer for the purpose of funding the Employer's
obligations under the Plan. Participants and their beneficiaries, however, have
no secured interest or special claim to the assets of such trust, and the assets
of the trust shall be subject to the payment of claims of general creditors of
the Employer upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Employer, as provided in
the trust.
XVII.
Employment
Relationship
17.01
An
employee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company and its
subsidiaries as long as he remains an employee of either the Company, any
Subsidiary of the Company, or any corporation to which substantially all of the
assets and business of the Company are transferred. Nothing in the adoption of
this Plan nor the designation of any Participant shall confer on any employee
the right to continued employment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company,
or affect in any way the right of the Company or such Subsidiary to terminate
his employment at any time. Any question as to whether and when there has been a
termination of an employee's employment, and the cause, notice or other
circumstances of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, and its
determination shall be final.
XVIII.
Amendment and Termination of
Plan
18.01
The
Company may terminate the Plan and accelerate any payments due (or that may
become due) under the Plan:
(a)
Within
12 months of a corporate dissolution of the Company taxed under Code §331, or
with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A),
provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the
Participant's gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the
termination occurs, (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or (iii) the first calendar year in
which the payment is administratively practicable.
(b)
Within
the 30 days preceding or the 12 months following a Change in Control Event (as
defined in Treasury Regulations §1.409A-3(i)(5)) provided that Treasury
Regulations §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B) is complied with.
(c)
In
the Company’s discretion, provided that Treasury Regulations
§1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(C) is complied with.
(d)
Due
to such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe
in generally applicable guidance published in the Internal Revenue
Bulletin.
18.02
The
Company, acting through the Compensation Committee, its Board of Directors, or
any person or entity designated by the Compensation Committee or the Board of
Directors, may amend this Plan. The Retirement Committee cannot amend
the Plan for any reason, unless authorized to do so by the Compensation
Committee or the Company's Board of Directors. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Plan, it is the intention of the Company that no payment
or entitlement pursuant to this Plan will give rise to any adverse tax
consequences to any Participant under Code §409A and Treasury Regulations and
other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including that issued after the
date hereof (collectively, "Section 409A"). This Plan and any amendments hereto
shall be interpreted to that end and (1) to the maximum extent permitted by law,
no effect shall be given to any provision herein, any amendment hereto or any
action taken hereunder in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give
rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A and (2) the Company shall
take any corrective action reasonably within its control that is necessary to
avoid such adverse tax consequences. No amendments shall divest
otherwise vested rights of Participants, their Beneficiaries or
Spouses.
XIX.
Binding
Effect
19.01
This
Plan shall be binding on the Company, each Subsidiary and any designated
affiliate, the successors and assigns thereof, and any entity to which
substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, a Subsidiary, or a
designated affiliate are transferred.
XX.
Construction
20.01
The
masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the
feminine gender, and the singular may indicate the plural, unless the context
clearly indicates the contrary. The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and
other similar compounds of the word "here" shall, unless otherwise specifically
stated, mean and refer to the entire Plan, not to any particular provision or
Section. Article and Section headings are included for convenience of reference
and are not intended to add to, or subtract from, the terms of the
Plan.
20.02
The Plan
shall be interpreted in a manner that does not give rise to any adverse tax
consequences to any Participant under Code §409A and the Treasury Regulations
and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Any provision of the Plan
that would cause a violation of Code §409A, if followed, shall be
disregarded.
20.03
Any
reference to any section of the Code or the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed
to also refer to any successor provisions thereto.
XXI.
Demand For
Benefits
21.01
(a)
Filing of
Claims for Benefits
.
Benefits shall
ordinarily be paid to a Participant without the need for demand, and to a
beneficiary upon receipt of the beneficiary's address and Social Security Number
(and evidence of death of the Participant, if needed). Nevertheless,
a Participant or a person claiming to be a beneficiary who claims entitlement to
a benefit can file a claim for benefits in writing with the
Committee.
(b)
Notification to Claimant of
Decision
.
If a
claim is wholly or partially denied, a notice of the decision rendered in
accordance with the rules set forth below will be furnished to the claimant not
later than 90 days after receipt of the claim by the Committee.
If
special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the
Committee will give the claimant a written notice of the extension prior to the
end of the initial 90 day period. In no event will the extension
exceed an additional 90 days. The extension notice will indicate the
special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the
Committee expects to render its final decision.
(c)
Content of
Notice
.
The
Committee will provide to every claimant who is denied a claim for benefits
written or electronic notice setting forth in a clear and simple
manner:
|
(1)
|
The
specific reason or reasons for
denial;
|
|
(2)
|
Specific
reference to pertinent plan provisions on which denial is
based;
|
|
(3)
|
A
description of any additional material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such materials or
information are necessary; and
|
|
(4)
|
Appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit
his or her claim for review, including a statement of the claimant's right
to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse
determination on review.
|
(d)
Review
Procedure
.
After the
claimant has received written notification of an adverse benefit determination,
the claimant or a duly authorized representative will have 60 days within which
to appeal, in writing, such determination. The claimant may submit
written comments, documents, records, and any other information relevant to the
claim for benefits. The Committee will provide the claimant, upon
request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents,
records, and other information relevant to the claimant's claim for
benefits.
The
review will take into account all items submitted by the claimant, regardless of
whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit
determination.
(e)
Decision on
Review
.
The
decision on review by the Committee will be rendered as promptly as is feasible,
but not later than 60 days after the receipt of a request for review, unless the
Committee in its sole discretion determines that special circumstances require
an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered
as promptly as is feasible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a
request for review.
If an
extension of time for review is required because of special circumstances,
written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before
termination of the initial 60-day review period and shall indicate the special
circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee
expects to render the determination on review.
The
decision on review will be in written or electronic form. In the
event of an adverse benefit determination, the decision shall
contain: (1) specific reasons for the adverse determination,
written in a clear and simple manner; (2) specific references to the
pertinent plan provisions on which the determination is based; (3) a
statement that the claimant may request, free of charge, reasonable access to
and copies of all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim
for benefits; and (4) the claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA
Section 502(a).
(f)
Failure to Establish and
Follow Reasonable Claims Procedure
.
In the
case of the failure of the Committee to establish or follow claims procedures
consistent with the requirements of Labor Department Regulations Section
2560.503-1, the claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative
remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available
remedies under section 502(a) of ERISA on the basis that the Plan has failed to
provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits
of the claim.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF,
CenturyTel,
Inc. has executed this Plan this 10th
day
of December, 2007.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
|
Executive
Vice-President and
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Exhibit
10.4(a)
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
CHANGE OF CONTROL
AGREEMENT
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE OF
CONTROL AGREEMENT
(this “Agreement”), dated effective January 1, 2008
(the “Restatement Date”), between CenturyTel, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the
“Company”), and Glen F. Post, III (the “Employee”).
W
I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS
, the Company and
Employee entered into a change of control agreement (the “Original Agreement”)
dated effective as of February 22, 2000 (the “Agreement Date”);
WHEREAS
, in connection with
entering into the Original Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company (the
“Board”) determined that (i) it was in the best interests of the Company and its
shareholders to take steps designed to retain the services of the Employee and
to assure the full dedication of the Employee, free from personal distraction,
in the event of an actual or pending change of control of the Company, and (ii)
the Original Agreement accomplished these and other related objectives;
and
WHEREAS
, in order to ensure
that the Original Agreement complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department
of the Treasury (the “Treasury Regulations”), the Board has determined that it
is necessary and appropriate to amend and restate (i) various provisions in
Article III of the Original Agreement relating to the payment of benefits
thereunder and (ii) certain other related provisions and
definitions;
NOW
,
THEREFORE
, the parties agree
to amend and restate the Original Agreement so that it reads in its entirety as
follows:
ARTICLE
I
CERTAIN
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Affiliate.
“Affiliate”
(and variants thereof) shall mean a Person that controls, or is controlled by,
or is under common control with, another specified Person, either directly or
indirectly.
1.2
Beneficial
Owner.
“Beneficial Owner” (and variants thereof), with respect
to a security, shall mean a Person who, directly or indirectly (through any
contract, understanding, relationship or otherwise), has or shares (i) the power
to vote, or direct the voting of, the security, or (ii) the power to dispose of,
or direct the disposition of, the security.
1.3
Cause.
(a) “Cause” shall mean:
(i) conviction
of a felony;
(ii) habitual
intoxication during working hours;
(iii) habitual
abuse of or addiction to a controlled dangerous substance; or
(iv) the
willful and continued failure of the Employee to perform substantially the
Employee’s duties with the Company or its Affiliates (other than any such
failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or the
Employee’s termination of employment for Good Reason) for a period of 15 days
after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee
by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board
believes that the Employee has not substantially performed the Employee’s
duties.
(b) For
purposes of this Section 1.3, no act or failure to act on the part of the
Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done,
by the Employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the Employee’s
action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or its
Affiliates. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given
pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a
senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the
Company or its Affiliates shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted
to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the
Company or its Affiliates. Any termination by the Company or any of
its Affiliates of the Employee’s employment during the Employment Term (as
defined in Section 1.8) shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless the
Employee’s action or inaction meets the foregoing standard and until there shall
have been delivered to the Employee a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the
Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after
reasonable notice is provided to the Employee and the Employee is given an
opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that,
in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Employee is guilty of the conduct
described in subparagraph (a) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in
detail.
(c) No
action or inaction shall be deemed the basis for Cause unless the Employee is
terminated therefor within 120 days after such action or omission is known to
the Chairman of any committee of the Board.
(d) In
the event that the existence of Cause shall become an issue in any action or
proceeding between the Company and the Employee, the Company shall,
notwithstanding the finding of the Board referenced above, have the burden of
establishing that the actions or inactions deemed the basis for Cause did in
fact occur and do constitute Cause and that the Company has satisfied the
procedural requirements of this provision. The satisfaction of the
Company’s burden shall require clear and convincing evidence. Any
purported termination of employment of the Employee by the Company which does
not meet each and every substantive and procedural requirement of this provision
shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as a termination of
employment without Cause.
1.4
Change of
Control.
“Change of Control” shall mean:
(a) the
acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 30% or more of the
outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the
“Common Stock”), or 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s
then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors;
provided,
however,
that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following
acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:
(i) any
acquisition (other than a Business Combination which constitutes a Change of
Control under Section 1.4(c) hereof) of Common Stock directly from the
Company,
(ii) any
acquisition of Common Stock by the Company or its subsidiaries,
(iii) any
acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the
Company, or
(iv) any
acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a Business
Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 1.4(c)
hereof; or
(b) individuals
who, as of the Restatement Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”)
cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
provided, however,
that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to the Restatement Date whose
election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved
by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such
individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or
threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors
or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on
behalf of a Person other than the Incumbent Board; or
(c) consummation
of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such
transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company), or sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a
“Business Combination”);
provided, however,
that in no
such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if
immediately following such Business Combination,
(i) the
individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of the Company’s
outstanding common stock and the Company’s voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business
Combination have direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of more
than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors, of the Post-Transaction Corporation
(as defined in Section 1.11 hereof), and
(ii) except
to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no
Person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan
or related trust of either the Company, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any
subsidiary of either corporation) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 20%
or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
resulting from such Business Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation,
and
(iii) at
least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of
the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing
for such Business Combination; or
(d) approval
by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of
the Company.
1.5
Code.
“Code” shall
mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.
1.6
Company.
“Company”
shall mean CenturyTel, Inc. and shall include any successor to or assignee of
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, share exchange, merger, consolidation
or otherwise) all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company
that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or
otherwise.
1.7
Disability.
“Disability”
shall mean a condition that would entitle the Employee to receive benefits under
the long-term disability insurance policy applicable to the Company’s officers
at the time either because the Employee is totally disabled or partially
disabled, as such terms are defined in the policy then in effect. If
the Company has no long-term disability plan in effect, “Disability” shall occur
if (a) the Employee is rendered incapable because of physical or mental illness
of satisfactorily discharging his duties and responsibilities to the Company for
a period of 90 consecutive days, (b) a duly qualified physician chosen by the
Company and acceptable to the Employee or his legal representatives so certifies
in writing, and (c) the Board determines that the Employee has become
disabled.
1.8
Employment
Term.
“Employment Term” shall mean the period commencing on
the date of a Change of Control and ending on the third anniversary of such
date.
1.9
Good
Reason.
(a) Any act or failure to act by the
Company or its Affiliates specified in this Section 1.9 shall constitute
“Good Reason” unless the
Employee shall otherwise expressly agree in a writing that specifically refers
to this Section 1.9:
(i) Any
failure of the Company or its Affiliates to provide the Employee with a
position, authority, duties and responsibilities at least commensurate in all
material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and
assigned at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the
Change of Control. The Employee’s position, authority, duties and
responsibilities after a Change of Control shall not be considered commensurate
in all material respects with the Employee’s position, authority, duties and
responsibilities prior to a Change of Control unless after the Change of Control
the Employee holds an equivalent position with, and exercises substantially
equivalent authority, duties and responsibilities on behalf of, the
Post-Transaction Corporation;
(ii) The
assignment to the Employee of any duties inconsistent in any material respect
with the Employee’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting
requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section
3.1(b) of this Agreement, or any other action that results in a diminution in
such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose
an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that
the Company remedies within 10 days after its receipt of written notice thereof
from the Employee;
(iii) A
material increase in the Employee’s responsibilities or duties without a
commensurate increase in total compensation;
(iv) Any
failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Sections 4.1 (c) or (d) of
this Agreement;
(v) Any
failure by the Company or its Affiliates to comply with any of the other
provisions of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and
inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith that the Company remedies within
10 days after its receipt of written notice thereof from the
Employee;
(vi) Any
directive requiring the Employee to be based at any office or location other
than as provided in Section 3.1(b)(ii) hereof or requiring the Employee to
travel on business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately
prior to the Change of Control; or
(vii) Any
purported termination of the Employee’s employment otherwise than as expressly
permitted by this Agreement.
(b) For
purposes of this Section 1.9, any good faith determination of “Good Reason” made
by the Employee shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, unless the
Company establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the Employee did not
have any reasonable basis for such determination.
(c) No
action or inaction by the Company shall be deemed the basis for Good Reason
unless the Employee asserts his right hereunder to terminate employment with
Good Reason prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Employee
obtained actual knowledge of such act or omission. Except as
otherwise provided in the prior sentence, neither the Employee’s continued
employment with the Company or its Affiliates nor any delay in the Employee’s
assertion of his rights to terminate employment with Good Reason shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver of any of the Employee’s rights hereunder.
(d) Anything
in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, a resignation by the Employee
for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first
anniversary of the Change of Control shall be deemed to be a termination for
Good Reason and the Employee shall be entitled to receive all payments and
benefits hereunder associated therewith.
1.10
Person.
“Person”
shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or
syndicate created when two or more Persons act as a syndicate or other group
(including, without limitation, a partnership or limited partnership) for the
purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “Person”
shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an
offering of the security.
1.11
Post-Transaction
Corporation.
Unless a Change of Control results from a
Business Combination (as defined in Section 1.4(c) hereof), “Post-Transaction
Corporation” shall mean the Company after the Change of Control. If a
Change of Control results from a Business Combination, “Post-Transaction
Corporation” shall mean the corporation or other entity resulting from the
Business Combination unless, as a result of such Business Combination, an
ultimate parent corporation controls such resulting entity, the Company or all
or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or indirectly, in
which case “Post-Transaction Corporation” shall mean such ultimate parent
corporation.
1.12
Specified
Employee. “
Specified Employee” shall mean the Employee if the
Employee is a key employee under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i)
because of final and binding action taken by the Board or its Compensation
Committee, or by operation of law or such regulation.
ARTICLE
II
STATUS
OF CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENTS
Notwithstanding
any provisions thereof, as of the Restatement Date, this Agreement amends and
restates the Original Agreement and supersedes any and all prior agreements
between the Company and the Employee that provide for severance benefits in the
event of a Change of Control of the Company, as defined therein.
ARTICLE
III
CHANGE
OF CONTROL BENEFITS
3.1
Employment Term and Capacity after
Change of Control.
(a) This Agreement was
originally effective as of the Agreement Date and has been in effect
continuously thereafter. Commencing on January 1, 2002 and each January 1
thereafter, the term of this Agreement has been and shall automatically be
extended for one additional year unless, not later than June 30 of the preceding
year, the Company shall have given written notice that it does not wish to
extend this Agreement;
provided, further,
that,
notwithstanding any such non-extension notice by the Company, if a Change of
Control of the Company shall have occurred during the original or extended term
of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect through the third
anniversary of the Change of Control, subject to any earlier termination of the
Employee’s status as an employee pursuant to this Agreement;
provided
,
further
, that in no event
shall any termination of this Agreement result in any forfeiture of rights that
accrued prior to the date of termination.
(b) During
the Employment Term, the Company hereby agrees to continue the Employee in its
employ, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. During
the Employment Term, (i) the Employee’s position (including status, offices,
titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall
be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of
those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 180-day period
immediately preceding the Change of Control and (ii) the Employee’s services
shall be performed during normal business hours at the location of the Company’s
principal executive office at the time of the Change of Control, or the office
or location where the Employee was employed immediately preceding the Change of
Control or any relocation of any such site to a location that is not more than
35 miles from its location at the time of the Change of Control. The
Employee’s position, authority, duties and responsibilities after a Change of
Control shall not be considered commensurate in all material respects with the
Employee’s position, authority, duties and responsibilities prior to a Change of
Control unless after the Change of Control the Employee holds an equivalent
position with, and exercises substantially equivalent authority, duties and
responsibilities on behalf of, the Post-Transaction Corporation.
3.2
Compensation and
Benefits.
During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be
entitled to the following compensation and benefits:
(a)
Base
Salary
. The Employee shall receive an annual base salary
(“Base Salary”), which shall be paid in at least monthly
installments. The Base Salary shall initially be equal to 12 times
the highest monthly base salary that was paid or is payable to the Employee,
including any base salary which has been earned but deferred by the Employee, by
the Company and its Affiliates with respect to any month in the 12-month period
ending with the month that immediately precedes the month in which the Change of
Control occurs. During the Employment Term, the Employee’s Base
Salary shall be reviewed at such time as the Company undertakes a salary review
of his peer employees (but at least annually), and, to the extent that salary
increases are granted to his peer employees of the Company (or have been granted
during the immediately preceding 12-month period to his peer employees of any
Affiliate of the Company), the Employee shall be granted a salary increase
commensurate with any increase granted to his peer employees of the Company and
its Affiliates. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit
or reduce any other obligation to the Employee under this
Agreement. Base Salary shall not be reduced during the Employment
Term (whether or not any increase in Base Salary occurs) and, if any increase in
Base Salary occurs, the term Base Salary as utilized in this Agreement shall
refer to Base Salary as so increased from time to time.
(b)
Annual
Bonus
. In addition to Base Salary, the Employee shall be
awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Term, an annual cash
bonus (the “Bonus”) in an amount at least equal to the average of the annual
bonuses paid to the Employee with respect to the three fiscal years that
immediately precede the year in which the Change of Control occurs under the
Company’s annual bonus plan, or any comparable bonus under a successor plan;
provided, however,
that
if the Company has never paid an annual bonus for a full year to the Employee,
the Employee shall be awarded a Bonus in an amount at least equal to the target
bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the fiscal year in which the Change
of Control occurs, assuming achievement at the target level of the objective
performance goals established with respect to such bonus and achievement of 100%
of any subjective performance goals or criteria otherwise applicable with
respect to such bonus. Each such Bonus shall be paid after the end of
the fiscal year and no later than the 15
th
day of
the third month of the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for which the
Bonus is awarded, unless the Employee shall timely elect to defer the receipt of
such Bonus pursuant to the CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Dollars & Sense
Plan. For purposes of determining the value of any annual bonuses
paid to the Employee in any year preceding the year in which the Change of
Control occurs, all cash and stock bonuses earned by the Employee shall be
valued as of the date of the grant.
(c)
Fringe
Benefits
. The Employee shall be entitled to fringe benefits
(including, but not limited to, any cash payments made in lieu thereof)
commensurate with those provided to his peer employees of the Company and its
Affiliates, but in no event shall such fringe benefits be less favorable than
the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its Affiliates for the
Employee at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding the Change
of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, those provided generally at
any time after the Change of Control to his peer employees of the Company and
its Affiliates.
(d)
Expenses
. The
Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
expenses incurred by the Employee in accordance with the most favorable
agreements, policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates
in effect for the Employee at any time during the one-year period immediately
preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, as in
effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to his peer employees of
the Company and its Affiliates.
(e)
Benefit
Plans
. (i) The Employee shall be entitled to participate in
all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to his peer employees of the Company and its Affiliates,
but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the
Employee with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and
special incentive opportunities to the extent that any such distinction is
applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each
case, less favorable than the most favorable of those provided by the Company
and its Affiliates for the Employee under any agreements, plans, practices,
policies and programs as in effect at any time during the one-year period
immediately preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
Employee, those provided generally at any time after the Change of Control to
his peer employees of the Company and its Affiliates.
(ii) The
Employee and his family shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive
all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs
provided by the Company and its Affiliates (including, without limitation,
medical, prescription drug, dental, disability, salary continuance, employee
life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and
programs) to the extent applicable generally to his peer employees of the
Company and its Affiliates, but in no event shall such plans, practices,
policies and programs provide the Employee and his family with benefits, in each
case, less favorable than the most favorable of those agreements, plans,
practices, policies and programs in effect for the Employee and his family at
any time during the one-year period immediately preceding the Change of Control
or, if more favorable to the Employee and his family, those provided generally
at any time after the Change of Control to his peer employees of the Company and
its Affiliates.
(iii) Without
limiting the generality of the Company’s obligations under this subsection (e),
the Company shall comply with all of its obligations under the benefit plans,
practices, policies and programs of the Company and its Affiliates that arise in
connection with a Change of Control of the Company, including without limitation
all obligations that require the Company to (A) fully vest participants under
the Company’s qualified or non-qualified retirement plans, (B) fully vest
employees meeting certain age and service requirements with post-retirement
medical, dental and life insurance, or (C) extend the benefits described in
Section 3.5.
(f)
Office and Support
Staff
. The Employee shall be entitled to an office or offices
of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial and
other assistance, commensurate with those provided to his peer employees of the
Company and its Affiliates.
(g)
Vacation
. The
Employee shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most
favorable agreements, plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and
its Affiliates as in effect for the Employee at any time during the one-year
period immediately preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
Employee, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to his peer
employees of the Company and its Affiliates.
(h)
Indemnification
. If,
in connection with any agreement related to a transaction that will result in a
Change of Control of the Company, an undertaking is made to provide the Board
with rights to indemnification from the Company (or from any other party to such
agreement), the Employee shall, by virtue of this Agreement, be entitled to the
same rights to indemnification as are provided to the Board pursuant to such
agreement. Otherwise, the Employee shall be entitled to
indemnification rights on terms no less favorable to the Employee than those
available under any Company indemnification agreements or the articles of
incorporation, bylaws or resolutions of the Company at any time after the Change
of Control to his peer employees of the Company. Such indemnification
rights shall be with respect to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings to
which the Employee is or is threatened to be made a party that arise out of or
are connected to his services at any time prior to the termination of his
employment, without regard to whether such claims, actions, suits or proceedings
are made, asserted or arise during or after the Employment Term.
(i)
Directors and Officers
Insurance
. If, in connection with any agreement related to a
transaction that will result in a Change of Control of the Company, an
undertaking is made to provide the Board with continued coverage following the
Change of Control under one or more directors and officers liability insurance
policies, then the Employee shall, by virtue of this Agreement, be entitled to
the same rights to continued coverage under such directors and officers
liability insurance policies as are provided to the Board, and the Company shall
take any steps necessary to give effect to this provision. Otherwise,
the Company shall agree to cover the Employee under any directors and officers
liability insurance policies as are provided generally at any time after the
Change of Control to his peer employees of the Company.
3.3
Obligations upon Termination after a
Change of Control.
(a)
Termination by Company for
Reasons other than Death, Disability or Cause or by the Employee for Good
Reason
. If, after a Change of Control and during the
Employment Term, the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates the Employee’s
employment, as defined in Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(h)(1) ("Separation from
Service"), other than for Cause, death or Disability, or the Employee terminates
employment for Good Reason, subject to Section 3.6,
(i) Subject
to the six-month delay rule in Section 3.3(d), if applicable, the Company shall
pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within five business days of the date
of termination an amount equal to three times the sum of (i) the amount of Base
Salary in effect pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof at the date of termination,
plus (ii) the greater of (x) the average of the annual bonuses paid or to be
paid to the Employee with respect to the immediately preceding three fiscal
years or (y) the target Bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the fiscal
year in which the date of termination occurs, assuming achievement at the target
level of the objective performance goals established with respect to such bonus
and achievement of 100% of any subjective performance goals or criteria
otherwise applicable with respect to such bonus;
provided, however,
that, if
the Employee has in effect a deferral election with respect to any percentage of
the annual bonus which would otherwise become payable with respect to the fiscal
year in which termination occurs, such lump sum payment shall be reduced by an
amount equal to such percentage times the bonus component of the lump sum
payment (which reduction amount shall be deferred in accordance with such
election);
(ii) the
Company shall pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within five business
days of the date of termination, but in no case later than the 15th day of the
third month following the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which the
termination occurs, an amount calculated by multiplying the annual bonus that
the Employee would have earned with respect to the entire fiscal year in which
termination occurs, assuming achievement at the target level of the objective
performance goals established with respect to such bonus and achievement of 100%
of any subjective performance goals or criteria otherwise applicable with
respect to such bonus, by the fraction obtained by dividing the number of days
in such year through the date of termination by 365;
provided, however,
that, if
the Employee has in effect a deferral election with respect to any percentage of
the annual bonus which would otherwise become payable with respect to the fiscal
year in which termination occurs, such lump sum payment shall be reduced by an
amount equal to such percentage times the lump sum payment (which reduction
amount shall be deferred in accordance with such election);
(iii) if,
at the date of termination, the Company shall not yet have paid to the Employee
(or deferred in accordance with any effective deferral election by the Employee)
an annual bonus with respect to a fully completed fiscal year, the Company shall
pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within five business days of the date
of termination but in no case after the 15
th
day of
the third month following the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which the
termination occurs, an amount determined as follows: (i) if the Board (acting
directly or indirectly through any committee or subcommittee) shall have already
determined the amount of such annual bonus, such amount shall be paid, and (ii)
if the Board shall not have already determined the amount of such annual bonus,
the amount to be paid shall be the greater of the amount provided under Section
3.2(b) hereof or the annual bonus that the Employee would have earned with
respect to such completed fiscal year, based solely upon the actual level of
achievement of the objective performance goals established with respect to such
bonus and assuming the achievement of 100% of any subjective performance goals
or criteria otherwise applicable with respect to such bonus;
provided, however,
that, if
the Employee has in effect a deferral election with respect to any percentage of
the annual bonus which would otherwise become payable with respect to such
completed fiscal year, such lump sum payment shall be reduced by an amount equal
to such percentage times the lump sum payment (which reduction amount shall be
deferred in accordance with such election);
provided, further,
that any
payment under this subsection (iii) (or any payment under any other provision of
this Agreement calculated by reference to prior or target bonus amounts) shall
be payable notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in any bonus
plan or program of the Company;
(iv) for
a period of three years following the date of termination of employment, or such
longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program,
practice or policy (the “Continuation Period”), the Company shall at its expense
continue on behalf of the Employee and his dependents and beneficiaries the life
insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits (including
any benefit under any individual benefit arrangement that covers medical, dental
or hospitalization expenses not otherwise covered under any general Company
plan) provided (x) to the Employee at any time during the one-year period prior
to the Change in Control or at any time thereafter or (y) to other
similarly-situated employees who continue in the employ of the Company or its
Affiliates during the Continuation Period. If the Employee is a
Specified Employee governed by Section 3.3(d), to the extent that any benefits
provided to the Employee under this Section 3.3(a)(iv) are taxable to the
Employee, then, with the exception of medical insurance benefits, the value of
the aggregate amount of such taxable benefits provided to the Employee pursuant
to this Section 3.3(a)(iv) during the six month period following the date of
termination shall be limited to the amount specified by Code Section
402(g)(1)(B) for the year in which the termination occurred. Employee
shall pay the cost of any benefits that exceed the amount specified in the
previous sentence during the six month period following the date of termination,
and shall be reimbursed in full by the Company during the seventh month after
the date of termination. The coverage and benefits (including
deductibles and costs) provided in this Section 3.3(a)(iv) during the
Continuation Period shall be no less favorable to the Employee and his
dependents and beneficiaries than the most favorable of such coverages and
benefits during any of the periods referred to in clauses (x) or (y) above;
provided, however,
in
the event of the disability of the Employee during the Continuation Period,
disability benefits shall, to the maximum extent possible, not be paid for the
Continuation Period but shall instead commence immediately following the end of
the Continuation Period. For purposes of determining eligibility (but
not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Employee for retiree benefits
pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the Employee shall be
considered to have remained employed until three years after the date of
termination and to have retired on the last day of such period. The
Company’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be
limited to the extent that the Employee obtains any such benefits pursuant to a
subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case the Company may reduce the
coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Employee hereunder as
long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no
less favorable to the Employee than the coverages and benefits required to be
provided hereunder. At the end of the Continuation Period, the
Employee shall have assigned to him, at no cost and with no apportionment of
prepaid premiums, any assignable insurance owned by the Company that relates
specifically to the Employee unless such assignment is inconsistent with the
terms of any split dollar arrangement with the Employee. The Employee
will be eligible for coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) at the end of the Continuation Period or earlier
cessation of the Company’s obligation under the foregoing provisions of this
Section 3.3(a)(iv) (or, if the Employee shall not be so eligible for any reason,
the Company will provide equivalent coverage).
(v) the
Company at its cost shall provide to the Employee outplacement assistance by a
reputable firm specializing in such services for the period beginning with the
termination of employment and ending upon the lapse of the Employment Term;
and
(vi) the
Company shall discharge its obligations under all other applicable sections of
this Article III, including Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7.
To the
extent that the amounts payable under Section 3.3(a) (iv) and (v), Section
3.6(g) and Section 3.7 are deemed to be reimbursements and other separation
payments under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v), they shall not be
deemed to provide for the deferral of compensation governed by Code Section
409A. If they do constitute deferral of compensation governed by Code
Section 409A, they shall be deemed to be reimbursements or in-kind benefits
governed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). If the
previous sentence applies, (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement
or in-kind benefits provided during the Employee’s taxable year shall not affect
the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable
year, (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be made on or before
the last day of the Employee's taxable year following the taxable year in which
the expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind
benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another
benefit.
The payments and benefits provided in this Section 3.3(a) and under all of the
Company’s employee benefit and compensation plans shall be without regard to any
plan amendment made after any Change of Control that adversely affects in any
manner the computation of payments and benefits due the Employee under such plan
or the time or manner of payment of such payments and benefits. After
a Change of Control no discretionary power of the Board or any committee thereof
shall be used in a way (and no ambiguity in any such plan shall be construed in
a way) which adversely affects in any manner any right or benefit of the
Employee under any such plan. If the Employee becomes entitled to
receive benefits under this Section 3.3(a), the Company shall not be required to
make any cash severance payment under any other severance or salary continuation
policy, plan, agreement or arrangement in favor of other officers or employees
of the Company or its Affiliates unless such other policy, plan, agreement or
arrangement expressly provides to the contrary in a provision that specifically
states that it is intended to override the limitation of this
sentence.
(b)
Death; Disability;
Termination for Cause; or Voluntary Termination
. If, after a
Change of Control and during the Employment Term, the Employee’s status as an
employee is terminated (i) by reason of the Employee’s death or Disability, (ii)
by the Company for Cause or (iii) voluntarily by the Employee other than for
Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligation to the
Employee or the Employee’s legal representatives (other than the timely payment
or provision of those already accrued to the Employee, imposed by law or imposed
pursuant to employee benefit or compensation plans, programs, practices,
policies or agreements maintained by the Company or its
Affiliates).
(c)
Notice of
Termination
. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by
reason of the Employee’s Disability, or by the Employee for Good Reason, shall
be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party given in
accordance with Section 4.2 of this Agreement. For purposes of this
Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates
the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the
extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Employee’s employment under
the provision so indicated and (iii) if the effective date of the termination is
other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date
(which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice),
provided that the effective date for any termination by reason of the Employee’s
Disability shall be the 30th day after the giving of such notice, unless prior
to such 30th day the Employee shall have resumed the full-time performance of
his duties. The failure by the Employee or the Company to set forth
in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a
showing of Cause, Disability or Good Reason shall not waive any right of the
Employee or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Employee or the
Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the
Employee’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.
(d)
Six Month Delay for
Specified Employees
. Notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, payments hereunder which constitute deferred compensation under Code
Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and which are not exempt
from coverage by Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall
commence, if Employee is then a Specified Employee and payment is triggered by
his Separation from Service, on the first day of the seventh month following the
date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the
date of death of the Specified Employee. On the first day of such
seventh month or on the first day of the month following the earlier death of
the Specified Employee, the Specified Employee or his estate or spouse, as the
case may be, shall be paid in a lump sum the amount that the Specified Employee
would have been paid hereunder over the preceding six months (or, if earlier,
the months preceding the date of death) but for the fact that he was a Specified
Employee. Nevertheless, for all other purposes of this Agreement, the
payments shall be deemed to have commenced on the date they would have had the
Employee not been a Specified Employee, and payment of any remaining benefits
shall be made as otherwise scheduled hereunder.
3.4
Accrued Obligations and Other
Benefits.
It is the intent of this Agreement that upon
termination of employment for any reason following a Change of Control the
Employee or his legal representatives be entitled to receive promptly, and in
addition to any other benefits specifically provided, (a) the Employee’s Base
Salary through the date of termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (b)
any accrued vacation pay, to the extent not theretofore paid, and (c) any other
amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Employee or his
legal representatives are entitled to receive under any plan, program, policy,
practice or agreement of the Company, including without limitation all payments
required to be made under the Company’s supplemental executive retirement
plan.
3.5
Stock Options and Other
Incentives.
The foregoing benefits provided for in this
Article III are intended to be in addition to the value or benefit of any stock
options, restricted stock, performance shares or similar awards, the
exercisability, vesting or payment of which is accelerated or otherwise enhanced
upon a Change of Control pursuant to the terms of any stock option, incentive or
other similar plan or agreement heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Company
or the Post-Transaction Corporation;
provided, however,
that, upon
any termination of the Employee other than for Cause within three years
following a Change of Control, all of the Employee’s then-outstanding vested
stock options, whether granted before or during the Employment Term, shall
remain exercisable until the later of the 190th day after the termination date
or the end of the exercise period provided for in the applicable option
agreement or plan as then in effect, but in no event shall such exercise period
continue after the date on which such options would have expired if the Employee
had remained an employee of the Company, the Post-Transaction Corporation or one
of their respective Affiliates.
3.6
Excise Tax
Provision.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Agreement, if a Change of Control occurs during the original or extended
term of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to
be received by the Employee in connection with the Change of Control or the
termination of the Employee’s employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any
Person whose actions result in the Change of Control or any Person Affiliated
with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits, including
without limitation the payments and benefits under Sections 3.3(a), 3.4(b),
3.4(c), 3.5 and 3.7 hereof, being hereinafter called “Payments”) would be
subject (in whole or in part) to an excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the
Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Employee with respect to
such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties,
are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), the Company shall
pay to the Employee at the time specified in paragraph (d) below an additional
amount (the “Gross-up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by the
Employee, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Payments and all taxes
(including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes),
including without limitation any federal, state and local income or payroll tax
and any Excise Tax, imposed upon the Gross-up Payment provided for by this
paragraph (a), but before deduction of any federal, state and local income or
payroll tax on the Payments, shall be equal to the
Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Gross-Up
Payments
(including
any additional Gross-up Payment pursuant to Section 3.6(e)) must be paid no
later than the end of the Employee’s taxable year next following the Employee’s
taxable year in which the Employee remits the related taxes, as required by
Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
(b) For
purposes of determining whether any of the Payments and the Gross-up Payment
(collectively, the “Total Payments”) will be subject to the Excise Tax and the
amount of such Excise Tax, (i) the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute
payments” within the meaning of section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “excess
parachute payments” within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) shall be treated as
subject to the Excise Tax, except to the extent that in the opinion of tax
counsel selected by the Company’s independent auditors (“Auditors”) and
reasonably acceptable to the Employee (“Tax Counsel”) such Total Payments (in
whole or in part) do not constitute “parachute payments”, or such “excess
parachute payments” (in whole or in part) are not subject to the Excise Tax and
(ii) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall
be determined by the Auditors in accordance with the principles of sections
280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. The Auditors shall perform the
calculations in conformance with the foregoing provisions and within 15 business
days of the date that any Payments are made under this Agreement shall provide
the Employee with a detailed written statement setting forth the manner in which
the Total Payments are calculated and the basis for such calculations, including
without limitation any opinions or other advice the Company has received from
Tax Counsel, the Auditors or other advisors or consultants (and any such
opinions or advice which are in writing shall be attached to the
statement).
(c) For
purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-up Payment, the Employee shall
be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal
income taxation applicable to individuals in the calendar year in which the
Gross-up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest
marginal rates of taxation in the state and locality of the Employee’s residence
in the calendar year in which the Gross-up Payment is to be made, net of the
maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction
of such state and local taxes, taking into account any limitations applicable to
individuals subject to federal income tax at the highest marginal
rates.
(d) The
initial Gross-up Payment, if any, as determined pursuant to this Section 3.6,
shall be paid to the Employee within five days of the receipt of the Auditors’
determination. If the Auditors determine that no Excise Tax is
payable by the Employee, the Company shall cause the Auditors to furnish the
Employee with an opinion that failure to report any Excise Tax on the Employee’s
applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a
negligence or similar penalty.
(e) If
it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or Internal
Revenue Service proceeding or the written opinion of Tax Counsel that the Excise
Tax is less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the
Gross-up Payment is made, the Employee shall repay to the Company within 30 days
of the Employee’s receipt of notice of such final determination or opinion the
portion of the Gross-up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion
of the Gross-up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax, federal, state and local
income tax and Excise Tax imposed on the portion of the Gross-up Payment being
repaid by the Employee if such repayment results in a reduction of Excise Tax or
federal, state and local income tax), plus interest on the amount of such
repayment at the rate provided in section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any portion of the
Gross-up Payment to be refunded to the Company has been paid to any federal,
state and local tax authority, the payment thereof (and related amounts) shall
not be required until actual refund or credit of such portion has been made to
the Employee, and interest payable to the Company shall not exceed the interest
received or credited to the Employee by such tax authority for the period that
it held such portion. The Employee and the Company shall endeavor to
mutually agree upon the course of action to be pursued (and the method of
allocating the expense thereof) if the Employee’s claim for refund or credit is
denied. If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a
court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding or the written opinion of Tax
Counsel that the Excise Tax exceeds the amount taken into account hereunder at
the time the Gross-up Payment is made (including by reason of any payment the
existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-up
Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-up Payment in respect of
such excess (plus any interest or penalties payable with respect to such
excess), as determined by the Auditors, within 30 days of the Company’s receipt
of notice of such final determination or opinion.
(f) In
the event of any controversy with the Internal Revenue Service (or other taxing
authority) with regard to the Excise Tax, the Employee shall permit the Company
to control issues relating to the Excise Tax (at its expense), provided that
such issues do not potentially materially adversely affect the Employee, but the
Employee shall control any other issues. In the event that the issues
are interrelated, the Employee and the Company shall in good faith cooperate so
as not to jeopardize resolution of either issue, but if the parties cannot
agree, the Employee shall make the final determination with regard to the
issues. In the event of any conference with any taxing authority as
to the Excise Tax or associated income taxes, the Employee shall permit a
representative of the Company to accompany the Employee, and the Employee and
the Employee’s representative shall cooperate with the Company and its
representative. The Company and the Employee shall promptly deliver
to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal
communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by
this Section 3.6.
(g) The
Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Tax Counsel and the
Auditors. The timing of any payments pursuant to this subsection (g)
shall be governed by Section 3.3(a)
(h) Notwithstanding
any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if it is determined by
the Auditors that the gross-up provisions in this Section 3.6 as they relate to
the accelerated vesting of nonqualified stock options or restricted stock issued
by the Company would be the sole reason precluding the use by the Company of the
pooling of interests method of accounting, then the tax gross-up provisions of
this Section 3.6 shall not apply to such nonqualified stock options or
restricted stock as the case may be, unless the Gross-up Payment can be altered,
modified or delayed to allow it to be paid without precluding the use of the
pooling of interest method of accounting. The Company will use its
best efforts to alter, modify, or delay the payment so that the Gross-up Payment
can be made.
3.7
Legal Fees.
The
Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all
legal fees and other expenses (including expert witness and accounting fees)
which the Employee may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless
of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Employee or others of the validity
or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement
(including as a result of any contest by the Employee about the amount or timing
of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) or which the Employee may reasonably
incur in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable
to the application of section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit
provided under this Agreement. The timing of any payments pursuant to
this Section 3.7 shall be governed by Section 3.3(a).
3.8
Set-Off;
Mitigation.
After a Change of Control, the obligations of the
Company and its Affiliates to make the payments provided for in this Agreement
and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any
set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which
the Company or its Affiliates may have against the Employee or others other than
the Company’s right to reduce welfare benefits under the circumstances described
in Section 3.3(a)(iv). It is the intent of this Agreement that in no
event shall the Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other
action to mitigate the amounts or benefits payable to the Employee under any of
the provisions of this Agreement.
3.9
Certain Pre-Change-of-Control
Terminations.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, the Employee’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated
following a Change of Control by the Company without Cause (and the Employee
shall be entitled to receive all payments and benefits associated
therewith) if the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company or any of
its Affiliates without Cause prior to a Change of Control (whether or not a
Change of Control actually occurs) and such termination (i) was at the request
or direction of a third party who has taken steps designed to effect a Change of
Control or otherwise arose in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of
Control or (ii) occurred after discussions with a third party regarding a
possible Change of Control transaction commenced and such discussions produced
(whether before or after such termination) either a preliminary or definitive
agreement with respect to such a transaction or a public announcement of the
pending transaction (whether or not a Change of Control actually
occurs). If the Employee takes the position that the foregoing
sentence applies and the Company disagrees, the Company shall have the burden of
proof in any such dispute.
ARTICLE
IV
MISCELLANEOUS
4.1
Binding Effect;
Successors.
(a) This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any
of its successors or assigns.
(b) This
Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the
Employee without the consent of the Company (there being no obligation to give
such consent) other than such rights or benefits as are transferred by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, which shall inure to the benefit of the
Employee’s legal representatives.
(c) The
Company shall require any successor to or assignee of (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, share exchange, merger, consolidation or otherwise) all
or substantially all of the assets or businesses of the Company (i) to assume
unconditionally and expressly this Agreement and (ii) to agree to perform or to
cause to be performed all of the obligations under this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent as would have been required of the Company had no
assignment or succession occurred, such assumption to be set forth in a writing
reasonably satisfactory to the Employee.
(d) The
Company shall also require all entities that control or that after the
transaction will control (directly or indirectly) the Company or any such
successor or assignee to agree to cause to be performed all of the obligations
under this Agreement, such agreement to be set forth in a writing reasonably
satisfactory to the Employee.
(e) The
obligations of the Company and the Employee which by their nature may require
either partial or total performance after the expiration of the term of the
Agreement shall survive such expiration.
4.2
Notices.
All
notices hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given upon
receipt of delivery by: (a) hand (against a receipt therefor), (b) certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) a nationally
recognized overnight courier service (against a receipt therefor) or (d)
telecopy transmission with confirmation of receipt. All such notices
must be addressed as follows:
If to the
Company, to:
CenturyTel,
Inc.
100
CenturyTel Drive
Monroe,
Louisiana 71203
Attn: General
Counsel
If to the
Employee, to:
Glen F.
Post, III
100
CenturyTel Drive
Monroe,
Louisiana 71203
(or, if
the Employee is no longer employed at such address,
to the
Employee’s last known principal residence reflected in
the
Company’s records)
or such
other address as to which any party hereto may have notified the other in
writing.
4.3
Governing Law.
This
Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the
internal laws of the State of Louisiana without regard to principles of conflict
of laws.
4.4
Withholding.
The
Employee agrees that the Company has the right to withhold, from the amounts
payable pursuant to this Agreement, all amounts required to be withheld under
applicable income or employment tax laws, or as otherwise stated in documents
granting rights that are affected by this Agreement.
4.5
Amendment and Compliance with
Law.
No provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended
except by an instrument in writing signed by both
parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is
the intention of the parties to this Agreement that no payment or entitlement
pursuant to this Agreement will give rise to any adverse tax consequences to the
Employee under Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations and other interpretive
guidance issued thereunder, including that issued after the date hereof
(collectively, "Section 409A"). This Agreement and any amendments hereto shall
be interpreted to that end and (i) to the maximum extent permitted by law, no
effect shall be given to any provision herein, any amendment hereto or any
action taken hereunder in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give
rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A and (ii) the parties shall
take any corrective action reasonably within their control that are necessary to
avoid such adverse tax consequences.
4.6
Severability.
If
any term or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any
person or circumstance, shall at any time or to any extent be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any respect as written, the Employee and the Company intend
for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit such provision so as
to render it valid and enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by
law. Any such provision that is not susceptible of such reformation
shall be ignored so as to not affect any other term or provision hereof, and the
remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to
persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and shall be valid and
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
4.7
Waiver of
Breach.
Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary,
the failure by any party to enforce any of its rights hereunder shall not be
deemed to be a waiver of such rights, unless such waiver is an express written
waiver. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of
this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
breach thereof.
4.8
Remedies Not
Exclusive.
No remedy specified herein shall be deemed to be
such party’s exclusive remedy, and accordingly, in addition to all of the rights
and remedies provided for in this Agreement, the parties shall have all other
rights and remedies provided to them by applicable law, rule or regulation,
including without limitation the right to claim interest with respect to any
payment not timely made hereunder.
4.9
Company’s Reservation of
Rights.
The Employee acknowledges and understands that (i) the
Employee is employed at will by either the Company or one of its Affiliates (the
“Employer”), (ii) the Employee serves at the pleasure of the board of directors
of the Employer, and (iii) the Employer has the right at any time to terminate
the Employee’s status as an employee, or to change or diminish his status during
the Employment Term, subject to the rights of the Employee to claim the benefits
conferred by this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provisions of
this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not entitle the Employee or
his legal representatives to any severance or other benefits of any kind prior
to a Change of Control or to any such benefits if Employee is not employed by
the Company or one of its Affiliates on the date of a Change of Control, except
in each case for those rights afforded under Section 3.9.
4.10
Non-exclusivity of
Rights.
Subject to Section 4.9, nothing in this Agreement
shall prevent or limit the Employee’s continuing or future participation in any
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its
Affiliates and for which the Employee may qualify, nor shall anything herein
limit or otherwise restrict such rights as the Employee may have under any
contract or agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The
Employee shall not be obligated to furnish a release of any rights or claims
against the Company or its Affiliates as a condition of receiving benefits
hereunder.
4.11
Confidentiality.
Upon
receipt of the payments or benefits contemplated by Section 3.3 hereof, the
Employee agrees to refrain for a period of three years from divulging any
non-public, confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or
its Affiliates to any Person other than the Company, its Affiliates or their
respective officers, directors or advisors, provided that this obligation shall
lapse prior to the end of such three-year period with respect to any information
that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result
of a breach of this Section 4.11, (ii) is or becomes available to the Employee
on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its
representatives, provided that such source is not known by the Employee to have
violated any confidentiality agreement with the Company in connection with such
disclosure, or (iii) is acquired or developed independently by the Employee
without violating this Section 4.11.
4.12
Demand for
Benefits.
Unless otherwise provided herein, the payment or
payments due hereunder shall be paid to the Employee without the need for
demand, and to a beneficiary upon the receipt of the beneficiary’s address and
social security number. Nevertheless, the Employee or a Person
claiming to be a beneficiary who claims entitlement to a benefit can file a
claim for benefits hereunder with the Company. Unless otherwise
provided herein, the Company shall accept or reject the claim within five
business days of its receipt. If the claim is denied, the Company
shall give the reason for denial in a written notice that refers to the
provision of this Agreement that forms the basis of the denial. If
any additional information or material is necessary to perfect the claim, the
Company will identify these items in writing and explain why such additional
information is necessary.
4.13
Authority.
The
Company represents and warrants that (i) the Original Agreement was duly
authorized by the Shareholder Relations Committee of the Board and the
Compensation Committee of the Board on February 21, 2000 and by the Board on
February 22, 2000, (ii) this Agreement was duly authorized by the Compensation
Committee of the Board on October 17, 2007 and by the Board on November 14,
2007, and (iii) no other corporate proceedings are necessary to authorize the
Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.
4.14
Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
4.15
Interpretation.
Any
reference to any section of the Code or the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed
to also refer to any successor provisions thereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the
Company and the Employee have caused this Amended and Restated Change in Control
Agreement to be executed as of the Restatement Date.
|
CenturyTel,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
|
Executive
Vice President,
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE:
|
|
|
|
/s/ Glen F. Post, III
|
|
Glen
F. Post,
III
|
Exhibit
10.4(b)
FORM
OF
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
CHANGE OF CONTROL
AGREEMENT
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE OF
CONTROL AGREEMENT
(this “Agreement”), dated effective January 1, 2008
(the “Restatement Date”), between CenturyTel, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the
“Company”), and ___________ (the “Employee”).
W
I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS
, the Company and
Employee entered into a change of control agreement (the “Original Agreement”)
dated effective as of February 22, 2000 (the “Agreement Date”);
WHEREAS
, in connection with
entering into the Original Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company (the
“Board”) determined that (i) it was in the best interests of the Company and its
shareholders to take steps designed to retain the services of the Employee and
to assure the full dedication of the Employee, free from personal distraction,
in the event of an actual or pending change of control of the Company, and (ii)
the Original Agreement accomplished these and other related objectives;
and
WHEREAS
, in order to ensure
that the Original Agreement complies with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986 and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the U.S. Department
of the Treasury (the “Treasury Regulations”), the Board has determined that it
is necessary and appropriate to amend and restate (i) various provisions in
Article III of the Original Agreement relating to the payment of benefits
thereunder and (ii) certain other related provisions and
definitions;
NOW
,
THEREFORE
, the parties agree
to amend and restate the Original Agreement so that it reads in its entirety as
follows:
ARTICLE
I
CERTAIN
DEFINITIONS
1.1
Affiliate.
“Affiliate”
(and variants thereof) shall mean a Person that controls, or is controlled by,
or is under common control with, another specified Person, either directly or
indirectly.
1.2
Beneficial
Owner.
“Beneficial Owner” (and variants thereof), with respect
to a security, shall mean a Person who, directly or indirectly (through any
contract, understanding, relationship or otherwise), has or shares (i) the power
to vote, or direct the voting of, the security, or (ii) the power to dispose of,
or direct the disposition of, the security.
1.3
Cause.
(a) “Cause”
shall mean:
(i) conviction
of a felony;
(ii) habitual
intoxication during working hours;
(iii) habitual
abuse of or addiction to a controlled dangerous substance; or
(iv) the
willful and continued failure of the Employee to perform substantially the
Employee’s duties with the Company or its Affiliates (other than any such
failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or the
Employee’s termination of employment for Good Reason) for a period of 15 days
after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Employee
by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board
believes that the Employee has not substantially performed the Employee’s
duties.
(b) For
purposes of this Section 1.3, no act or failure to act on the part of the
Employee shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done,
by the Employee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the Employee’s
action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or its
Affiliates. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given
pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of a
senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the
Company or its Affiliates shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted
to be done, by the Employee in good faith and in the best interests of the
Company or its Affiliates. Any termination by the Company or any of
its Affiliates of the Employee’s employment during the Employment Term (as
defined in Section 1.8) shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless the
Employee’s action or inaction meets the foregoing standard and until there shall
have been delivered to the Employee a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the
Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after
reasonable notice is provided to the Employee and the Employee is given an
opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that,
in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Employee is guilty of the conduct
described in subparagraph (a) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in
detail.
(c) No
action or inaction shall be deemed the basis for Cause unless the Employee is
terminated therefor within 120 days after such action or omission is known to
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
(d) In
the event that the existence of Cause shall become an issue in any action or
proceeding between the Company and the Employee, the Company shall,
notwithstanding the finding of the Board referenced above, have the burden of
establishing that the actions or inactions deemed the basis for Cause did in
fact occur and do constitute Cause and that the Company has satisfied the
procedural requirements of this provision. The satisfaction of the
Company’s burden shall require clear and convincing evidence. Any
purported termination of employment of the Employee by the Company which does
not meet each and every substantive and procedural requirement of this provision
shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as a termination of
employment without Cause.
1.4
Change of
Control.
“Change of Control” shall mean:
(a) the
acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of 30% or more of the
outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share (the
“Common Stock”), or 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s
then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors;
provided,
however,
that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following
acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control:
(i) any
acquisition (other than a Business Combination which constitutes a Change of
Control under Section 1.4(c) hereof) of Common Stock directly from the
Company,
(ii) any
acquisition of Common Stock by the Company or its subsidiaries,
(iii) any
acquisition of Common Stock by any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the
Company, or
(iv) any
acquisition of Common Stock by any corporation pursuant to a Business
Combination that does not constitute a Change of Control under Section 1.4(c)
hereof; or
(b) individuals
who, as of the Restatement Date, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”)
cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
provided, however,
that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to the Restatement Date whose
election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved
by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent
Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board, unless such
individual’s initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or
threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors
or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on
behalf of a Person other than the Incumbent Board; or
(c) consummation
of a reorganization, share exchange, merger or consolidation (including any such
transaction involving any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company), or sale
or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a
“Business Combination”);
provided, however,
that in no
such case shall any such transaction constitute a Change of Control if
immediately following such Business Combination,
(i) the
individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of the Company’s
outstanding common stock and the Company’s voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business
Combination have direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership, respectively, of more
than 50% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, and more than 50% of
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors, of the Post-Transaction Corporation
(as defined in Section 1.11 hereof), and
(ii) except
to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, no
Person (excluding the Post-Transaction Corporation and any employee benefit plan
or related trust of either the Company, the Post-Transaction Corporation or any
subsidiary of either corporation) Beneficially Owns, directly or indirectly, 20%
or more of the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
resulting from such Business Combination or 20% or more of the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation,
and
(iii) at
least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
Post-Transaction Corporation were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of
the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing
for such Business Combination; or
(d) approval
by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of
the Company.
1.5
Code.
“Code” shall
mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.
1.6
Company.
“Company”
shall mean CenturyTel, Inc. and shall include any successor to or assignee of
(whether direct or indirect, by purchase, share exchange, merger, consolidation
or otherwise) all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company
that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or
otherwise.
1.7
Disability.
“Disability”
shall mean a condition that would entitle the Employee to receive benefits under
the long-term disability insurance policy applicable to the Company’s officers
at the time either because the Employee is totally disabled or partially
disabled, as such terms are defined in the policy then in effect. If
the Company has no long-term disability plan in effect, “Disability” shall occur
if (a) the Employee is rendered incapable because of physical or mental illness
of satisfactorily discharging his duties and responsibilities to the Company for
a period of 90 consecutive days, (b) a duly qualified physician chosen by the
Company and acceptable to the Employee or his legal representatives so certifies
in writing, and (c) the Board determines that the Employee has become
disabled.
1.8
Employment
Term.
“Employment Term” shall mean the period commencing on
the date of a Change of Control and ending on the third anniversary of such
date.
1.9
Good
Reason.
(a) Any act or failure to act by the
Company or its Affiliates specified in this Section 1.9 shall constitute
“Good Reason” unless the
Employee shall otherwise expressly agree in a writing that specifically refers
to this Section 1.9:
(i) Any
failure of the Company or its Affiliates to provide the Employee with a
position, authority, duties and responsibilities at least commensurate in all
material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and
assigned at any time during the 180-day period immediately preceding the
Change of Control. The Employee’s position, authority, duties and
responsibilities after a Change of Control shall not be considered commensurate
in all material respects with the Employee’s position, authority, duties and
responsibilities prior to a Change of Control unless after the Change of Control
the Employee holds an equivalent position with, and exercises substantially
equivalent authority, duties and responsibilities on behalf of, either the
Post-Transaction Corporation or the Company;
(ii) The
assignment to the Employee of any duties inconsistent in any material respect
with the Employee’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting
requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section
3.1(b) of this Agreement, or any other action that results in a diminution in
such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose
an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that
the Company remedies within 10 days after its receipt of written notice thereof
from the Employee;
(iii) A
material increase in the Employee’s responsibilities or duties without a
commensurate increase in total compensation;
(iv) Any
failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Sections 4.1 (c) or (d) of
this Agreement;
(v) Any
failure by the Company or its Affiliates to comply with any of the other
provisions of this Agreement, other than an isolated, insubstantial and
inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith that the Company remedies within
10 days after its receipt of written notice thereof from the
Employee;
(vi) Any
directive requiring the Employee to be based at any office or location other
than as provided in Section 3.1(b)(ii) hereof or requiring the Employee to
travel on business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately
prior to the Change of Control; or
(vii) Any
purported termination of the Employee’s employment otherwise than as expressly
permitted by this Agreement.
(b) For
purposes of this Section 1.9, any good faith determination of “Good Reason” made
by the Employee shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, unless the
Company establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the Employee did not
have any reasonable basis for such determination.
(c) No
action or inaction by the Company shall be deemed the basis for Good Reason
unless the Employee asserts his right hereunder to terminate employment with
Good Reason prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Employee
obtained actual knowledge of such act or omission. Except as
otherwise provided in the prior sentence, neither the Employee’s continued
employment with the Company or its Affiliates nor any delay in the Employee’s
assertion of his rights to terminate employment with Good Reason shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver of any of the Employee’s rights hereunder.
(d) Anything
in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, a resignation by the Employee
for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first
anniversary of the Change of Control shall be deemed to be a termination for
Good Reason and the Employee shall be entitled to receive all payments and
benefits hereunder associated therewith.
1.10
Person.
“Person”
shall mean a natural person or entity, and shall also mean the group or
syndicate created when two or more Persons act as a syndicate or other group
(including, without limitation, a partnership or limited partnership) for the
purpose of acquiring, holding, or disposing of a security, except that “Person”
shall not include an underwriter temporarily holding a security pursuant to an
offering of the security.
1.11
Post-Transaction
Corporation.
Unless a Change of Control results from a
Business Combination (as defined in Section 1.4(c) hereof), “Post-Transaction
Corporation” shall mean the Company after the Change of Control. If a
Change of Control results from a Business Combination, “Post-Transaction
Corporation” shall mean the corporation or other entity resulting from the
Business Combination unless, as a result of such Business Combination, an
ultimate parent corporation controls such resulting entity, the Company or all
or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or indirectly, in
which case “Post-Transaction Corporation” shall mean such ultimate parent
corporation.
1.12
Specified
Employee. “
Specified Employee” shall mean the Employee if the
Employee is a key employee under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i)
because of final and binding action taken by the Board or its Compensation
Committee, or by operation of law or such regulation.
ARTICLE
II
STATUS
OF CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENTS
Notwithstanding
any provisions thereof, as of the Restatement Date, this Agreement amends and
restates the Original Agreement and supersedes any and all prior agreements
between the Company and the Employee that provide for severance benefits in the
event of a Change of Control of the Company, as defined
therein.
ARTICLE
III
CHANGE
OF CONTROL BENEFITS
3.1
Employment Term and Capacity after
Change of Control.
(a) This Agreement was
originally effective as of the Agreement Date and has been in effect
continuously thereafter. Commencing on January 1, 2002 and each January 1
thereafter, the term of this Agreement has been and shall automatically be
extended for one additional year unless, not later than June 30 of the preceding
year, the Company shall have given written notice that it does not wish to
extend this Agreement;
provided, further,
that,
notwithstanding any such non-extension notice by the Company, if a Change of
Control of the Company shall have occurred during the original or extended term
of this Agreement, this Agreement shall continue in effect through the third
anniversary of the Change of Control, subject to any earlier termination of the
Employee’s status as an employee pursuant to this Agreement;
provided
,
further
, that in no event
shall any termination of this Agreement result in any forfeiture of rights that
accrued prior to the date of termination.
(b) During
the Employment Term, the Company hereby agrees to continue the Employee in its
employ, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. During
the Employment Term, (i) the Employee’s position (including status, offices,
titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall
be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of
those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 180-day period
immediately preceding the Change of Control and (ii) the Employee’s services
shall be performed during normal business hours at the location of the Company’s
principal executive office at the time of the Change of Control, or the office
or location where the Employee was employed immediately preceding the Change of
Control or any relocation of any such site to a location that is not more than
35 miles from its location at the time of the Change of Control. The
Employee’s position, authority, duties and responsibilities after a Change of
Control shall not be considered commensurate in all material respects with the
Employee’s position, authority, duties and responsibilities prior to a Change of
Control unless after the Change of Control the Employee holds an equivalent
position with, and exercises substantially equivalent authority, duties and
responsibilities on behalf of, either the Post-Transaction Corporation or the
Company.
3.2
Compensation and
Benefits.
During the Employment Term, the Employee shall be
entitled to the following compensation and benefits:
(a)
Base
Salary
. The Employee shall receive an annual base salary
(“Base Salary”), which shall be paid in at least monthly
installments. The Base Salary shall initially be equal to 12 times
the highest monthly base salary that was paid or is payable to the Employee,
including any base salary which has been earned but deferred by the Employee, by
the Company and its Affiliates with respect to any month in the 12-month period
ending with the month that immediately precedes the month in which the Change of
Control occurs. During the Employment Term, the Employee’s Base
Salary shall be reviewed at such time as the Company undertakes a salary review
of his peer employees (but at least annually), and, to the extent that salary
increases are granted to his peer employees of the Company (or have been granted
during the immediately preceding 12-month period to his peer employees of any
Affiliate of the Company), the Employee shall be granted a salary increase
commensurate with any increase granted to his peer employees of the Company and
its Affiliates. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit
or reduce any other obligation to the Employee under this
Agreement. Base Salary shall not be reduced during the Employment
Term (whether or not any increase in Base Salary occurs) and, if any increase in
Base Salary occurs, the term Base Salary as utilized in this Agreement shall
refer to Base Salary as so increased from time to time.
(b)
Annual
Bonus
. In addition to Base Salary, the Employee shall be
awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Term, an annual cash
bonus (the “Bonus”) in an amount at least equal to the average of the annual
bonuses paid to the Employee with respect to the three fiscal years that
immediately precede the year in which the Change of Control occurs under the
Company’s annual bonus plan, or any comparable bonus under a successor plan;
provided, however,
that
if the Company has never paid an annual bonus for a full year to the Employee,
the Employee shall be awarded a Bonus in an amount at least equal to the target
bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the fiscal year in which the Change
of Control occurs, assuming achievement at the target level of the objective
performance goals established with respect to such bonus and achievement of 100%
of any subjective performance goals or criteria otherwise applicable with
respect to such bonus. Each such Bonus shall be paid after the end of
the fiscal year and no later than the 15
th
day of
the third month of the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for which the
Bonus is awarded, unless the Employee shall timely elect to defer the receipt of
such Bonus pursuant to the CenturyTel, Inc. Supplemental Dollars & Sense
Plan. For purposes of determining the value of any annual bonuses
paid to the Employee in any year preceding the year in which the Change of
Control occurs, all cash and stock bonuses earned by the Employee shall be
valued as of the date of the grant.
(c)
Fringe
Benefits
. The Employee shall be entitled to fringe benefits
(including, but not limited to, any cash payments made in lieu thereof)
commensurate with those provided to his peer employees of the Company and its
Affiliates, but in no event shall such fringe benefits be less favorable than
the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its Affiliates for the
Employee at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding the Change
of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, those provided generally at
any time after the Change of Control to his peer employees of the Company and
its Affiliates.
(d)
Expenses
. The
Employee shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable
expenses incurred by the Employee in accordance with the most favorable
agreements, policies, practices and procedures of the Company and its Affiliates
in effect for the Employee at any time during the one-year period immediately
preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the Employee, as in
effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to his peer employees of
the Company and its Affiliates.
(e)
Benefit
Plans
. (i) The Employee shall be entitled to participate in
all incentive, savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs
applicable generally to his peer employees of the Company and its Affiliates,
but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the
Employee with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular and
special incentive opportunities to the extent that any such distinction is
applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each
case, less favorable than the most favorable of those provided by the Company
and its Affiliates for the Employee under any agreements, plans, practices,
policies and programs as in effect at any time during the one-year period
immediately preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
Employee, those provided generally at any time after the Change of Control to
his peer employees of the Company and its Affiliates.
(ii) The
Employee and his family shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive
all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs
provided by the Company and its Affiliates (including, without limitation,
medical, prescription drug, dental, disability, salary continuance, employee
life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and
programs) to the extent applicable generally to his peer employees of the
Company and its Affiliates, but in no event shall such plans, practices,
policies and programs provide the Employee and his family with benefits, in each
case, less favorable than the most favorable of those agreements, plans,
practices, policies and programs in effect for the Employee and his family at
any time during the one-year period immediately preceding the Change of Control
or, if more favorable to the Employee and his family, those provided generally
at any time after the Change of Control to his peer employees of the Company and
its Affiliates.
(iii) Without
limiting the generality of the Company’s obligations under this subsection (e),
the Company shall comply with all of its obligations under the benefit plans,
practices, policies and programs of the Company and its Affiliates that arise in
connection with a Change of Control of the Company, including without limitation
all obligations that require the Company to (A) fully vest participants under
the Company’s qualified or non-qualified retirement plans, (B) fully vest
employees meeting certain age and service requirements with post-retirement
medical, dental and life insurance, or (C) extend the benefits described in
Section 3.5.
(f)
Office and Support
Staff
. The Employee shall be entitled to an office or offices
of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial and
other assistance, commensurate with those provided to his peer employees of the
Company and its Affiliates.
(g)
Vacation
. The
Employee shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most
favorable agreements, plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and
its Affiliates as in effect for the Employee at any time during the one-year
period immediately preceding the Change of Control or, if more favorable to the
Employee, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to his peer
employees of the Company and its Affiliates.
(h)
Indemnification
. If,
in connection with any agreement related to a transaction that will result in a
Change of Control of the Company, an undertaking is made to provide the Board
with rights to indemnification from the Company (or from any other party to such
agreement), the Employee shall, by virtue of this Agreement, be entitled to the
same rights to indemnification as are provided to the Board pursuant to such
agreement. Otherwise, the Employee shall be entitled to
indemnification rights on terms no less favorable to the Employee than those
available under any Company indemnification agreements or the articles of
incorporation, bylaws or resolutions of the Company at any time after the Change
of Control to his peer employees of the Company. Such indemnification
rights shall be with respect to all claims, actions, suits or proceedings to
which the Employee is or is threatened to be made a party that arise out of or
are connected to his services at any time prior to the termination of his
employment, without regard to whether such claims, actions, suits or proceedings
are made, asserted or arise during or after the Employment Term.
(i)
Directors and Officers
Insurance
. If, in connection with any agreement related to a
transaction that will result in a Change of Control of the Company, an
undertaking is made to provide the Board with continued coverage following the
Change of Control under one or more directors and officers liability insurance
policies, then the Employee shall, by virtue of this Agreement, be entitled to
the same rights to continued coverage under such directors and officers
liability insurance policies as are provided to the Board, and the Company shall
take any steps necessary to give effect to this provision. Otherwise,
the Company shall agree to cover the Employee under any directors and officers
liability insurance policies as are provided generally at any time after the
Change of Control to his peer employees of the Company.
3.3
Obligations upon Termination after a
Change of Control.
(a)
Termination by Company for
Reasons other than Death, Disability or Cause or by the Employee for Good
Reason
. If, after a Change of Control and during the
Employment Term, the Company or any of its Affiliates terminates the Employee’s
employment, as defined in Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(h)(1) ("Separation from
Service"), other than for Cause, death or Disability, or the Employee terminates
employment for Good Reason, subject to Section 3.6,
(i) Subject
to the six-month delay rule in Section 3.3(d), if applicable, the Company shall
pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within five business days of the date
of termination an amount equal to three times the sum of (i) the amount of Base
Salary in effect pursuant to Section 3.2(a) hereof at the date of termination,
plus (ii) the greater of (x) the average of the annual bonuses paid or to be
paid to the Employee with respect to the immediately preceding three fiscal
years or (y) the target Bonus for which the Employee is eligible for the fiscal
year in which the date of termination occurs, assuming achievement at the target
level of the objective performance goals established with respect to such bonus
and achievement of 100% of any subjective performance goals or criteria
otherwise applicable with respect to such bonus;
provided, however,
that, if
the Employee has in effect a deferral election with respect to any percentage of
the annual bonus which would otherwise become payable with respect to the fiscal
year in which termination occurs, such lump sum payment shall be reduced by an
amount equal to such percentage times the bonus component of the lump sum
payment (which reduction amount shall be deferred in accordance with such
election);
(ii) the
Company shall pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within five business
days of the date of termination, but in no case later than the 15th day of the
third month following the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which the
termination occurs, an amount calculated by multiplying the annual bonus that
the Employee would have earned with respect to the entire fiscal year in which
termination occurs, assuming achievement at the target level of the objective
performance goals established with respect to such bonus and achievement of 100%
of any subjective performance goals or criteria otherwise applicable with
respect to such bonus, by the fraction obtained by dividing the number of days
in such year through the date of termination by 365;
provided, however,
that, if
the Employee has in effect a deferral election with respect to any percentage of
the annual bonus which would otherwise become payable with respect to the fiscal
year in which termination occurs, such lump sum payment shall be reduced by an
amount equal to such percentage times the lump sum payment (which reduction
amount shall be deferred in accordance with such election);
(iii) if,
at the date of termination, the Company shall not yet have paid to the Employee
(or deferred in accordance with any effective deferral election by the Employee)
an annual bonus with respect to a fully completed fiscal year, the Company shall
pay to the Employee in a lump sum in cash within five business days of the date
of termination but in no case after the 15
th
day of
the third month following the end of the fiscal year of the Company in which the
termination occurs, an amount determined as follows: (i) if the Board (acting
directly or indirectly through any committee or subcommittee) shall have already
determined the amount of such annual bonus, such amount shall be paid, and (ii)
if the Board shall not have already determined the amount of such annual bonus,
the amount to be paid shall be the greater of the amount provided under Section
3.2(b) hereof or the annual bonus that the Employee would have earned with
respect to such completed fiscal year, based solely upon the actual level of
achievement of the objective performance goals established with respect to such
bonus and assuming the achievement of 100% of any subjective performance goals
or criteria otherwise applicable with respect to such bonus;
provided, however,
that, if
the Employee has in effect a deferral election with respect to any percentage of
the annual bonus which would otherwise become payable with respect to such
completed fiscal year, such lump sum payment shall be reduced by an amount equal
to such percentage times the lump sum payment (which reduction amount shall be
deferred in accordance with such election);
provided, further,
that any
payment under this subsection (iii) (or any payment under any other provision of
this Agreement calculated by reference to prior or target bonus amounts) shall
be payable notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in any bonus
plan or program of the Company;
(iv) for
a period of three years following the date of termination of employment, or such
longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program,
practice or policy (the “Continuation Period”), the Company shall at its expense
continue on behalf of the Employee and his dependents and beneficiaries the life
insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits (including
any benefit under any individual benefit arrangement that covers medical, dental
or hospitalization expenses not otherwise covered under any general Company
plan) provided (x) to the Employee at any time during the one-year period prior
to the Change in Control or at any time thereafter or (y) to other
similarly-situated employees who continue in the employ of the Company or its
Affiliates during the Continuation Period. If the Employee is a
Specified Employee governed by Section 3.3(d), to the extent that any benefits
provided to the Employee under this Section 3.3(a)(iv) are taxable to the
Employee, then, with the exception of medical insurance benefits, the value of
the aggregate amount of such taxable benefits provided to the Employee pursuant
to this Section 3.3(a)(iv) during the six month period following the date of
termination shall be limited to the amount specified by Code Section
402(g)(1)(B) for the year in which the termination occurred. Employee
shall pay the cost of any benefits that exceed the amount specified in the
previous sentence during the six month period following the date of termination,
and shall be reimbursed in full by the Company during the seventh month after
the date of termination. The coverage and benefits (including
deductibles and costs) provided in this Section 3.3(a)(iv) during the
Continuation Period shall be no less favorable to the Employee and his
dependents and beneficiaries than the most favorable of such coverages and
benefits during any of the periods referred to in clauses (x) or (y) above;
provided, however,
in
the event of the disability of the Employee during the Continuation Period,
disability benefits shall, to the maximum extent possible, not be paid for the
Continuation Period but shall instead commence immediately following the end of
the Continuation Period. For purposes of determining eligibility (but
not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Employee for retiree benefits
pursuant to such plans, practices, programs and policies, the Employee shall be
considered to have remained employed until three years after the date of
termination and to have retired on the last day of such period. The
Company’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be
limited to the extent that the Employee obtains any such benefits pursuant to a
subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case the Company may reduce the
coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Employee hereunder as
long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no
less favorable to the Employee than the coverages and benefits required to be
provided hereunder. At the end of the Continuation Period, the
Employee shall have assigned to him, at no cost and with no apportionment of
prepaid premiums, any assignable insurance owned by the Company that relates
specifically to the Employee unless such assignment is inconsistent with the
terms of any split dollar arrangement with the Employee. The Employee
will be eligible for coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) at the end of the Continuation Period or earlier
cessation of the Company’s obligation under the foregoing provisions of this
Section 3.3(a)(iv) (or, if the Employee shall not be so eligible for any reason,
the Company will provide equivalent coverage).
(v) the
Company at its cost shall provide to the Employee outplacement assistance by a
reputable firm specializing in such services for the period beginning with the
termination of employment and ending upon the lapse of the Employment Term;
and
(vi) the
Company shall discharge its obligations under all other applicable sections of
this Article III, including Sections 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7.
To the
extent that the amounts payable under Section 3.3(a) (iv) and (v), Section
3.6(g) and Section 3.7 are deemed to be reimbursements and other separation
payments under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v), they shall not be
deemed to provide for the deferral of compensation governed by Code Section
409A. If they do constitute deferral of compensation governed by Code
Section 409A, they shall be deemed to be reimbursements or in-kind benefits
governed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). If the
previous sentence applies, (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement
or in-kind benefits provided during the Employee’s taxable year shall not affect
the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits in any other taxable
year, (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense must be made on or before
the last day of the Employee's taxable year following the taxable year in which
the expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind
benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another
benefit.
The
payments and benefits provided in this Section 3.3(a) and under all of the
Company’s employee benefit and compensation plans shall be without regard to any
plan amendment made after any Change of Control that adversely affects in any
manner the computation of payments and benefits due the Employee under such plan
or the time or manner of payment of such payments and benefits. After
a Change of Control no discretionary power of the Board or any committee thereof
shall be used in a way (and no ambiguity in any such plan shall be construed in
a way) which adversely affects in any manner any right or benefit of the
Employee under any such plan. If the Employee becomes entitled to
receive benefits under this Section 3.3(a), the Company shall not be required to
make any cash severance payment under any other severance or salary continuation
policy, plan, agreement or arrangement in favor of other officers or employees
of the Company or its Affiliates unless such other policy, plan, agreement or
arrangement expressly provides to the contrary in a provision that specifically
states that it is intended to override the limitation of this
sentence.
(b)
Death; Disability;
Termination for Cause; or Voluntary Termination
. If, after a
Change of Control and during the Employment Term, the Employee’s status as an
employee is terminated (i) by reason of the Employee’s death or Disability, (ii)
by the Company for Cause or (iii) voluntarily by the Employee other than for
Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligation to the
Employee or the Employee’s legal representatives (other than the timely payment
or provision of those already accrued to the Employee, imposed by law or imposed
pursuant to employee benefit or compensation plans, programs, practices,
policies or agreements maintained by the Company or its
Affiliates).
(c)
Notice of
Termination
. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by
reason of the Employee’s Disability, or by the Employee for Good Reason, shall
be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party given in
accordance with Section 4.2 of this Agreement. For purposes of this
Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates
the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the
extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Employee’s employment under
the provision so indicated and (iii) if the effective date of the termination is
other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date
(which date shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice),
provided that the effective date for any termination by reason of the Employee’s
Disability shall be the 30th day after the giving of such notice, unless prior
to such 30th day the Employee shall have resumed the full-time performance of
his duties. The failure by the Employee or the Company to set forth
in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a
showing of Cause, Disability or Good Reason shall not waive any right of the
Employee or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Employee or the
Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the
Employee’s or the Company’s rights hereunder.
(d)
Six Month Delay for
Specified Employees
. Notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, payments hereunder which constitute deferred compensation under Code
Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and which are not exempt
from coverage by Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder shall
commence, if Employee is then a Specified Employee and payment is triggered by
his Separation from Service, on the first day of the seventh month following the
date of the Specified Employee’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the
date of death of the Specified Employee. On the first day of such
seventh month or on the first day of the month following the earlier death of
the Specified Employee, the Specified Employee or his estate or spouse, as the
case may be, shall be paid in a lump sum the amount that the Specified Employee
would have been paid hereunder over the preceding six months (or, if earlier,
the months preceding the date of death) but for the fact that he was a Specified
Employee. Nevertheless, for all other purposes of this Agreement, the
payments shall be deemed to have commenced on the date they would have had the
Employee not been a Specified Employee, and payment of any remaining benefits
shall be made as otherwise scheduled hereunder.
3.4
Accrued Obligations and Other
Benefits.
It is the intent of this Agreement that upon
termination of employment for any reason following a Change of Control the
Employee or his legal representatives be entitled to receive promptly, and in
addition to any other benefits specifically provided, (a) the Employee’s Base
Salary through the date of termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (b)
any accrued vacation pay, to the extent not theretofore paid, and (c) any other
amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Employee or his
legal representatives are entitled to receive under any plan, program, policy,
practice or agreement of the Company, including without limitation all payments
required to be made under the Company’s supplemental executive retirement
plan.
3.5
Stock Options and Other
Incentives.
The foregoing benefits provided for in this
Article III are intended to be in addition to the value or benefit of any stock
options, restricted stock, performance shares or similar awards, the
exercisability, vesting or payment of which is accelerated or otherwise enhanced
upon a Change of Control pursuant to the terms of any stock option, incentive or
other similar plan or agreement heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Company
or the Post-Transaction Corporation;
provided, however,
that, upon
any termination of the Employee other than for Cause within three years
following a Change of Control, all of the Employee’s then-outstanding vested
stock options, whether granted before or during the Employment Term, shall
remain exercisable until the later of the 190th day after the termination date
or the end of the exercise period provided for in the applicable option
agreement or plan as then in effect, but in no event shall such exercise period
continue after the date on which such options would have expired if the Employee
had remained an employee of the Company, the Post-Transaction Corporation or one
of their respective Affiliates.
3.6
Excise Tax
Provision.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Agreement, if a Change of Control occurs during the original or extended
term of this Agreement, in the event that any payment or benefit received or to
be received by the Employee in connection with the Change of Control or the
termination of the Employee’s employment (whether pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any
Person whose actions result in the Change of Control or any Person Affiliated
with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits, including
without limitation the payments and benefits under Sections 3.3(a), 3.4(b),
3.4(c), 3.5 and 3.7 hereof, being hereinafter called “Payments”) would be
subject (in whole or in part) to an excise tax imposed by section 4999 of the
Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Employee with respect to
such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties,
are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), the Company shall
pay to the Employee at the time specified in paragraph (d) below an additional
amount (the “Gross-up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by the
Employee, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Payments and all taxes
(including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes),
including without limitation any federal, state and local income or payroll tax
and any Excise Tax, imposed upon the Gross-up Payment provided for by this
paragraph (a), but before deduction of any federal, state and local income or
payroll tax on the Payments, shall be equal to the
Payments. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Gross-Up
Payments
(including
any additional Gross-up Payment pursuant to Section 3.6(e)) must be paid no
later than the end of the Employee’s taxable year next following the Employee’s
taxable year in which the Employee remits the related taxes, as required by
Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).
(b) For
purposes of determining whether any of the Payments and the Gross-up Payment
(collectively, the “Total Payments”) will be subject to the Excise Tax and the
amount of such Excise Tax, (i) the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute
payments” within the meaning of section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “excess
parachute payments” within the meaning of section 280G(b)(1) shall be treated as
subject to the Excise Tax, except to the extent that in the opinion of tax
counsel selected by the Company’s independent auditors (“Auditors”) and
reasonably acceptable to the Employee (“Tax Counsel”) such Total Payments (in
whole or in part) do not constitute “parachute payments”, or such “excess
parachute payments” (in whole or in part) are not subject to the Excise Tax and
(ii) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall
be determined by the Auditors in accordance with the principles of sections
280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. The Auditors shall perform the
calculations in conformance with the foregoing provisions and within 15 business
days of the date that any Payments are made under this Agreement shall provide
the Employee with a detailed written statement setting forth the manner in which
the Total Payments are calculated and the basis for such calculations, including
without limitation any opinions or other advice the Company has received from
Tax Counsel, the Auditors or other advisors or consultants (and any such
opinions or advice which are in writing shall be attached to the
statement).
(c) For
purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-up Payment, the Employee shall
be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal
income taxation applicable to individuals in the calendar year in which the
Gross-up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest
marginal rates of taxation in the state and locality of the Employee’s residence
in the calendar year in which the Gross-up Payment is to be made, net of the
maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction
of such state and local taxes, taking into account any limitations applicable to
individuals subject to federal income tax at the highest marginal
rates.
(d) The
initial Gross-up Payment, if any, as determined pursuant to this Section 3.6,
shall be paid to the Employee within five days of the receipt of the Auditors’
determination. If the Auditors determine that no Excise Tax is
payable by the Employee, the Company shall cause the Auditors to furnish the
Employee with an opinion that failure to report any Excise Tax on the Employee’s
applicable federal income tax return would not result in the imposition of a
negligence or similar penalty.
(e) If
it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or Internal
Revenue Service proceeding or the written opinion of Tax Counsel that the Excise
Tax is less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the
Gross-up Payment is made, the Employee shall repay to the Company within 30 days
of the Employee’s receipt of notice of such final determination or opinion the
portion of the Gross-up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion
of the Gross-up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax, federal, state and local
income tax and Excise Tax imposed on the portion of the Gross-up Payment being
repaid by the Employee if such repayment results in a reduction of Excise Tax or
federal, state and local income tax), plus interest on the amount of such
repayment at the rate provided in section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any portion of the
Gross-up Payment to be refunded to the Company has been paid to any federal,
state and local tax authority, the payment thereof (and related amounts) shall
not be required until actual refund or credit of such portion has been made to
the Employee, and interest payable to the Company shall not exceed the interest
received or credited to the Employee by such tax authority for the period that
it held such portion. The Employee and the Company shall endeavor to
mutually agree upon the course of action to be pursued (and the method of
allocating the expense thereof) if the Employee’s claim for refund or credit is
denied. If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a
court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding or the written opinion of Tax
Counsel that the Excise Tax exceeds the amount taken into account hereunder at
the time the Gross-up Payment is made (including by reason of any payment the
existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-up
Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-up Payment in respect of
such excess (plus any interest or penalties payable with respect to such
excess), as determined by the Auditors, within 30 days of the Company’s receipt
of notice of such final determination or opinion.
(f) In
the event of any controversy with the Internal Revenue Service (or other taxing
authority) with regard to the Excise Tax, the Employee shall permit the Company
to control issues relating to the Excise Tax (at its expense), provided that
such issues do not potentially materially adversely affect the Employee, but the
Employee shall control any other issues. In the event that the issues
are interrelated, the Employee and the Company shall in good faith cooperate so
as not to jeopardize resolution of either issue, but if the parties cannot
agree, the Employee shall make the final determination with regard to the
issues. In the event of any conference with any taxing authority as
to the Excise Tax or associated income taxes, the Employee shall permit a
representative of the Company to accompany the Employee, and the Employee and
the Employee’s representative shall cooperate with the Company and its
representative. The Company and the Employee shall promptly deliver
to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal
communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by
this Section 3.6.
(g) The
Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Tax Counsel and the
Auditors. The timing of any payments pursuant to this subsection (g)
shall be governed by Section 3.3(a)
(h) Notwithstanding
any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if it is determined by
the Auditors that the gross-up provisions in this Section 3.6 as they relate to
the accelerated vesting of nonqualified stock options or restricted stock issued
by the Company would be the sole reason precluding the use by the Company of the
pooling of interests method of accounting, then the tax gross-up provisions of
this Section 3.6 shall not apply to such nonqualified stock options or
restricted stock as the case may be, unless the Gross-up Payment can be altered,
modified or delayed to allow it to be paid without precluding the use of the
pooling of interest method of accounting. The Company will use its
best efforts to alter, modify, or delay the payment so that the Gross-up Payment
can be made.
3.7
Legal Fees.
The
Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all
legal fees and other expenses (including expert witness and accounting fees)
which the Employee may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless
of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Employee or others of the validity
or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement
(including as a result of any contest by the Employee about the amount or timing
of any payment pursuant to this Agreement) or which the Employee may reasonably
incur in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to the extent attributable
to the application of section 4999 of the Code to any payment or benefit
provided under this Agreement. The timing of any payments pursuant to
this Section 3.7 shall be governed by Section 3.3(a).
3.8
Set-Off;
Mitigation.
After a Change of Control, the obligations of the
Company and its Affiliates to make the payments provided for in this Agreement
and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any
set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which
the Company or its Affiliates may have against the Employee or others other than
the Company’s right to reduce welfare benefits under the circumstances described
in Section 3.3(a)(iv). It is the intent of this Agreement that in no
event shall the Employee be obligated to seek other employment or take any other
action to mitigate the amounts or benefits payable to the Employee under any of
the provisions of this Agreement.
3.9
Certain Pre-Change-of-Control
Terminations.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, the Employee’s employment shall be deemed to have been terminated
following a Change of Control by the Company without Cause (and the Employee
shall be entitled to receive all payments and benefits associated
therewith) if the Employee’s employment is terminated by the Company or any of
its Affiliates without Cause prior to a Change of Control (whether or not a
Change of Control actually occurs) and such termination (i) was at the request
or direction of a third party who has taken steps designed to effect a Change of
Control or otherwise arose in connection with or in anticipation of a Change of
Control or (ii) occurred after discussions with a third party regarding a
possible Change of Control transaction commenced and such discussions produced
(whether before or after such termination) either a preliminary or definitive
agreement with respect to such a transaction or a public announcement of the
pending transaction (whether or not a Change of Control actually
occurs). If the Employee takes the position that the foregoing
sentence applies and the Company disagrees, the Company shall have the burden of
proof in any such dispute.
ARTICLE
IV
MISCELLANEOUS
4.1
Binding Effect;
Successors.
(a) This
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and any
of its successors or assigns.
(b) This
Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assignable by the
Employee without the consent of the Company (there being no obligation to give
such consent) other than such rights or benefits as are transferred by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, which shall inure to the benefit of the
Employee’s legal representatives.
(c) The
Company shall require any successor to or assignee of (whether direct or
indirect, by purchase, share exchange, merger, consolidation or otherwise) all
or substantially all of the assets or businesses of the Company (i) to assume
unconditionally and expressly this Agreement and (ii) to agree to perform or to
cause to be performed all of the obligations under this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent as would have been required of the Company had no
assignment or succession occurred, such assumption to be set forth in a writing
reasonably satisfactory to the Employee.
(d) The
Company shall also require all entities that control or that after the
transaction will control (directly or indirectly) the Company or any such
successor or assignee to agree to cause to be performed all of the obligations
under this Agreement, such agreement to be set forth in a writing reasonably
satisfactory to the Employee.
(e) The
obligations of the Company and the Employee which by their nature may require
either partial or total performance after the expiration of the term of the
Agreement shall survive such expiration.
4.2
Notices.
All
notices hereunder must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given upon
receipt of delivery by: (a) hand (against a receipt therefor), (b) certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (c) a nationally
recognized overnight courier service (against a receipt therefor) or (d)
telecopy transmission with confirmation of receipt. All such notices
must be addressed as follows:
If to the
Company, to:
CenturyTel,
Inc.
100
CenturyTel Drive
Monroe,
Louisiana 71203
Attn: General
Counsel
If to the
Employee, to:
_________________.
100
CenturyTel Drive
Monroe,
Louisiana 71203
(or, if
the Employee is no longer employed at such address,
to the
Employee’s last known principal residence reflected in
the
Company’s records)
or such
other address as to which any party hereto may have notified the other in
writing.
4.3
Governing Law.
This
Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with and governed by the
internal laws of the State of Louisiana without regard to principles of conflict
of laws.
4.4
Withholding.
The
Employee agrees that the Company has the right to withhold, from the amounts
payable pursuant to this Agreement, all amounts required to be withheld under
applicable income or employment tax laws, or as otherwise stated in documents
granting rights that are affected by this Agreement.
4.5
Amendment and Compliance with
Law.
No provision of this Agreement may be modified or amended
except by an instrument in writing signed by both
parties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it is
the intention of the parties to this Agreement that no payment or entitlement
pursuant to this Agreement will give rise to any adverse tax consequences to the
Employee under Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations and other interpretive
guidance issued thereunder, including that issued after the date hereof
(collectively, "Section 409A"). This Agreement and any amendments hereto shall
be interpreted to that end and (i) to the maximum extent permitted by law, no
effect shall be given to any provision herein, any amendment hereto or any
action taken hereunder in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give
rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A and (ii) the parties shall
take any corrective action reasonably within their control that are necessary to
avoid such adverse tax consequences.
4.6
Severability.
If
any term or provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any
person or circumstance, shall at any time or to any extent be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable in any respect as written, the Employee and the Company intend
for any court construing this Agreement to modify or limit such provision so as
to render it valid and enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by
law. Any such provision that is not susceptible of such reformation
shall be ignored so as to not affect any other term or provision hereof, and the
remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to
persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and shall be valid and
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
4.7
Waiver of
Breach.
Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary,
the failure by any party to enforce any of its rights hereunder shall not be
deemed to be a waiver of such rights, unless such waiver is an express written
waiver. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of
this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent
breach thereof.
4.8
Remedies Not
Exclusive.
No remedy specified herein shall be deemed to be
such party’s exclusive remedy, and accordingly, in addition to all of the rights
and remedies provided for in this Agreement, the parties shall have all other
rights and remedies provided to them by applicable law, rule or regulation,
including without limitation the right to claim interest with respect to any
payment not timely made hereunder.
4.9
Company’s Reservation of
Rights.
The Employee acknowledges and understands that (i) the
Employee is employed at will by either the Company or one of its Affiliates (the
“Employer”), (ii) the Employee serves at the pleasure of the board of directors
of the Employer, and (iii) the Employer has the right at any time to terminate
the Employee’s status as an employee, or to change or diminish his status during
the Employment Term, subject to the rights of the Employee to claim the benefits
conferred by this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provisions of
this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall not entitle the Employee or
his legal representatives to any severance or other benefits of any kind prior
to a Change of Control or to any such benefits if Employee is not employed by
the Company or one of its Affiliates on the date of a Change of Control, except
in each case for those rights afforded under Section 3.9.
4.10
Non-exclusivity of
Rights.
Subject to Section 4.9, nothing in this Agreement
shall prevent or limit the Employee’s continuing or future participation in any
plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or any of its
Affiliates and for which the Employee may qualify, nor shall anything herein
limit or otherwise restrict such rights as the Employee may have under any
contract or agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates. The
Employee shall not be obligated to furnish a release of any rights or claims
against the Company or its Affiliates as a condition of receiving benefits
hereunder.
4.11
Confidentiality.
Upon
receipt of the payments or benefits contemplated by Section 3.3 hereof, the
Employee agrees to refrain for a period of three years from divulging any
non-public, confidential or proprietary information concerning the Company or
its Affiliates to any Person other than the Company, its Affiliates or their
respective officers, directors or advisors, provided that this obligation shall
lapse prior to the end of such three-year period with respect to any information
that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result
of a breach of this Section 4.11, (ii) is or becomes available to the Employee
on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its
representatives, provided that such source is not known by the Employee to have
violated any confidentiality agreement with the Company in connection with such
disclosure, or (iii) is acquired or developed independently by the Employee
without violating this Section 4.11.
4.12
Demand for
Benefits.
Unless otherwise provided herein, the payment or
payments due hereunder shall be paid to the Employee without the need for
demand, and to a beneficiary upon the receipt of the beneficiary’s address and
social security number. Nevertheless, the Employee or a Person
claiming to be a beneficiary who claims entitlement to a benefit can file a
claim for benefits hereunder with the Company. Unless otherwise
provided herein, the Company shall accept or reject the claim within five
business days of its receipt. If the claim is denied, the Company
shall give the reason for denial in a written notice that refers to the
provision of this Agreement that forms the basis of the denial. If
any additional information or material is necessary to perfect the claim, the
Company will identify these items in writing and explain why such additional
information is necessary.
4.13
Authority.
The
Company represents and warrants that (i) the Original Agreement was duly
authorized by the Shareholder Relations Committee of the Board and the
Compensation Committee of the Board on February 21, 2000 and by the Board on
February 22, 2000, (ii) this Agreement was duly authorized by the Compensation
Committee of the Board on October 17, 2007 and by the Board on November 14,
2007, and (iii) no other corporate proceedings are necessary to authorize the
Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.
4.14
Counterparts.
This
Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.
4.15
Interpretation.
Any
reference to any section of the Code or the Treasury Regulations shall be deemed
to also refer to any successor provisions thereto.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the
Company and the Employee have caused this Amended and Restated Change in Control
Agreement to be executed as of the Restatement Date.
|
CenturyTel,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
By:
______________________________
|
|
Glen
F. Post
|
|
Chairman
of the Board,
|
|
President
and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE:
|
|
|
|
__________________________________
|
|
|
Exhibit
10.4(d)
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
BONUS
LIFE INSURANCE PLAN
FOR
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS
Effective
January 1, 2006, this Bonus Life Insurance Plan is established for the purpose
of providing personal life insurance for each Executive Officer of CenturyTel,
Inc. in excess of the Employer-provided group term life insurance with respect
to which premiums are not subject to income tax. The Plan is designed
as a bonus plan for benefits to be provided during each Executive Officer's
employment and as an unfunded deferred compensation plan for a select group of
management or highly compensated employees for benefits to be provided after
each Executive Officer's retirement on or after such Officer’s Normal Retirement
Date or Disability. The benefits provided hereunder replace the
benefits previously provided under the split dollar life insurance agreements
that were voluntarily relinquished by each Executive Officer and such Executive
Officer’s Assignee, if any. Life Insurance Premium Bonuses will be
paid by the Employer with respect to 2 new Insurance Policies purchased or to be
purchased by the Executive Officer. If the Executive Officer
previously assigned such Executive Officer’s rights under such Executive
Officer’s split dollar agreement to an Assignee, the Life Insurance Premium
Bonuses will be paid by the Employer with respect to the 2 new Insurance
Policies purchased or to be purchased by the Assignee, unless the Executive
Officer designates such Executive Officer or another Assignee as the owner of
either or both of the Policies hereunder. The Assignee will have all
of the rights and obligations with respect to the Insurance Policies that the
Executive Officer would have had if the Executive Officer owned the Insurance
Policy or Policies. Likewise, if an Executive Officer subsequently
assigns either or both of such Insurance Policies, the Executive Officer’s
Assignee shall have all of the rights and obligations with respect to the
Insurance Policy or Policies that the Executive Officer would have if such
Officer owned the Insurance Policies. However, premium payments by
the Employer shall constitute additional compensation income to each Executive
Officer.
If an
Executive Officer was not covered by a split dollar insurance agreement, such
Executive Officer or such Officer’s Assignee or both can become a participant in
the Plan by agreeing to participate, provided the Insurer’s underwriting
standards then in effect permit it to issue the Insurance Policies providing
death benefits with respect to such Executive Officer.
Annual
Salary
means the then current annualized base salary plus targeted bonus
of an Executive Officer.
Assignee
means the person or entity to whom or to which the Executive Officer assigned
such Executive Officer’s interest in such Executive Officer’s split dollar
agreement and insurance policies before the effective date of this Plan, or to
whom or to which an Executive Officer assigns either or both of such Executive
Officer’s Insurance Policies after the effective date of this Plan, including
making the Assignee the initial owner of the Policy or Policies. A
copy of this Plan and the Summary Plan Description shall be delivered to the
Assignee.
Compensation
Committee
means the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of CenturyTel, Inc.
Disability
or Disabled
means that, by reason of any medically determinable physical
or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, an Executive Officer
is (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity or (ii) receiving
income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an
accident and health plan covering employees of the Executive Officer’s
Employer. An Executive Officer will be deemed disabled if determined
to be disabled in accordance with the Employer’s disability program, provided
that the definition of disability under such disability insurance program
complies with the definition in the preceding sentence. Also, an
Executive Officer will be deemed disabled if determined to be totally disabled
by the Social Security Administration.
Employer
means CenturyTel, Inc. and its affiliates.
Employer
Provided Benefits
means the Life Insurance Premium Bonuses and the Tax
Gross-Up Bonuses.
Employer
Provided Policy
means an Insurance Policy or Policies insuring the life
of the Executive Officer which provide for a death benefit equal to 2 times the
Executive Officer’s Annual Salary minus the Employer-provided group life
insurance benefit, rounded up to the nearest $1,000.
Executive
Officer
means each officer of CenturyTel, Inc. designated as an Executive
Officer by CenturyTel, Inc.’s By-Laws.
Executive
Officer Provided Policy
means an Insurance Policy or Policies insuring
the life of the Executive Officer which provide for a death benefit (i) equal to
2 times the Executive Officer’s Annual Salary or (ii) at the election of the
Executive Officer, 1 times Annual Salary, upon such Executive Officer’s
retirement on or after such Officer’s Normal Retirement Date.
Insurance
Policy or Policies
means, with respect to each Executive Officer, the
Employer Provided Policy and the Executive Officer Provided Policy selected by
the Plan Administrator for use in connection with the Plan either or both of
which can be owned by either the Executive Officer or such Executive Officer’s
Assignee.
Insurer
means, with respect to any Insurance Policy, the insurance company issuing the
Insurance Policy.
Life
Insurance Premium Bonuses
means premiums payable to the Insurer for the
benefit of an Executive Officer (i) with respect to both Insurance Policies
until the Executive Officer’s retirement on or after such Officer’s Normal
Retirement Date and (ii) with respect to the Employer Provided Policy only upon
an Executive Officer’s retirement on or after such Officer’s Normal Retirement
Date. Prior to the commencement of premium payments for the benefit
of an Executive Officer with respect to each Insurance Policy, the Plan
Administrator shall select and agree to the period of time over which it intends
to pay premiums, the dates the premiums are payable and the amounts of such
premiums, consistent with the terms of the Insurance Policies, such that the
payments satisfy the specified time (or pursuant to a fixed schedule)
requirement of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(iv) and proposed
Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(g) with respect to any deferral of
compensation. If the Executive Officer becomes Disabled before the
Executive Officer’s eligibility for Employer-provided long term disability
benefits ceases, such Officer shall be deemed to have continued active
employment at such Officer’s then current Annual Salary until such Officer
ceases to be eligible for continued long term disability benefits, and such
Officer will be deemed to have retired after such Officer’s Normal Retirement
Date at the same Annual Salary upon the cessation of such Officer’s eligibility
for continued long term disability benefits. Notwithstanding the
above, if the Insurer refuses to underwrite an increase in death benefits to
account for increases in an Executive Officer’s Annual Salary, the Life
Insurance Premium Bonuses shall also not increase and the amount of death
benefit under the Insurance Policies and the Plan shall be frozen at the then
existing amounts.
Normal
Retirement Date
means, unless otherwise approved by the Plan
Administrator, the date on which an Executive Officer goes from active to
retirement status if such Executive Officer has at least reached such Officer’s
55
th
birthday and has at least 10 years of continuous, full time
service.
Plan
means this
CenturyTel, Inc.
Bonus Life Insurance Plan for Executive Officers.
Plan
Administrator
means the Compensation Committee, 100 CenturyTel Drive,
Monroe, LA 71203.
Tax
Gross-Up Bonuses
means, with respect to each Executive Officer, a bonus
each appropriate payroll period to an Executive Officer to take into account the
Executive Officer's federal and state income and employment tax on such
Officer’s Life Insurance Premium Bonuses and on the Tax Gross-Up Bonuses
themselves, which bonuses shall be equal to a percentage of such Officer’s Life
Insurance Premium Bonuses. Such percentage shall be selected by the
Plan Administrator and may be increased or decreased in the Plan Administrator's
reasonable discretion, provided that the percentage selected must be designed to
approximately pay the Executive Officer’s federal and state income and
employment tax liability on such Officer’s Life Insurance Premium Bonuses and on
the Tax Gross-Up Bonuses.
3.1
Employer
Provided Benefits
Subject to the other terms and conditions of
the Plan, the Employer shall pay each year the Employer Provided Benefits that
are contemplated under the Plan. The Employer shall not be required
to pay any life insurance premium or otherwise support any benefits that are not
expressly required under the Plan.
3.2
Executive
Officer Provided Benefit
Upon the Executive Officer’s
retirement on or after such Executive Officer’s Normal Retirement Date, such
Executive Officer or Assignee shall be entitled, if the Executive Officer
Provided Policy then permits, at the Executive Officer's sole cost and at no
additional cost to the Employer, to maintain and pay all premiums with respect
to the Executive Officer Provided Policy. Upon such Officer’s
retirement, the Employer shall bear none of the cost for such Executive Officer
Provided Policy, and all premiums shall be paid to the Insurer directly by the
Executive Officer or Assignee. The Employer shall have no
responsibility therefor. If the Executive Officer or Assignee wishes,
in addition to the Employer Provided Benefits, such Executive Officer or
Assignee can pay premiums directly to the Insurer prior to such Executive
Officer’s retirement. Such premiums shall not be eligible for Tax
Gross-Up Bonuses.
IV.
|
CONDITION
FOR BENEFITS
|
As a
condition to the receipt of benefits under this Plan, each Executive Officer and
any Assignee of an Executive Officer agree to comply with all of such Executive
Officer’s and Assignee’s obligations under the Plan and agree that such
Executive Officer or Assignee must allocate premiums to investment vehicles
under the Insurance Policies in the percentages selected by the Plan
Administrator
from
time to time, and that such Executive Officer or Assignee must transfer funds
among investment vehicles at such times as the Plan Administrator
may
direct. Furthermore, each Executive Officer and Assignee agrees that
such Executive Officer or Assignee shall not (a) surrender the Insurance
Policies for their cash values, (b) obtain a loan or cash withdrawal from the
policies, (c) collaterally assign the Insurance Policies to secure an
indebtedness, (d) change the ownership of the Insurance Policies by endorsement
assignment, modification or otherwise, (e) request settlement of the Insurance
Policies’ proceeds on the maturity date, if any, under any method of settlement
other than one which is in reference to the life of the Executive Officer, or
(f) increase the death benefits payable under the Insurance Policies to exceed
the death benefits provided for herein, unless, in any such case, the Executive
Officer or Assignee first receives the written permission of the Plan
Administrator. The Plan Administrator will grant permission to the
Executive Officer to borrow from the Insurance Policies, if permitted by its
terms, for purposes of alleviating Hardship, as that term is defined in the
Employer's 401(k) plan. If the Executive Officer or Assignee does not
comply with any of such prohibitions, the Employer’s obligations hereunder shall
terminate. As a condition to its obligations to each Executive
Officer and Assignee under the Plan, the Employer is entitled to request and
receive documentation substantiating the Executive Officer’s or Assignee’s
compliance with the conditions of this Article IV, and to receive information
regarding the amount of premiums due under the Executive Officer's Insurance
Policies and summarizing the benefits payable thereunder. The
Executive Officer and any Assignee shall sign any authorization which may be
required by the Insurer. All conditions applicable to and obligations
of the Executive Officer or Assignee hereunder shall cease with respect to the
Executive Officer Provided Policy upon such Executive Officer’s Retirement on or
after such Officer’s Normal Retirement Date, and such Executive Officer or
Assignee, as owner, can exercise all rights with respect to such
Policy.
V.
|
TERMINATION
OF BENEFITS
|
The
Employer's obligations to an Executive Officer and Assignee under this Plan
shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) an event requiring termination under
Article IV, (b) the Executive Officer's termination of employment for reasons
other than Disability prior to the Executive Officer's Normal Retirement Date,
or (c) the Executive Officer's death. In the event of termination,
the Executive Officer or Assignee, as owner of the Insurance Policies, can
exercise all rights with respect thereto.
VI.
|
AMENDMENT,
TERMINATION AND WAIVER
|
Subject
to the provisions of any Change of Control agreement or provision, in its sole
discretion, the Employer, acting through the Compensation Committee, shall have
the right to amend and terminate the Plan. After amendment, the
Employer's future obligations and the Executive Officer's future rights shall be
those stated in the amended Plan. If the Employer amends or
terminates the Plan so as to discontinue the Employer Provided Benefits relating
to any Insurance Policy, the affected Executive Officer or Assignee shall have
no further rights under the Plan with respect to such Policy, but as owner of
the Insurance Policy, can exercise all rights with respect
thereto.
7.1
Unfunded
Plan
An Executive Officer has only an unsecured right to receive
Employer Provided Benefits hereunder as a general creditor of the
Employer.
7.2
Nonassignability
An
Executive Officer or such Officer’s Assignee shall have no right to assign,
pledge (including as collateral for a loan or security for the performance of an
obligation), encumber or transfer such Officer’s rights under this
Plan. Any attempt to do so shall be void. Nothing in this
Section shall prohibit an Executive Officer from assigning such Officer’s
ownership in the Insurance Policies themselves, in which case the Executive
Officer’s Life Insurance Premium Bonuses shall be with respect to the Insurance
Policies owned by the Assignee.
7.3
No
Employer Insurance Policy Rights
The Employer shall have
no rights in the Insurance Policies or in the death benefit thereunder, except
as otherwise provided in Article IV.
7.4
No
Employment Agreement
No provision of this Plan shall
create an employment agreement between any Executive Officer and the Employer
nor shall it constitute an amendment to any existing employment
agreement. All Executive Officers shall remain subject to discharge
to the same extent as if the Plan had not been adopted.
7.5
Indemnification
The
Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by
its By-Laws, each fiduciary of the Plan (as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA)
who is an employee or who is an officer or director of the Employer from any
claim, damage, loss or expense, including litigation expenses and attorneys'
fees, resulting from such person's service as a fiduciary of the Plan, provided
the claim, damage, loss or expense does not result from the fiduciary's gross
negligence or intentional misconduct.
7.6
Demand
For Benefits
In the event that an Executive Officer or
such Officer’s successors ("Claimant") claims that the Employer Provided
Benefits were or are not being paid hereunder, the Claimant can file a claim for
benefits with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall
accept or reject the claim within 30 days of its receipt. If the
claim is denied, the Plan Administrator shall describe in reasonable detail the
reason for the denial in a written notice calculated to be understood by the
Claimant, referring to the Plan provisions that form the basis of the
denial. If any additional information or material is necessary to
perfect the claim, the Plan Administrator will identify these items and explain
why such additional material is necessary. If the Plan Administrator
neither accepts or rejects the claim within 30 days, the claim shall be deemed
denied. Upon the denial of a claim, the Claimant may file a written
appeal of the denied claim to the Plan Administrator within 60 days of the
denial. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to be represented by
counsel and to be heard at a hearing. The Claimant shall have the
opportunity to review pertinent documents and the opportunity to submit issues
and argue against the denial in writing. The decision upon the appeal
must be made before the later of (i) 60 days after receipt of the request for
review, or (ii) 30 days after the hearing. The Plan Administrator
must set a date for such a hearing within 30 days after receipt of the
appeal. If the appeal is denied, the denial shall be in
writing. If an initial claim is denied, and the Claimant is
ultimately successful upon appeal, all subsequent reasonable attorney's fees and
costs of Claimant, including the filing of the appeal with the Plan
Administrator and any subsequent litigation shall be paid by the Employer unless
the failure of the Employer to pay the Employer Provided Benefits is caused by
reasons beyond its control, including insolvency, bankruptcy or any judicial,
regulatory or contractual impediments.
Notwithstanding
the above, any claim for a death benefit under an Insurance Policy shall be
filed with the Insurer on the form or forms prescribed for such purposes by the
Insurer. The Insurer shall have sole authority for determining
whether a death claim shall or shall not be paid, in whole or in part, in
accordance with the provisions of the Insurance Policy.
7.7
Insurer's
Liability
The Insurer is not a party to this
Plan. The Insurer's obligations are set forth in the Insurance
Policies. The Insurer shall not be bound to inquire into or take
notice of any of the provisions of this Plan.
7.8
Choice of
Law
This Plan shall be governed by the laws of
Louisiana.
7.9
Plan
Administrator's Duties
The Plan Administrator shall be
responsible for the management and administration of the Plan including the
making of timely payments of Employer Provided Benefits. The Plan
Administrator shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer
the Plan and, subject to the provisions herein set forth, to prescribe, amend
and rescind rules and regulations and make all other determinations necessary or
desirable for the administration of the Plan. The decision of the
Plan Administrator relating to any question concerning or involving the
interpretation or administration of the Plan shall be final and conclusive, and
nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any employee any right to
participate in the Plan, except to such extent, if any, as the Plan
Administrator may have determined or approved pursuant to the provisions of the
Plan. The Plan Administrator may (i) delegate all or a portion of the
responsibilities of controlling and managing the operation and administration of
the Plan to one or more persons and (ii) appoint agents, counsel or other
representatives to render advise with regard to any of its responsibilities
under the Plan, the costs of which shall be paid by the Employer.
7.10
Agreement
to be Bound
Unless an Executive Officer or Assignee or both
return the initial Employer Provided Benefit within 30 days of receipt by such
Officer, such Officer’s Assignee, or the Insurer, such Executive Officer and any
Assignee will be deemed to have perpetually and irrevocably agreed to be fully
bound by all covenants, limitations, conditions, terms and other provisions of
the Plan. The Employer reserves the right to (i) request each
Executive Officer and any Assignee to duly execute and deliver from time to time
instruments that acknowledge that such Officer and any Assignee are fully bound
by the Plan and (ii) withhold Employer Provided Benefits hereunder if such
Officer and any Assignee do not sign such instrument.
7.11
Gender
All
pronouns used herein shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine,
neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the person or persons may
require.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
,
CenturyTel, Inc. has executed this Plan on this 1st day of January,
2006.
|
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
Print
Name:
R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
|
Title:
EVP &
CFO
|
EXHIBIT
21
CENTURYTEL,
INC.
SUBSIDIARIES
OF THE REGISTRANT
AS OF
DECEMBER 31, 2007
|
State
of
|
|
incorporation
|
Subsidiary
|
or formation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actel,
LLC
|
Delaware
|
Century
Marketing Solutions, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Acquisitions, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Arkansas Holdings, Inc.
|
Arkansas
|
CenturyTel
Fiber Company II, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Holdings, Inc.
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Holdings Alabama, Inc.
|
Alabama
|
CenturyTel
Holdings Missouri, Inc.
|
Missouri
|
CenturyTel
Broadband Services, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Broadband Wireless, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Investments, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Investments of Texas, Inc.
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
Long Distance, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Midwest - Michigan, Inc.
|
Michigan
|
CenturyTel
of Adamsville, Inc.
|
Tennessee
|
CenturyTel
of Alabama, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Arkansas, Inc.
|
Arkansas
|
CenturyTel
of Central Arkansas, LLC
|
Arkansas
|
CenturyTel
of Central Indiana, Inc.
|
Indiana
|
CenturyTel
of Central Louisiana, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Central Wisconsin, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Chatham, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Chester, Inc.
|
Iowa
|
CenturyTel
of Claiborne, Inc.
|
Tennessee
|
CenturyTel
of Colorado, Inc.
|
Colorado
|
CenturyTel
of Cowiche, Inc.
|
Washington
|
CenturyTel
of Eagle, Inc.
|
Colorado
|
CenturyTel
of East Louisiana, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Eastern Oregon, Inc.
|
Oregon
|
CenturyTel
of Evangeline, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Fairwater-Brandon-Alto, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Forestville, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Idaho, Inc.
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Inter Island, Inc.
|
Washington
|
CenturyTel
of Lake Dallas, Inc.
|
Texas
|
CenturyTel
of Larsen-Readfield, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Michigan, Inc.
|
Michigan
|
CenturyTel
of Minnesota, Inc.
|
Minnesota
|
CenturyTel
of Missouri, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Monroe County, LLC
|
Wisconsin
|
CenturyTel
of Montana, Inc.
|
Oregon
|
CenturyTel
of Mountain Home, Inc.
|
Arkansas
|
CenturyTel
of North Louisiana, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of North Mississippi, Inc.
|
Mississippi
|
CenturyTel
of Northern Michigan, Inc.
|
Michigan
|
CenturyTel
of Northern Wisconsin, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Northwest Arkansas, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Northwest Louisiana, Inc.
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Northwest Wisconsin, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of Odon, Inc.
|
Indiana
|
CenturyTel
of Ohio, Inc.
|
Ohio
|
CenturyTel
of Ooltewah-Collegedale, Inc.
|
Tennessee
|
CenturyTel
of Oregon, Inc.
|
Oregon
|
CenturyTel
of Port Aransas, Inc.
|
Texas
|
CenturyTel
of Postville, Inc.
|
Iowa
|
CenturyTel
of Redfield, Inc.
|
Arkansas
|
CenturyTel
of Ringgold, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of San Marcos, Inc.
|
Texas
|
CenturyTel
of South Arkansas, Inc.
|
Arkansas
|
CenturyTel
of Southeast Louisiana, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Southern Wisconsin, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Southwest Louisiana, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of the Gem State, Inc.
|
Idaho
|
CenturyTel
of the Midwest-Kendall, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of the Midwest-Wisconsin, LLC
|
Delaware
|
CenturyTel
of the Northwest, Inc.
|
Washington
|
CenturyTel
of the Southwest, Inc.
|
New
Mexico
|
CenturyTel
of Upper Michigan, Inc.
|
Michigan
|
CenturyTel
of Washington, Inc.
|
Washington
|
CenturyTel
of Wisconsin, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
of Wyoming, Inc.
|
Wyoming
|
CenturyTel
Security Systems Holding Company, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Service Group, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Solutions, LLC
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
Supply Group, Inc.
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel
TeleVideo, Inc.
|
Louisiana
|
CenturyTel/Teleview
of Wisconsin, Inc.
|
Wisconsin
|
Coastal
Long Distance Services, LLC
|
Georgia
|
Coastal
Utilities, Inc.
|
Georgia
|
Gallatin
River Communications, LLC
|
Delaware
|
Gulf
Communications, LLC
|
Delaware
|
Gulf
Long Distance, LLC
|
Alabama
|
Gulf
Telephone Company
|
Alabama
|
Madison
River Communications Corp.
|
Delaware
|
Madison
River Communications, LLC
|
Delaware
|
Madison
River Long Distance Solutions, LLC
|
Delaware
|
Mebtel,
Inc.
|
North
Carolina
|
Mebtel
Long Distance Solutions, LLC
|
North
Carolina
|
Spectra
Communications Group, LLC
|
Delaware
|
Telephone
USA of Wisconsin, LLC
|
Delaware
|
Certain
of the Company's smaller subsidiaries have been intentionally omitted from this
exhibit pursuant to rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
Exhibit
23
Consent
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board
of Directors
CenturyTel,
Inc.:
We
consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (No.
333-91361 and No. 333-84276) on Form S-3, the Registration Statements (No.
33-60061, No. 333-37148, No. 333-60806, No. 333-105090 and No. 333-124854) on
Form S-8, and the Registration Statements (No. 33-48956 and No. 333-17015)
on Form S-4 of CenturyTel, Inc. of our reports dated February
29, 2008, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of CenturyTel,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and
stockholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2007, and related financial statement schedule, and the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2007 which reports appear in the December 31, 2007 annual report on Form
10-K of CenturyTel, Inc.
Our
report on the consolidated financial statements includes an explanatory
paragraph regarding the Company’s change in the method of accounting for
uncertain tax positions in 2007 and share-based payments and pension and
postretirement benefits in 2006.
/s/ KPMG
LLP
February
29, 2008
Exhibit
31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Glen
F. Post, III, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, certify
that:
1.
|
I
have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CenturyTel,
Inc.;
|
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
|
4.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15 (e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
a)
|
designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
b)
|
designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
c)
|
evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
|
d)
|
disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter of 2007) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
|
5.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our
most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors:
|
a)
|
all
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
b)
|
any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date:
February 29, 2008
|
/s/
Glen F. Post, III
|
|
Glen
F. Post, III
|
|
Chairman
of the Board and
|
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
Exhibit
31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
certify that:
1. I
have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of CenturyTel, Inc.;
2.
|
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
|
3.
|
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report;
|
4.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15 (e)) and internal
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
|
a)
|
designed
such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared;
|
b)
|
designed
such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
|
c)
|
evaluated
the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period
covered by this report based on such evaluation;
and
|
d)
|
disclosed
in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter of 2007) that has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;
and
|
5.
|
The
registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our
most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s
board of directors:
|
a)
|
all
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record,
process, summarize and report financial information;
and
|
b)
|
any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
|
Date: February
29, 2008
|
/s/
R. Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
|
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
|
Executive
Vice President and
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
Exhibit
32
CenturyTel,
Inc.
February
29, 2008
Securities
and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth
Street, NW
Washington,
D.C. 20549
Re: CenturyTel, Inc.
Certification of Contents of Form 10-K for the year ending December 31,
2007
pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Ladies
and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, acting in their capacities as the Chief Executive Officer and
the Chief Financial Officer of CenturyTel, Inc. (the “Company”), certify that
the Form 10-K for
the year
ended December 31, 2007 of the Company fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information
contained in the
Form 10-K
fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results
of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods covered by such
report.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been
provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the
Securities
and
Exchange Commission or its staff
upon
request.
Very
truly yours,
/s/ Glen F. Post, III
|
|
/s/ R. Stewart Ewing,
Jr.
|
Glen
F. Post, III
|
|
R.
Stewart Ewing, Jr.
|
Chairman
of the Board and
|
|
Executive
Vice President and
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
|
|